Solution Manual for Federal Tax Research, 12th Edition by Roby Sawyers & Steven Gill

Federal Tax Research th

(12 Edition) Roby Sawyers, Steven Gill

Study Guide 2021

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 1-1

CHAPTER 1 AN INTRODUCTION TO TAX PRACTICE AND ETHICS DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 1-1.

In the United States, the tax system is an outgrowth of the following five disciplines: law, accounting, economics, political science, and sociology. The environment for the tax system is provided by the principles of economics, sociology, and political science, while the legal and accounting fields are responsible for the system's interpretation and application.

Each of these disciplines affects this country's tax system in a unique way. Economists address such issues as how proposed tax legislation will affect the rate of inflation or economic growth.

Measurement of the social equity of a tax, and determining whether a tax system discriminates against certain taxpayers, are issues that are examined by sociologists and political scientists.

Finally, attorneys are responsible for the interpretation of the taxation statutes, and accountants ensure that these same statutes are applied consistently.

Page 4

1-2.

The other major categories of tax practice in addition to tax research are:   

tax compliance tax planning tax litigation

Page 5 1-3.

Tax compliance consists of gathering pertinent information, evaluating and classifying that information, and filing any necessary tax returns. Compliance also includes other functions necessary to satisfy governmental requirements, such as representing a client during an IRS audit.

Page 5

1-4.

Most of the tax compliance work is performed by commercial tax preparers, enrolled agents, attorneys, and CPAs. Noncomplex individual, partnership, and corporate tax returns often are completed by commercial tax preparers. The preparation of more complex returns usually is performed by enrolled agents, attorneys, and CPAs. The latter groups also provide tax planning services and represent their clients before the IRS. An enrolled agent is one who is admitted to practice before the IRS by passing a special IRSadministered examination, or who has worked for the IRS for five years, and is issued a permit to represent clients before the IRS. CPAs and attorneys are not required to take this examination and are automatically admitted to practice before the IRS if they are in good standing with the appropriate professional licensing board.

Page 5 and Circular 230

Page 1-2

1-5.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Tax planning is the process of arranging one's financial affairs to minimize any tax liability. Much of modern tax practice centers around this process, and the resulting outcome is tax avoidance.

There is nothing illegal or immoral in the avoidance of taxation, as long as the taxpayer remains within legal bounds. In contrast, tax evasion constitutes the illegal nonpayment of a tax and cannot be condoned. Activities of this sort clearly violate existing legal constraints and fall outside of the domain of the professional tax practitioner.

Page 6

1-6.

In an open tax planning situation, the transaction is not yet complete, therefore, the tax practitioner maintains some degree of control over the potential tax liability, and the transaction may be modified to achieve a more favorable tax treatment. In a closed transaction however, all of the pertinent actions have been completed, and tax planning activities may be limited to the presentation of the situation to the government in the most legally advantageous manner possible.

Page 6

1-7.

Tax litigation is the process of settling a dispute with the IRS in a court of law. Typically, a tax attorney handles tax litigation that progresses beyond the final IRS appeal.

Page 6

1-8.

CPAs serve is a support capacity in tax litigation.

Page 6

1-9.

Tax research consists of the resolution of unanswered taxation questions. The tax research process includes the following: 1.

2.

3.

4.

Identification of pertinent issues; Specification of proper authorities; Evaluation of the propriety of authorities; and, Application of authorities to a specific situation.

Page 6 1-10.

Circular 230 is issued by the Treasury Department and applies to all who practice before the IRS. Page 7

1-11.

In addition to Circular 230, CPAs must follow the AICPA's Code of Professional Conduct and Statements on Standards for Tax Services. CPAs must also abide by the rules of the appropriate state board(s) of accountancy.

Page 7

1-12.

A return preparer must obtain 18 hours of continuing education from an IRS-approved CE Provider. The hours must include a 6 credit hour Annual Federal Tax Refresher course (AFTR) that covers filing season issues and tax law updates. The AFTR course must include a knowledgebased comprehension test administered at the conclusion of the course by the CE Provider.

Limited practice rights allow individuals to represent clients whose returns they prepared and signed, but only before revenue agents, customer service representatives, and similar IRS employees.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 1-3

Page 10 and IRS.gov 1-13.

False. Only communication with the IRS concerning a taxpayer's rights, privileges, or liability is included. Practice before the IRS does not include representation before the Tax Court.

Page 7

1-14.

Section 10.2 of Subpart A of Circular 230 defines practice before the IRS as including: matters connected with presentation to the Internal Revenue Service or any of its officers or employees relating to a client's rights, privileges, or liabilities under laws or regulations administered by the Internal Revenue Service. Such presentations include the preparation and filing of necessary documents, correspondence with, and communications to the Internal Revenue Service, and the representation of a client at conferences, hearings, and meetings.

Page 7

1-15.

To become an Enrolled Agent an individual can (1) pass a test given by the IRS or (2) work for the IRS for five years. Circular 230, Subpart A, Secs. 10.4 to 10.6.

Page 9

1-16.

Enrolled Agents must complete 72 hours of Continuing Education every three years (an average of 24 per year, with a minimum of 16 hours during any year.). Circular 230, Subpart A. §10.6.

Page 9

1-17.

True. As a general rule, an individual must be an enrolled agent, attorney, or CPA to represent a client before the IRS. There are limited situations where others may represent a taxpayer; however, this fact pattern is not one of them. Since Leigh did not sign the return, she cannot represent the taxpayer, only Rose can.

Pages 10-11

1-18.

The names of organizations that can be represented by regular full-time employees are found in Circular 230, §10.7(c). A regular full-time employee can represent the employer (individual employer). A regular full-time employee of a partnership may represent the partnership. Also, a regular full-time employee of a trust, receivership, guardianship, or estate may represent the trust, receivership, guardianship, or estate. Furthermore, a regular full-time employee of a governmental unit, agency, or authority may represent the governmental unit, agency, or authority in the course of his or her official duties.

Page 10

1-19.

Yes. Circular 230, Subpart A, Sec. 10.7.

Page 10

1-20.

True. A practitioner may be suspended or disbarred from practice before the IRS if he or she knowingly helps a suspended or disbarred person practice indirectly before the IRS. Page 12

Page 1-4

1-21.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

A practitioner may not advise a client to take a position on a document, affidavit, or other paper submitted to the Internal Revenue Service unless the position is not frivolous. Circular 230 §10.34(b) Page 14

1-22.

Under Circular 230, an attorney, certified public accountant (CPA), or enrolled agent may use mass media (e.g., T.V. and the Internet) for advertising purposes. Such media may not contain false, fraudulent, unduly influencing, coercive, or unfair statements or claims. Attorneys, CPAs, and enrolled agents must also observe any applicable standards of ethical conduct adopted by the American Bar Association (ABA), the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA), and the National Association of Enrolled Agents (NAEA). Additional standards and listing of items that may be included in mass media advertising are defined under Section 10.30 of Subpart B in Circular 230.

Page 19

1-23.

Under Section 10.25 of Circular 230, partners of government employees cannot represent anyone for which the government employee-partner has (or has had) official responsibility. For instance, a CPA firm with an IRS agent could not represent any taxpayer that is (or was in the past) assigned to the IRS agent-partner.

Page 12

1-24.

Under Section 10.21 of Circular 230, each attorney, CPA, enrolled agent, or enrolled actuary who knows that the client has not complied with the revenue laws of the United States or has made an error in or omission from any return, document, affidavit, or other paper which the client is required by the revenue laws of the United States to execute, shall advise the client promptly of the fact of such noncompliance, error, or omission.

Page 11

1-25.

According to Circular 230, the best practices rules are aspirational. Thus, a practitioner who fails to comply with best practices will not be subject to discipline by the IRS. Page 14

1-26.

Best practices include: a.

b.

c.

d.

Communicating clearly with the client regarding the terms of the engagement. For example, the advisor should determine the client’s expected purpose for and use of the advice and should have a clear understanding with the client regarding the form and scope of the advice or assistance to be rendered.

Establishing the facts, determining which facts are relevant, evaluating the reasonableness of any assumptions or representations, relating the applicable law (including potentially applicable judicial doctrines) to the relevant facts, and arriving at a conclusion supported by the law and the facts.

Advising the client regarding the importance of the conclusions reached, including, for example, whether a taxpayer may avoid accuracy-related penalties under the Internal Revenue Code if a taxpayer acts in reliance on the advice.

Acting fairly and with integrity in practice before the IRS.

Pages 13-14

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

1-27.

Page 1-5

A practitioner must not give written advice if the practitioner: 1.

2.

bases the written advice on unreasonable factual or legal assumptions (including assumptions as to future events), unreasonably relies upon representations, statements, findings, or agreements of the taxpayer or any other person,

3.

does not consider all relevant facts that the practitioner knows or should know, or

4.

in evaluating a Federal tax issue, takes into account the possibility that a tax return will not be audited, that an issue will not be raised on audit, or that an issue will be resolved through settlement if raised.

Page 15 1-28

A preparer tax identification number (PTIN) is required of a compensated individual who prepares or assists with the preparation of all or substantially all of a tax return or claim for refund must have a preparer tax identification number (PTIN). Normally, the individual must be an attorney, CPA, EA, or tax return preparer must obtain a PTIN in order to file tax returns for clients Page 11

1-29.

Individuals who prepared tax returns for compensation must follow the rules under Circular 230 Subpart B-- Duties and Restrictions Relating to Practice Before the Internal Revenue Service and Subpart C-- Sanctions for Violation of the Regulations. Thus, they are generally held to the same standards of practice as persons who are eligible to practice before the IRS (Attorneys, Certified Public Accountants (CPAs), and Enrolled Agents (EAs).

Page 11

1-30.

The AICPA's Code of Professional Conduct provides a philosophical foundation upon which the Rules of Conduct are based. The Principles of the Code of Professional Conduct suggest that a CPA should strive for behavior that is above the minimal level of acceptable conduct set forth by the rules. The Code was designed to provide the following: 1.

2.

3.

A comprehensive code of ethics and professional conduct; A guide for practitioners in answering complex questions; and, Assurance to the public concerning the obligations and responsibilities of the accounting profession.

Pages 16-17 1-31.

Threats to complying with the Independence Rule include:        Page 18

Members not acting with objectivity due to an adverse interest Advocacy threats Familiarity threats due to a long or close relationship with a client Management participation threats Self-interest threats Self-review threats Undue influence threats

Page 1-6

1-32.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

In a tax practice the CPA may be requested to blindly follow the guidelines of a government agency or the demands of an audit client. This rule prohibits such blind obedience. The code specifically recognizes that conflicts of interest may arise in tax contexts including providing tax or personal financial planning services for several members of a family whom the member knows to have opposing interests or when referring a personal financial planning or tax client to an insurance broker or other service provider which refers clients to the member under an exclusive arrangement.

Page 20

1-33.

The General Standards Include: 1. The CPA must be able to complete all professional services with professional competence.

2. The CPA must exercise due professional care in the performance of all professional services.

3. The CPA shall adequately plan and supervise the performance of all professional services.

4. The CPA must obtain sufficient relevant data to afford a reasonable basis for any conclusion or recommendation in connection with the performance of any professional services.

Competence encompasses not only technical subject matter but also knowledge of the profession’s standards and the ability to exercise sound judgment in applying the technical knowledge. At the same time, the code is clear that the member does not assume a responsibility for infallibility of knowledge or judgment Page 21

1-34. a. b. c. d. e. f.

No violation 1.520.001- Commissions and Referral Fees No violation 1.600.001- Advertising and Other Forms of Solicitation 1.800.001- Form of Organization and Name Rule 2.400.090 or 3.400.090- Acts Discreditable Rule

Pages 19-21 1-35.

1.700.001 (Confidential Client Information Rule) does not apply in the following situations: 1. There is a conflict with the Compliance with Standards Rule [1.310.001] or the Accounting Principles Rule [1.320.001] 2. The CPA is served with an enforceable subpoena or summons or must comply with applicable laws and government regulations 3. There is a review of a CPA’s practice under AICPA or state society authorization 4. The CPA is responding to an inquiry of an investigative or disciplinary body of a recognized society, or the CPA is initiating a complaint with a disciplinary body Pages 19-20 1-36.

The Statements on Standards for Tax Services, or SSTS, are a series of statements, issued by the AICPA, as to what constitutes appropriate standards for tax practice. The Statements also delineate a member's responsibility to clients, the public, and the profession.

The stated objectives of the Statements are as follows:

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 1-7

SSTS No. 1: Tax Return Positions. This statement sets forth the applicable standards for members when recommending tax return positions, or preparing or signing tax returns. This statement also addresses a member’s obligation to advise a taxpayer of relevant tax return disclosure responsibilities and potential penalties.

SSTS No. 2: Answers to Questions on Returns. This statement sets forth the applicable standards for members when signing the preparer’s declaration on a tax return if one or more questions on the return have not been answered.

SSTS No. 3: Certain Procedural Aspects of Preparing Returns. This statement sets forth the applicable standards for members concerning the obligation to examine or verify certain supporting data or to consider information related to another taxpayer when preparing a taxpayer’s tax return.

SSTS No. 4: Use of Estimates. This statement sets forth the applicable standards for members when using the taxpayer’s estimates in the preparation of a tax return. A member may advise on estimates used in the preparation of a tax return, but the taxpayer has the responsibility to provide the estimated data. Appraisals or valuations are not considered estimates for purposes of this statement.

SSTS No. 5: Departure from a Position Previously Concluded in an Administrative Proceeding or Court Decision. This statement sets forth the applicable standards for members in recommending a tax return position that departs from the position determined in an administrative proceeding or in a court decision with respect to the taxpayer’s prior return.

SSTS No. 6: Knowledge of Error: Return Preparation and Administrative Proceedings. This statement sets forth the applicable standards for a member who becomes aware of (a) an error in a taxpayer’s previously filed tax return; (b) an error in a return that is the subject of an administrative proceeding, such as an examination by a taxing authority or an appeals conference; or (c) a taxpayer’s failure to file a required tax return.

SSTS No. 7: Form and Content of Advice to Taxpayers. This statement sets forth the applicable standards for members concerning certain aspects of providing advice to a taxpayer and considers the circumstances in which a member has a responsibility to communicate with a taxpayer when subsequent developments affect advice previously provided.

Pages 22 - 26 1-37.

Under SSTS No. 1, a member should determine and comply with the standards, if any, which are imposed by the applicable taxing authority with respect to recommending a tax return position, or preparing or signing a tax return. If the applicable taxing authority has no written standards with respect to recommending a tax return position or preparing or signing a tax return, or if its standards are lower than the standards set forth in SSTS No. 1, then SSTS No. 1 must be followed.

Page 22

1-38.

SSTS No.1 provides that a member should have a good faith belief that a recommended position has a realistic possibility of being sustained if challenged. In addition, a member may recommend a tax return position if the member concludes that there is a reasonable basis for the position and advises the taxpayer to appropriately disclose that position. Thus, a member may prepare or sign a tax return that reflects a position if a member has a reasonable basis for the position and that position is appropriately disclosed.

Page 22

Page 1-8

1-39.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Reasonable grounds for omitting an answer on a return include cases in which: 1.

2.

3.

The pertinent data are not readily available and are not significant to the determination of taxable income or loss or the resulting tax liability.

The taxpayer and the member are genuinely uncertain as to the meaning of the question on the return.

An answer is voluminous; however, assurance should be given on the return that the data can be supplied upon request.

Page 23 1-40.

In preparing a return, the member may ordinarily rely upon information that the taxpayer has provided. Although an examination of supporting documents is not required, the member should encourage the taxpayer to provide supporting documents, whenever appropriate.

Page 23

1-41.

A member may prepare tax returns that involve the use of the taxpayer's estimates, if, under the circumstances, it is impractical to obtain exact data and the estimated amounts appear reasonable to the member. Estimates may be appropriate where the keeping of precise records with respect to numerous items of small amounts is difficult to achieve, where data is not available as of the time for filing the return, or certain records are missing.

Pages 23-24

1-42.

The selection of the treatment of an item on a tax return should be based upon the facts and the law that is applicable at the time a return is prepared. Unless the taxpayer is bound by the IRS to the treatment of an item in later years, such as by a closing agreement, the disposition of an item in a prior year's audit does not govern the treatment of a similar item in a later year's return.

Therefore, a member may sign a return that contains a departure from a treatment that was required by the IRS in a prior year return, provided the standards under SSTS No. 1 are adhered to.

Pages 24 - 25

1-43.

When a member learns of an error in a previously filed tax return, or member becomes aware of an error during an administrative proceeding, he or she must advise the taxpayer promptly. This advice should include a recommendation of the appropriate measures that the taxpayer should take. The member is not obligated to inform the IRS of the error and may not do so without the taxpayer's permission, except as required by law.

Page 25

1-44.

SSTS No. 7. It states that the member must use judgment that reflects professional competence and serves the taxpayer's needs.

Page 25

1-45.

No, tax compliance work for an audit client is allowed. It must be approved by the audit committee of the issuer.

Page 27

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

1-46.

Page 1-9

Neither the ABA Code nor the Model Rules have the force of law. Each was designed to be adopted by the appropriate agencies that govern the practice of law in the various states. In many jurisdictions, the state Supreme Court is charged with policing the practice of law. In other states, the legislature assumes this responsibility.

Pages 27-28

1-47.

An ethical dilemma occurs when someone is faced with a situation in which there are no clearly defined answers such as by regulation or law.

Page 28

1-48.

The major types of ethical reasoning are: 1.

End-based Ethical Reasoning is where the ethical decision is the one that produced the most good for the largest number of people.

2.

Rule-based Ethical Reasoning was based on German philosopher Immanuel Kant’s idea that individual actions should be such that we would accept similar behavior from everyone else.

3.

Care-based Ethical Reasoning advises one to make decisions that would result in the treatment you yourself would like to receive.

Page 29 1-49.

Professional ethical behavior is the result of the interaction of personal morality, social responsibility, business ethics, and other general ethical standards. When something is judged to be morally right or wrong (or good or bad), the underlying standards on which such judgments are based are called moral standards. The tax practitioner must be aware of social responsibility in areas such as environmental protection, equal opportunity, and occupational safety. Business ethics examines the moral and ethical problems that arise in a business environment. There is disagreement about whether a company has ethical responsibilities. Other ethical standards may include public policy, religious beliefs, and cultural values.

Pages 29-31

1-50

Ethical issues involved in this case could include morality and business ethics. The moral issue involves the consideration of the “right thing to do” with respect to the plane ticket. The business ethics issues involve maintaining the integrity of the firm.

1-51

Unless the firm clearly allows staff to take home supplies (which likely would result in additional income to the staff members), this is clearly not ethical behavior. If Donna does work at home and the firm has clear policies allowing supplies to be taken home and used for work purposes, the behavior would be reasonable.

1-52.

CPAs are in little danger of entering into the unauthorized practice of law as long as they avoid providing general legal services. The issue that arises is not whether CPAs are rendering legal services, but how much legal service is provided. Because of the lack of guidelines on this issue, the federal agencies seem to have taken a lead in attempting to solve this problem.

Page 33

Page 1-10

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

1-53.

To avoid being charged with the unauthorized practice of law, the following activities should be avoided.     

Expressing a legal opinion on a nontax matter.

Drafting wills or trust instruments.

Drafting contracts.

Drafting incorporation papers.

Drafting partnership agreements.

Page 35 EXERCISES 1-54. a. b.

c.

d.

Subpart A, § 10.4(c)8 Eligibility for enrollment as an enrolled agent or enrolled retirement plan agent. Discussion of the criteria for enrollment before the IRS Subpart B, § 10.21 Knowledge of client’s omission.. Each attorney, CPA, enrolled agent, or enrolled actuary who knows that the client has not complied with the revenue laws of the United States or has made an error in or omission from any return, document, affidavit, or other paper, shall advise the client promptly of the fact of such noncompliance, error, or omission.

Subpart B, § 10.26 Notaries.. A practitioner may not perform any official act as a notary public with respect to any matter administered by the IRS for which employed as counsel, attorney, or agent.

Subpart B, § 10.29 Conflicting interests.. No tax practitioner can represent conflicting interests before the IRS unless he or she has the express consent of the directly interested parties Circular 230

1-55. a.

b.

c. d.

Subpart C, § 10.51(a)(12) Contemptuous conduct in connection with practice before the Internal Revenue Service, including the use of abusive language, making false accusations or statements, knowing them to be false, or circulating or publishing malicious or libelous matter Subpart A, § 10.6(e). Conditions for renewal. In order to qualify for renewal of enrollment, an individual, to practice before the IRS, must certify that he or she has satisfied the continuing professional education requirements.

Subpart A, § 10.3(f) Registered tax return preparers Subpart B, § 10.27. Fees.. Discussion of provision that a practitioner may not charge an unconscionable fee for representing a client in a matter before the IRS. Also, a practitioner may not charge a contingent fee for preparing an original return.

Circular 230

1-56. a.

b.

c. d.

Subpart B, § 10.22(b) Reliance on others. Except as modified by §§10.34 and 10.37, a practitioner will be presumed to have exercised due diligence for purposes of this section if the practitioner relies on the work product of another person and the practitioner used reasonable care in engaging, supervising, training, and evaluating the person, taking proper account of the nature of the relationship between the practitioner and the person.

Subpart A, § 10.7(c)(1)(vi). An individual may represent any individual or entity, who is outside the United States, before personnel of the Internal Revenue Service when such representation takes place outside the United States.

Subpart B, § 10.24. Prohibits assistance from disbarred or suspended persons.

Subpart B, § 10.34. Defines standards for advising and signing returns.

Circular 230

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 1-11

1-57. a. b. c. d.

Subpart B, § 10.33. Discussion of adhering to the best practices in providing advice.

Subpart B, § 10.35. Provides standards on “covered opinions.”

Subpart B, § 10.36. Requires that a firm take reasonable steps to adhere to the “covered opinions” section.

Subpart B, § 10.37. Describes situations in which a tax practitioner should not give written advice.

Circular 230

1-58. a. b. c. d.

Solicitation is discussed in Subpart B, §10.30.

Negotiation of a taxpayer's refund checks is discussed in Subpart B, § 10.31.

Who may practice before the IRS? Subpart A §10.3 Authority to disbar or suspend from practice before the Internal Revenue Service is discussed in Subpart C, §10.50.

Circular 230

1-59. a. b. c. d.

Conflicting interests are discussed in Subpart B, § 10.39.

Disreputable conduct is discussed in Subpart C, § 10.51.

Assistance from disbarred or suspended persons is discussed in Subpart B, § 10.24.

Representing oneself before the IRS is discussed in Subpart A, § 10.7.

Circular 230

1-60. a. b. c. d.

Practice of law is in Subpart B, § 0.32.

Information to be furnished is in Subpart B, § 10.20.

Fees are in Subpart B, § 10.27.

Responsibility for correcting errors? Subpart, § 10.21 Circular 230

1-61. a. b. c. d.

Best Practices are discussed in Subpart B, § 10.33.

The return of client’s records is discussed in Subpart B, § 10.28.

Tax Return Positions are discussed in Subpart B, § 10.34.

Due Diligence is discussed in Subpart B, § 10.22.

Circular 230

1-62.

a. SSTS No. 1. In preparing a tax return, a member should have a good-faith belief that a recommended position has a realistic possibility of being sustained if challenged; otherwise such a position should not be recommended by the member. b. SSTS No. 4. A member may prepare tax returns that involve the use of the taxpayer's estimates if it is impractical to obtain exact data and if the estimated amounts appear reasonable to the member. c. SSTS No. 6. The member must advise the taxpayer promptly, whether or not the member prepared or signed the return in question, when he or she learns of an error in a previously filed tax return, an error in a return that is the subject of an administrative proceeding, or a taxpayer’s failure to file a required return. However, the member is neither obligated to inform the IRS of the situation, nor may he or she do so without the taxpayer's permission, except as provided by law.

Page 1-12

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Pages 22-25 1-63.

a. Lowell Bar Association v. Loeb. The preparation of "simple" tax returns did not constitute the unauthorized practice of Massachusetts law because tax return preparation could not be identified as strictly within the legal discipline. b. Bercu. The court held that Bercu could have provided tax advice if it had been incidental to the tax return work he regularly performed for his clients. c. Sperry v. Florida. The U.S. Supreme Court held that a Federal statute that admitted nonattorneys to practice before Federal agencies (in this case, the Patent Office) took precedence over state regulation, thus CPAs and Enrolled Agents were not engaged in the unauthorized practice of law when they were giving tax advice.

Pages 33-34

1-64.

False. See Circular 230, §10.29.

1-65.

True. See Circular 230, §10.7.

1-66.

These fees would all be contingent fees if the IRS challenges a tax position. Under Circular 230 § 10.27 A Contingent fee is any fee that is based, in whole or in part, on whether or not a position taken on a tax return or other filing avoids challenge by the Internal Revenue Service or is sustained either by the Internal Revenue Service or in litigation. A contingent fee includes a fee that is based on a percentage of the refund reported on a return, that is based on a percentage of the taxes saved, or that otherwise depends on the specific result attained.

Circular 230

1-67.

Circular 230, § 10.32 (Practice of law) states that, “Nothing in the regulations in this part may be construed as authorizing persons not members of the bar to practice law.”

Circular 230

1-68.

d. Under Rule 1.100.001 of the AICPA Code of Conduct, CPAs cannot make self-laudatory statements not based on verifiable facts.

Page 21

1-69.

c. See Circular 230, §10.30

1-70.

c. Under Rule 1.800.001 of the AICPA Code of Conduct, CPAs cannot practice public accounting under a firm name that is misleading. A sole practitioner is not a company. The only exception is when a sole practitioner survives the death or withdrawal of all other partners or shareholders, he or she can continue to practice under a firm name for up to two years after becoming a sole practitioner.

Page 20

1-71.

b. SSTS No. 4 allows a member to use reasonable estimates in the preparation of a tax return.

Pages 23-24

1-72.

d. Under Rule 1.510.001of the AICPA Code of Conduct, CPAs are allowed to take contingent fees in tax matters if they are based on judicial proceedings or the findings of governmental agencies.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 1-13

Page 18 1-73.

c. Under Rule 1.700.001 of the AICPA Code of Conduct, CPAs cannot reveal confidential client information without the consent of the client unless it is to an investigative body, trial board, quality review body, or court of law.

Pages 19-20

1-74.

a. SSTS No. 4 requires members to disclose to the IRS the use of estimates when fire or computer failure has destroyed the relevant records.

Pages 23-24

1-75.

d. Under Subpart A, §10.7(c)(2)(i) of Circular 230, persons who are disbarred or suspended are not allowed to practice before the IRS. Circular 230

1-76.

b. Under Subpart B, §10.21 of Circular 230, practitioners must notify clients of any noncompliance with the tax law. A similar rule is found in SSTS No. 6.

Page 11

1-77.

a. Circular 230, Subpart A, §10.7(a) states that a taxpayer can appear on their own behalf before the IRS. b. 1.520.001 Commissions and Referral Fees Rule c. SSTS No. 3 Certain Procedural Aspects of Preparing Returns d. Under Statement on Standards for Tax Service (SSTS) No. 1, a member must have a good-faith belief that a recommended position has a realistic possibility of being sustained if challenged.

Circular 230, Pages 20, 22, 24

1-78.

a. Circular 230, Subpart C, §10.51 states that a practitioner can be disbarred or suspended from practice before the IRS for disreputable conduct. b. The knowledge of client omissions rule is found in Circular 230, Subpart B, §10.21. c. 1.400.200 Records Requests. Members must comply with the rules and regulations of authoritative regulatory bodies, such as the member’s state board(s) of accountancy, when the member performs services for a client and is subject to the rules and regulations of such regulatory body. d. SSTS No. 5 Departure from a Position Previously Concluded in an Administrative Proceeding or Court Decision e. Under Statement on Standards for Tax Services (SSTS) No. 7, a member must use judgment that reflects professional competence and serves the taxpayer’s needs.

Circular 230, Pages 22-26

1-79.

The parts of the enrolled agent exam are: Part 1 - Individual Income Taxes Part 2 - Businesses Part 3 - Representation, Practices, Procedures See www.irs.gov for more information on the enrolled agent exam.

Page 1-14

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

1-80.

The Application for Enrollment to Practice Before the IRS is Form 23.

1-81.

a. California- Minimum 3 semester or 4 quarter units in accounting ethics or accountants’ professional responsibilities b. Texas- The board requires that 3 passing semester hours be earned as a result of taking a course in ethics. c. North Carolina- The 150 semester hours required include a concentration in accounting, as defined by 21 NCAC 08A .0309, and 24 semester hours of coursework which include one (1) three (3) semester hour course from at least eight (8) of the following 10 fields of study: communications; computer technology; economics; ethics; finance; humanities/social science; international environment; law; management; or statistics

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 2-1

CHAPTER 2 TAX RESEARCH METHODOLOGY DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 2-1.

The primary purpose of tax research is to aid in finding solutions to tax problems.

Page 46

2-2.

The basic steps in conducting tax research include the following: Establish the Facts. This step involves the gathering of facts, including tax and nontax considerations.

Identify the Issues. The tax researcher must identify both issues of fact and issues of law. In so doing, the researcher must rely on a combination of education, training, and experience.

Locate the Appropriate Authority. The researcher must locate authority relevant to the client's situation. Authority may include both primary and secondary authority.

Evaluate the Authority. This step in the tax research process requires the researcher to analyze the authority, including the current status of the authority and the precedential value of the authority.

Develop Conclusions and Recommendations. The researcher must arrive at his or her conclusions based on the first four steps of the tax research process.

Communicate the Recommendations. The final step in the research process is to communicate to the client the facts, assumptions, issues, sources of authority, and conclusions and recommendations.

Pages 47-56

2-3.

First, the researcher must understand the mechanical techniques that are used to identify and locate the tax authorities that relate to solving a problem. Second, the researcher must be creative and explore all of the relevant relationships among the facts and the problems at hand.

Page 50

2-4.

Significant tax facts that a tax practitioner might want to obtain could include any of the following: The client’s tax entity(ies).

The client's family status and stability.

The client's past, present, and projected marginal tax rates.

The client's legal domicile and citizenship.

The client's motivation for the transaction.

Relationships among the client and other parties involved in the transaction.

Whether special tax rules apply.

Whether the transaction is proposed or completed.

Pages 47-48

Page 2-2

2-5.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

The researcher should be aware of the following pitfalls: 1.

The researcher may attempt to research a problem before fully understanding the facts and circumstances relevant to the client's situation.

2.

Often the researcher may have a tendency to ignore new questions that arise as the research task progresses.

3.

The client may fail to provide all of the information that is vital to an accurate solution.

4.

The tax researcher may approach a tax problem without considering other constraints on the solution to the problem, such as economic factors or personal preferences of the client.

Page 50 2-6.

2-7.

a.

T (lower tax liability).

b.

NT (economic constraints).

c.

NT (personal preference).

d.

NT (personal preference).

e.

NT (personal preference).

a.

NT (personal preference). Might also be classified as T, since the taxpayer's motivation for a potential transaction is known.

b.

NT (personal preference)

c.

NT (family preference)

d.

T (lower tax liability)

e.

T (lower tax liability)

Page 50 2-8.

Research issues can be divided into two major categories, namely, fact issues and law issues. Fact issues are concerned with problems such as the dates of the transactions, the amounts involved in an exchange, reasonableness, intent, and purpose. Law issues arise when the facts are well established, but it is not clear which portion of the tax law applies.

Page 48

2-9.

The legal concept of collateral estoppel bars relitigation on the same facts or the same issues. Therefore, the tax practitioner must be certain that his or her case is researched fully and no issues have been overlooked.

If an issue is not addressed in the original case, it may be lost forever.

Page 49

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

2-10.

Page 2-3

Tax research may be spread over a lengthy period of time. The researcher must be aware of changes that occur during this period which might affect the outcome of the research. Applicable law or facts might be subject to changes which will cause the researcher to arrive at different conclusions and recommendations, even concerning completed research activities.

Page 52

2-11.

All tax authority does not carry the same precedential value. The tax researcher must consider the source of the authority, including whether the source of authority is a primary or secondary source, and the force of the authority. Primary authority comes from statutory, administrative, and judicial sources. In fact, statutory authority is the basis for all tax provisions.

Secondary authority consists of unofficial sources of tax information, such as tax journal articles, textbooks, and newsletters. The researcher should be cautious in relying upon secondary authority which does not have precedential value, but which may be of assistance in clarifying or explaining the primary authority. In addition, the researcher must take into account new issues that have developed since the date of the authority.

Pages 51-52

2-12.

Statutory sources include the Constitution, tax treaties, and tax laws that have been passed by Congress.

Administrative authority includes the various rulings of the Treasury Department and the IRS. Judicial authority consists of the collected rulings of the various courts on Federal tax matters.

Pages 52-53

2-13.

a. b. c. d. e.

P P S P P

Pages 51-52 2-14.

a. b. c. d. e.

P P P S S

Pages 51-52 2-15.

a. b. c. d. e.

S S P P S

Pages 51-52 2-16.

A citator is a reference source that enables the researcher to follow the judicial history of court cases.

Page 54

Page 2-4

2-17.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

A tax service is a coordinated set of reference materials that organizes the tax authority into a useable format, making the Internal Revenue Code more accessible.

Page 58

2-18.

a.

TAXES - General tax practitioners

b.

Journal of Taxation - Sophisticated tax practitioners

c.

Practical Tax Strategies – General tax practitioners

d.

The Tax Adviser - Members of the AICPA and other tax practitioners

e.

The ATA Journal of Legal Tax Research – Tax academics and practitioners.

Page 55

2-19.

All tax authority does not carry the same precedential value. In the process of evaluating the tax authority for the issue under consideration, it is possible that new issues, not previously considered, may become known. In this case, the researcher may be required to gather additional facts, find more pertinent authority, and evaluate the new issues.

Pages 51-52

2-20.

If a clear solution to a tax research problem has not been obtained, the practitioner must use professional judgment as to the proper conveyance of the research results to the client. In addition, the client might be informed of the alternative possible outcomes of the disputed transaction and give the best acceptable recommendation.

Page 55

2-21.

Include the following items in both the memorandum to the client file and the client letter: 1. A restatement of the pertinent facts from the researcher's perspective.

2. A summary of any assumptions that the researcher made in the course of his or her research.

3. A summary of the issues addressed in the research process.

4. The applicable authority used to arrive at the researcher's conclusions and recommendations.

5. The researcher's conclusions and recommendations.

Generally, the memorandum to the client file will contain significantly more details than the letter to the client.

Pages 56-57

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

2-22.

Page 2-5

Yes. In many research situations, a fact generates an issue that in turn may lead to an answer or the need for more facts. Similarly, once an answer is found to an issue, it may also cause a new issue to appear or the need to gather more information. The same situation occurs in evaluating authority. Frequently, there will be ambiguity between items of authority that will require the researcher to use his or her critical thinking skills. This may result in new issues becoming known. The researcher would then be required to gather additional facts, find additional pertinent authority, and evaluate the new issues.

Page 50

2-23.

Substantial Authority under Reg. §1.6662-4(d)(3)(iii) includes: a. The Internal Revenue Code and other statutory provisions, b. Proposed, Temporary, and Final Regulations, c. Revenue Rulings and Procedures, d. Tax Treaties and regulations there under, e. Court Cases, f. Congressional Committee Reports, g. The Blue Book, h. Private Letter Rulings issued after 10/31/76, i. Technical Advice Memoranda issued after 10/31/76, j. General Counsel Memoranda issued after 3/31/81, and k. IRS Information and Press Releases.

It is important to be familiar with the above sources because any position documented based on these authorities will prevent accuracy-related penalties associated with the item or return under review.

Page 52

2-24.

Online tax research systems provide a fast, cheap method for tax practitioners to access tax information that he or she could not afford to buy before the use of computers. Today’s online systems allow the distribution of tax research information and entire tax services to multiple tax staff in both small and large CPA firms.

They are accessible through the Internet and several public telecommunications networks. The materials that are available with these services are contained in databases that are stored at centralized computer locations. These databases may be accessed from remote locations with the use of a variety of compatible video devices and keyboards. Usually, they can be accessed via compatible handheld devices and computers that the user already owns.

Advantages of such a system over a standard printed service are the ability on the part of the user to index any significant item by using it as a search item in a query, and the ability for the user to tailor his or her query to fit the requirements of a specific tax problem, which can result in the research process being conducted with greater speed and thoroughness; that online services are updated much faster than printed tax services; that they are particularly useful in researching case law, since every word contained in a case is included in the database, which in turn enables the user to save time by directly accessing only those cases that contain the key terms of his or her search, that certain documents may be obtained only from the

Page 2-6

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

central computer library, and that it can be used to obtain regularly published documents to which the researcher does not have access.

Pages 58-59 2-25.

Any of the following could be examples of web addresses of three free online Internet sites where someone could find information on various aspects of taxation:   

http://taxsites.com www.irs.gov http://thomas.loc.gov

Page 53 2-26.

Citations not only document a preparer’s research and provide a trail for reviewers to follow but also to support that the preparer has met the substantial authority standard. Citations in a memo immediately signal to a reader the types of documents and level of authority a researcher is relying upon.

Page 56

2-27.

2-28.

a.

Thomson Reuters Checkpoint--A Web-based tax research service that contains research material on federal, state, local, and international taxation. Checkpoint contains analytical material such as the Tax Coordinator 2d and the United States Tax Reporter.

b.

CCH IntelliConnect--A Web-based tax research service that contains CCH’s tax services (Tax Research Consultant and Federal Income Tax Reporter) and other federal, state, local, and international legal and tax information.

c.

LexisAdvance Tax--Besides containing all federal and state tax research material, LexisNexis provides access to expert analytical materials from CCH, Tax Analysts, and BNA. In addition, LexisNexis has extensive libraries of newspapers, magazines, journals, and patent records and medical, economic, and accounting databases.

d.

Westlaw and WestlawNext contain all federal, state, local, and international legal sources, including court cases, administrative releases, and statutory information. All government documents (e.g., IRS publications, court cases) are also available on this system.

The disadvantages of using a computerized tax service include the high cost of conducting a search and the broad nature of the database.

The database includes all of the pertinent documents needed to conduct a thorough tax research. However, a computerized tax service does not normally include any type of indices; therefore, the researcher must determine the key words to utilize in his or her search request. If the request is not properly structured, the researcher will not locate the pertinent documents.

Pages 62-63

2-29.

Developing an effective search request requires that the researcher: 1. State the Issue in the Form of a Question 2. Identify the Keywords

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 2-7

3. Construct a Computer Research Query 4. Select Database and Execute Search 5. Interpret and Refine the Search Pages 59-60 2-30.

To reduce the number of retrieved documents to a reasonable number, the researcher should modify his or her request, usually by editing the last request transmitted to one that is narrower in scope and utilize more unique key words.

Page 61

2-31.

The Checkpoint search connectors discussed in the text are:  and – finds documents with both chosen keywords in them  or – finds documents with either chosen keywords in them  /n - finds documents where the first chosen term is within ‘n’ words of the second chosen term  not – finds documents with the term that precedes the connector, but not the term following the connector Page 61

2-32

(1) Primary (2) Primary (3) Primary (4) Secondary Page 61

2-33.

“Engagement Time Cost” could impact an engagement by making the research to costly for the client.

Page 62

2-34.

The “Potential Tax Liability” in a situation by making the research cost exceeds the tax savings.

Page 63

2-35.

The “Accuracy Threshold” could impact how much time is spent on the project. As a general rule, the more accuracy needed by the client, the more research that needs to be done to reach a higher level of client comfort.

Page 63

2-36.

“Professional Ethics” could impact a tax engagement by requiring the researcher to achieve an appropriate comfort level for the research conclusion.

Page 63

2-37.

The four parts of the Uniform CPA Exam are: 1. Auditing and Attestation (AUD) 2. Business Environment and Concepts (BEC)

Page 2-8

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

3. Financial Accounting and Reporting (FAR) 4. Regulation (REG) The tax issues covered in the REG section of the Uniform CPA Exam include processes, procedures, accounting, and planning as well as federal taxation of property transactions, individuals, and entities.

Ethics and professional and legal responsibilities are key components of the section, requiring that candidates be familiar with Treasury Department Circular 230, the AICPA Statements on Standards for Tax Services, and relevant IRS Code sections and regulations.

Page 63 EXERCISES

2-38.

All can be found online (however, a researcher may have to pay a subscription fee for access to them). For the second part of the question, the answer will vary by individual school campus library.

2-39.

All responses and answers will vary with the availability of tax research services available for student use on your campus. Information regarding how students can gain access to the system for research projects in your classes should be obtained by the instructor. If the tax research service is not available on your campus, the student will state so.

2-40.

Form 3903 and its instructions deal with moving expenses. IRS forms and publications can be accessed at: https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs.

2-41.

IRS Publication 3 is the Armed Forces’ Tax Guide. IRS forms and publications can be accessed at: https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs.

2-42.

IRS Publication 575 deals with Pension and Annuity Income. IRS forms and publications can be accessed at: https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs.

2-43.

Form 1040-PR can be found at: https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs.

2-44.

Publication 1542 is no longer updated by the IRS. Instead, the IRS updates per diem rates in annual (or more frequent) IRS Notices. At the time of the book’s printing, the most recent IRS Notice was Notice 2016-58.

2-45.

Answers will vary over time.

2-46.

Issues that may be relevant in determining the tax consequences of these transactions include the following: 1.

Does the condemnation of the land constitute an involuntary conversion of §1231 property?

2.

If gain is realized, how is it computed?

3.

If gain is recognized, is it ordinary income or capital gain?

4.

Can any of the gain be deferred?

5.

How is the award for damages treated?

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

2-47.

2-48.

2-49.

2-50.

Page 2-9

Issues that may be relevant in determining the tax consequences of these transactions include the following: 1.

Did the accident result from a “willful act” by Joey (i.e., his not setting the brake)?

2.

Does the accident qualify for the casualty loss deduction for Joey?

3.

How are the damages to the car and other property measured?

4.

Are any payments for Nick’s injuries deductible by Joey?

5.

Is the damage to Nick’s house deductible by Joey?

Issues that may be relevant in determining the tax consequences of these transactions include the following: 1.

Who has the liability for the tax on the $75,000, John, Marsha, or both?

2.

Could John and Marsha’s other income have any impact on the taxability of the $75,000?

3.

Did John receive any benefit from the income and how might that affect any income tax liability?

4.

Do John and Marsha live in a community property or common law state and what impact would that have on any tax liability?

5.

If John reimburses the bank for the $75,000, is it deductible to him?

Issues that may be relevant in determining the tax consequences of these transactions include the following: 1.

Is the receipt of the restricted stock compensation to Dave?

2.

Is there any gain realized on the receipt of the stock? If so, how is the gain computed?

3.

If gain is recognized on the receipt of the stock, is it ordinary income or capital gain?

4.

Can any of the gain be deferred? If so, how?

5.

What is Dave’s basis in the restricted stock?

6.

If Dave sells the stock after seven years, how will any gain or loss be taxed?

Issues that may be relevant in determining the tax consequences of these transactions include the following.

1.

What are the tax consequences of rents received in advance?

2.

Is Ericka a cash or accrual basis taxpayer?

3.

If she is a cash basis taxpayer, how is the rent treated?

4.

If she is an accrual basis taxpayer, how is the rent treated?

5.

How are any expenses (e.g., depreciation and real estate taxes) associated with the rental income treated?

Page 2-10

2-51.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

The query should include several of the following key words: redemption call proceeds tax-exempt bonds municipal

2-52.

The query should include several of the following key words: treaty Germany fellowship income fellowship grant internship Examples of queries include the following: “treaty Germany” /10 & fellowship or internship (CheckPoint) treaty w/10 Germany and fellowship or internship (Lexis)

2-53.

The query should include several of the following key words: capitalize fringe benefits overhead build building slack time idle time employee employee costs addition factory Examples of queries include the following: capitalize & overhead & fringe /3 benefits (CheckPoint) capitalize and overhead and fringe w/3 benefits (Lexis)

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

2-54.

Page 2-11

The query should include several of the following key words: retroactive election accounting accounting methods Examples of queries include the following: “accounting /20 method” and retroactive* (CheckPoint) accounting w/20 method and retroactive (Lexis)

2-55.

Suitable search queries might be: constructive /10 dividend (CheckPoint) constructive w/10 dividend (Lexis)

2-56.

a.

b.

Issues that may be relevant in determining whether Sam Manuel may deduct the losses from his "activity" include the following: 1.

Is the activity considered a hobby or a business activity?

2.

Is the fact that Mr. Manuel previously operated the activity on a full-time basis relevant to the question of whether the loss is deductible?

3.

Does the taxpayer have the burden of proof in determining whether the activity is operated for income or profit?

4.

Does Mr. Manuel have to establish a profit motive for each year that losses are incurred, or once a profit motive is established is this adequate proof for subsequent years?

5.

Is the fact that the activity was conducted on a part-time basis by Mr. Manuel, who was a full-time employee of another entity, indicative that the activity must be a hobby and not a business carried on with intent to earn a profit?

6.

How much of his time does Mr. Manuel spend on this activity?

7.

Does Mr. Manuel invest a significant amount of his money and other resources for the activity?

8.

Does Mr. Manuel advertise and otherwise solicit buyers for his products?

9.

Can Mr. Manuel substantiate the expenditures that he has incurred?

10.

Does Mr. Manuel keep detailed accounting records for the activity separate and apart from his other activities?

11.

Is a reasonable expectation of making a profit required in order to determine whether an activity is a trade or business?

Examples of key words: hobby, business, activity, losses, employee, profit.

Page 2-12

2-57.

2-58

a.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Issues relevant to the tax treatment of the payment received by the partner include the following: 1.

Was the $125,000 payment received by Matthew Broadway a distribution in liquidation of his partnership interest?

2.

If the payment is a payment in liquidation of Matthew's partnership interest, should the amount be treated as ordinary income or should the amount be treated as received in exchange for his interest in the partnership?

3.

Will the entire payment be subject to the same tax treatment, or should $45,000 of the payment, representing the settlement of the fee dispute, be treated differently from the remainder of the payment?

4.

Does the partnership use the cash or the accrual basis of accounting for tax purposes?

5.

Under the partnership's method of accounting, when would the fee income be included in the partnership’s ordinary income?

6.

Was the fee accounted for in the partnership's prior year return or was the fee included in partnership income only upon settlement of the dispute in the year following the year of receipt?

7.

Does the fact that the fee was placed in an escrow account until the dispute was settled influence the proper time for including the fee in income?

8.

Does the constructive receipt doctrine apply to the partnership?

9.

Does the assignment of income doctrine apply in this case to make the fee income taxable to Matthew Broadway, the partner who is withdrawing?

b.

Examples of key words: accrual, cash, accounting, partnership, distribution, constructive receipt.

a.

Issues which may be important in determining the allocation of the costs among the lots include:

b.

1.

Is the increase in fair market value of improved property indicative of the benefits derived by the property?

2.

What was the taxpayer's purpose behind making the improvements?

3.

Does the taxpayer intend to sell all six of the lots?

4.

Do the street, water, and sewer improvements benefit the three undeveloped lots?

5.

What was the fair market value of each lot immediately after the subdivision, but prior to the improvements?

6.

Are certain of the lots more desirable because of easier access, etc?

7.

Is the relative sales price of each of the three single-family homes relevant for allocating the construction costs?

Examples of key words: improvements, subdividing, real estate, realty, costs.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

2-59.

2-60.

a.

Page 2-13

Issues which may be relevant to the tax treatment of the proceeds from the sale of the home include: 1.

Can Tom take advantage of the §121 exclusion from the sale of a primary residence?

2.

If Tom's gain is taxable, can he take advantage of the installment sale provisions?

3.

If the property has previously been used for business (i.e. rental or home office) will there be any depreciation recapture?

4.

What is the basis of the old home?

5.

How was title of the old home held by Tom and his wife?

6.

Does the divorce decree specify anything other than a 50/50 split of the residence between Tom and his wife?

b.

Examples of key words: divorce, decree, house, residence, gain, exclusion, occupies, Section 121.

a.

Additional information that would be helpful in this situation, based on relevant factors for determining a profit motive as listed in Regulation §1.183-2, includes the following: 1.

Does Vinny plan to continue his medical practice while he works on his winery?

2.

If he does plan to continue working at his medical practice, does he plan to continue fulltime?

3.

How much time and effort are he and/or his family members planning to devote to the winery?

4.

If other family members will be helping with the winery, will they be leaving their occupations to have more time to help out?

5.

Does he plan to carry on the winery endeavor in a business-like manner, keeping books and records, etc.?

6.

Did the taxpayer attempt to acquire knowledge about the winery business or talk to experts in the field?

7.

Is the couple’s wealth sufficient to maintain them if future profits don’t materialize?

8.

Does Vinny derive little personal or recreational pleasure from this activity?

b.

Additional questions posed to the taxpayer.

c.

No. What Vinny’s two children now do for a living is irrelevant.

d.

Will the winery be considered by the IRS to be a bona-fide business with a profit motive or merely a hobby?

e.

Additional research questions might include: 1.

Is the taxpayer close to retirement age, and if so, how much will his retirement income be?

Page 2-14

2-61.

2-62.

a.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

2.

How much in losses is the business expected to incur in the start-up years?

3.

What were the start-up costs?

4.

Where did the investment money come from?

5.

What is the tax-entity form of the business?

6.

What is the taxpayer’s past, present, and projected marginal tax rates?

7.

Are there special tax rules that apply to the winery business?

Additional information that would be helpful in this situation includes the following: 1.

Was there any oversight of the accountant by the home office or by a CPA?

2.

What types of internal controls, if any, were in place to prevent the embezzlement?

3.

Was there an audit performed by competent outside auditors?

4.

What system, if any, did the taxpayer have in place to receive and review payroll tax deposits and remittances?

b.

Additional questioning of the taxpayer.

c.

Yes.

d.

Did the taxpayer exercise “ordinary business care and prudence in providing for the payment of its tax liabilities” by establishing oversight of the manager's actions to the extent that, as a result, relief is mandated by the statute, warranting abatement of the penalties due to “reasonable cause”?

e.

Additional research questions might include:

a.

1.

Has the taxpayer already submitted an offer in compromise to the IRS?

2.

Have there been any arrangements made for the accountant to repay the embezzled funds?

3.

If so, has the taxpayer remitted any funds to the IRS and, if so, how much?

4.

Does the taxpayer have an unblemished history of making past payroll tax deposits on time?

Additional information that would be helpful in this situation includes the following: 1.

Is there a divorce decree that calls for the monthly fixed payments of $12,000?

2.

If so, does the divorce decree stipulate what the payments are for?

3.

Are there any children involved from the marriage, and if so, is any of the $12,000 considered provision for child support?

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

2-63.

4.

Is the taxpayer legally required to continue the monthly payments after death of the exspouse?

5.

Are the monthly payments being made in cash or property?

b.

Additional questioning of the taxpayer.

c.

The taxpayer’s age is not necessarily significant to this issue.

d.

Are tax payments on payments to an ex-spouse deductible?

d.

Additional research questions might include:

a.

b.

1.

What is the ex-spouse’s financial situation, and has it changed significantly since the divorce?

2.

Has the ex-spouse since remarried?

3.

Was there a pre-nuptial agreement?

4.

Have the taxpayer’s been living in the same household since the divorce?

The primary tax issues involved with this case are as follows.

1.

Are lottery winnings considered ordinary income or capital gains?

2.

What is the basis of a winning lottery ticket?

3.

Is the assignment of rights to the winnings to a third party considered constructive receipt of the winnings to the taxpayer?

4.

Is the assignment of rights to a third party considered a capital investment?

Examples of key words: lottery installments future investment gross income capital gain lump-sum ordinary income

2-64.

a.

Page 2-15

The primary tax issues involved with this case are as follows: 1.

Are there any restrictions on starting a business on an Indian Reservation?

2.

Can an Indian tribe be a shareholder in an S corporation?

3.

Is the Indian tribe a Federally recognized tax-exempt organization?

4.

What restrictions are there on tax-exempt organizations in S Corporations?

Page 2-16

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

5. b.

Is an Indian tribe considered an “individual” for Federal income tax purposes?

Examples of key words: Indian tribe individual shareholder S corporation tax-exempt tribal government eligible

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 3-1

CHAPTER 3 CONSTITUTIONAL AND LEGISLATIVE SOURCES DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 3-1.

In Pollock v. Farmers’ Loan and Trust Co., the Supreme Court held that the income tax was unconstitutional, because it was a constitutionally prohibited direct tax. Supporters of the income tax proposed an amendment to the Constitution in order to dispense with the question of the constitutionality of the income tax. As a result, the Sixteenth Amendment to the Constitution was ratified.

Page 77

3-2.

The Sixteenth Amendment was ratified on February 3, 1913 and eliminated the claim that the Federal income tax was unconstitutional. Evidence of this fact can be found in the terminology of the amendment: "The Congress shall have the power to lay and collect taxes on incomes, from whatever sources derived, without apportionment among the several States, and without regard to any census or enumeration."

Page 77

3-3.

The first U.S. Federal income tax was passed on August 5, 1861 to help the North pay for the cost of fighting the Civil War. It was allowed to expire in 1872. In 1894, another income tax act was passed by Congress, but the Supreme Court ruled it was unconstitutional as a prohibited “direct tax.” The supporters of the income tax decided to amend the Constitution so that there would be no question as to the constitutionality of a Federal income tax. The proposed amendment was sent to the states on July 12, 1909 and ratified on February 3, 1913.

Pages 76-77

3-4.

In Flint v. Stone Tracy Co., the Supreme Court held that the corporate income tax passed in 1909 was constitutional because it was a special form of excise tax, rather than a direct tax.

Page 77

3-5.

Under Code §6702, the maximum penalty a taxpayer is subject to is a $5,000 fine for filing a frivolous tax return as a form of protest against the IRS. This fine would be levied if the taxpayer files a blank tax return accompanied by a note suggesting that the Federal income tax is unconstitutional or that the taxpayer wishes to protest against the high percentage of tax revenues used to create nuclear weapons.

IRC §6673 levies a penalty, not to exceed $25,000, if a taxpayer brings a frivolous matter before the Tax Court. This fine might be applied when the proceedings are found to have been instituted primarily to delay the revenue collection process and where the taxpayer's grounds for bringing the proceedings are found to be frivolous or groundless.

Page 79

Page 3-2

3-6.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

The Constitution is the source of all of the Federal tax laws of the country. The Constitution expressly provides that Congress may not impose export taxes, but may impose import taxes. In addition, the constitutional rights of due process and privacy of the citizen apply in tax, as well as non-tax, environments.

The Constitution also requires that taxes imposed by Congress be uniform from state to state. Direct and per capita taxes are prohibited unless the revenues generated are apportioned to the population of the states from which they were collected.

Pages 79-80

3-7.

Tax treaties are agreements negotiated between countries concerning the treatment of individuals and companies subject to the tax laws of multiple countries. The primary purpose of these treaties is to eliminate the "double taxation" that the taxpayer would face if his or her income were subject to tax in more than one country. Any tax matter may be covered in a tax treaty. Estate and gift taxation, withholding, and multinational corporate taxation problems can be addressed in a tax treaty.

Page 81

3-8.

Generally, when a tax treaty provision and an Internal Revenue Code provision conflict, the provision adopted later in time will prevail. The major exceptions to this rule are treaty provisions, which existed prior to enactment of the 1954 Code; such treaty provisions prevail over the existing provisions of the 1954 Code, but not over later amendments to the 1954 Code.

Page 84

3-9.

According to Article II, §2 of the U.S. Constitution, the Presidentcreates treaties with other countries after receiving the advice and consent of the Senate.

Page 81

3-10.

Tax treaties can be found in both the online and printed versions of most tax services, the IRS website, the Treasury Department or the U.S. State Department.

Page 82

3-11.

Tax legislation generally begins in the Ways and Means Committee of the House of Representatives. The approved bill is then voted on by the full House of Representatives. The bill is then sent to the Senate Finance Committee, and after the bill is approved by the Finance Committee, it is voted on by the full Senate. The Joint Conference Committee resolves differences in the House and Senate versions of the tax bill, after which the revised bill must be approved by both the House and the Senate. The approved bill is then signed into law by the President and incorporated into the Internal Revenue Code, assuming the President does not choose to veto the bill.

Page 85

3-12.

Committee Reports usually are available for the deliberations of the Ways and Means Committee, the Finance Committee, and the Joint Conference Committee.

Page 86

3-13.

Committee Reports are an important tool for tax researchers in situations where the tax law is unclear, or when recent legislation has been passed. The Committee Reports generally explain the elements of the

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 3-3

proposed changes to the tax law and the reasons for the proposals. The Committee Reports can provide insight concerning the meaning of a specific phrase of the statute or the intention of Congress concerning a certain provision of the law.

Page 86 3-14.

Committee Reports are referred to by Public Law Number and every bill that is passed by Congress is assigned such a number. In P.L. 100-203, the prefix refers to the 100th session of Congress that passed the law. The suffix indicates this is the 203rd bill that this session of Congress adopted.

Page 86

3-15.

When new tax legislation is passed, the pertinent Committee Reports are printed in the Internal Revenue Service's weekly Internal Revenue Bulletin. The text of the Committee Reports pertaining to the 1954 Code can be found in the 1954 United States Code Congressional and Administrative News. All of the pre-1939 Revenue Act Committee Reports are reprinted in the 1939 Cumulative Bulletin.

PUBLISHER

PUBLICATION

GPO

Cumulative Bulletin (pre-2009 years only)

BNA

Primary Sources (since 1968 only)

CCH

Public Law Legislative History

RIA

RIA Checkpoint

RIA and Commerce Clearing House also publish a collection of Committee Reports (or excerpts thereof) whenever a major new tax law is passed. To find the appropriate Committee Reports that pertain to a particular statutory provision, the tax researcher can use reference materials that are included in most commercial tax services, or the index to the Cumulative Bulletin.

Page 88 3-16.

The Floor Debate Report may also be useful to the tax researcher in that the report includes a summary of the floor discussions concerning the proposed bill. Where additional detailed information regarding the development of a provision is needed, the Floor Debate Report may be of value.

Page 88

3-17.

After the Sixteenth Amendment was ratified in 1913, Congress passed a series of Revenue Acts, each of which formed the entire income tax law of the U.S. During the next two decades, Congress passed an additional Revenue Act every year or two. During the 1930s, this series of Revenue Acts, and the task of rewriting frequently the entire tax statute, had become unmanageable. Consequently, Congress replaced the Revenue Acts with the Internal Revenue Code of 1939.

One major problem with the Internal Revenue Code of 1939 was the numbering system that was used.

Specifically, the 1939 codification's numbering system did not leave adequate room for subsequent changes to the law. Therefore, the 1939 Code was replaced with a reorganized, more flexible codification in 1954.

Due to extensive revisions to the Code made as a part of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, the statute was renamed the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, which, as amended, constitutes the current tax law of the United States.

Page 89

Page 3-4

3-18.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

The major subdivisions of the Code include: 1. Subtitles 2. Chapters 3. Subchapters 4. Parts 5. Sections 6. Subsections Page 90

3-19.

Subtitles of the Code are assigned a capital letter as a form of identification. Generally, each Subtitle contains all of the tax provisions that relate to a well-defined area of the tax law.

Page 90

3-20.

In the citation §101(a)(2)(B), the (a) stands for subsection (a), the (2) stands for paragraph (2), and the (B) stands for subparagraph (B) of Section 101.

Pages 92-93

3-21.

In the citation §1031(a)(3)(B), the (a) stands for subsection (a), the (3) stands for paragraph (3), and the (B) stands for subparagraph (B) of Section 1031.

Pages 92-93

3-22.

There are some exceptions to the general formatting of Code section citations. For example, Congress has inserted Code sections in between other consecutive sections and has had to use a capital letter [e.g., §25A(b)(1) or §280F(a)(1)] to accomplish this. Also, the Code skips the subsections in certain cases, such as §212(2).

Page 92

3-23.

Corporations are located in Subchapter C. Mutual Funds are located in Subchapter M. Tax-exempt organizations are in Subchapter F. Page 91

3-24.

§61 of the Code contains the statute for the definition of gross income, §163 for the interest deduction, and §§167, 168, and 169 for depreciation and cost recovery.

Page 94

3-25.

Section 152 of the Code contains the statute for the definition of a dependent, §166 for a bad debt deduction, and §71 for alimony payments.

Page 95

3-26.

These words have very different logical meanings, and, even when the words are “hidden” at the end of the previous clause or subparagraph, they may significantly change the outcome of a research project. The word “and” is conjunctive; the word “or” is disjunctive. If the word “and” lies between two phrases, both of them must be true for the provision to apply to the client’s problem. However, if the word “or” lies between two phrases, then only one of them must be true for the provision to apply.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 3-5

The researcher must also be careful with words that modify percentage or dollar amounts. The phrases “less than 50 percent,” “more than 50 percent,” and “not less than 50 percent” have very different meanings in determining whether the provisions of a section apply.

Pages 95-96 3-27.

It is true that not all statutory tax law is found in the Internal Revenue Code. Tax treaties and Federal laws other than the Code are two other statutory sources of tax law.

Page 99

EXERCISES 3-28.

a. Title 26 b. Subtitle A c. Chapter 1 d. Subchapter B Page 91

3-29.

a. Title 26 b. Subtitle A c. Chapter 1 d. Subchapter P Page 91

3-30.

a. Answers will vary with time. An example of the Public Law associated with a recent committee report is P.L. 114-113 which requires employer identification numbers when claiming the American opportunities tax credit. b. Answers will vary with time. An example of the Public Law associated with a recent committee report is P.L. 114-113 which extends an exclusion of income to student work-service-learning programs. c. Answers will vary with time. An example of the Public Law associated with a recent committee report is P.L. 114-113 which extends the deduction of private mortgage insurance as interest through the end of 2016. At the time of publishing, §163 has a “sunset provision” on PMI (see §163(h)(3)(E)(iv)(I)).

3-31.

a. Answers will vary with time. An example of a recent House committee report is H. Rep. 114-542 (to accompany H.R. 3209), PL 114-184, Recovering Missing Children Act which reports on PL 114-184. The provision expands the authority of the IRS to share information with certain law enforcement in cases of missing children. b. Answers will vary with time. An example of a recent Conference committee report is Conf. Rep. 114357, PL 114-94, Fixing America’s Surface Transportation (FAST) Act which reports on PL 114-94. The provision requires the State Department to refuse to issue or renew a passport if the taxpayer has a seriously delinquent tax liability.

Page 3-6

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

c. Answers will vary with time. An example of a recent Senate committee report is S. Rep. 114-3 (to accompany H.R. 22), PL 114-94, Hire More Heroes Act of 2015 which reports on PL 114-94. The provision does not count employees with healthcare through TRICARE or the Veterans Administration to be counted toward the 50 employee count for qualifying as a small business..

3-32.

a. Answers will vary with time. In 2017, the Chair was Kevin Brady of Texas. b. Answers will vary with time. In 2017, there were 40 members. c. Answers will vary with time and location d. Answers will vary with time. In 2017, there were 6 subcommittees: Health, Human Resources, Oversight, Social Security, Trade, and Tax Policy.

3-33.

a. b. c. d.

Estate and Gift Taxes Procedure and Administration Income Taxes Employment Taxes

Page 90

3-34.

Chapters of the Code are numbered, although not continuously, from 1 to 100. These chapter numbers do not start over at each subtitle, but rather are consecutive throughout the Internal Revenue Code. Each chapter contains the tax provisions that relate to a more narrowly defined issue than is addressed by the subtitles.

Pages 90-91

3-35.

a. b. c. d.

Estate Taxes Administration/Information Normal Taxes and Surtaxes Gift Taxes

Page 91 3-36.

A subchapter typically is a group of provisions that relate to a specific area of tax law. Subchapters sometimes are divided into parts, which may be divided into subparts. Capital letters are used to denote subchapters, and the lettering scheme starts over with each chapter. Thus, there may be a Subchapter A in each chapter.

Many times, tax practitioners use the subchapter designation as a shorthand reference to identify a certain area of taxation.

Page 91

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

3-37.

a. b. c. d.

Corporate Distributions and Adjustments Estates, Trusts, Beneficiaries, and Dependents Partnerships and Partners S Corporations and Their Shareholders

Page 91 3-38

§79(b)(2)(A)

3-39

§263A(1)(B)

3-40.

a. b. c. d.

Corporate Distributions and Adjustments Partners and Partnerships Tax Treatment of S Corporations and Their Shareholders Accounting Methods and Periods

Page 91 3-41.

a. b. c. d.

Computation of Taxable Income Accounting Periods and Methods Insurance Companies Exempt Organizations

Page 91 3-42.

a. b. c. d.

Subchapter D Subchapter K Subchapter C Subchapter H

Page 91 3-43.

a. b. c. d.

Income Taxation of Estates and Trusts Determination of Tax Liability Natural Resources Capital Gains and Losses

Page 91 3-44.

a. b. c. d.

3-45

Tax on Self-Employment Income; §§1401-1403 Page 91

§§21-54 §§331-346 §§241-249 §§1-5

Page 3-7

Page 3-8

3-46.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

a. b. c. d.

Deferred Compensation Banking Institutions Capital Gains and Losses Insurance Companies

Page 91 3-47.

The official name of P.L. 114-14 is the Don’t Tax Our Fallen Public Safety Heroes Act. It was enacted in 2015. Note: Can be found at various locations, including RIA Checkpoint.

3-48.

The official name of P.L. 112-78 is the Temporary Payroll Tax Cut Continuation Act of 2011. It was enacted in 2011. Note: Can be found at various locations.

3-49.

Code sections can be divided into subsections, paragraphs, subparagraphs, and clauses. Subsections are denoted by lowercase letters, paragraphs by numbers, and subparagraphs by capital letters, and clauses by lower-case roman numerals.

Pages 92-93

3-50.

Each Code section number is used only once throughout the Code.

Page 92

3-51.

a. b. c. d.

Definition of Gross Income Trade or Business Deductions Individual Tax Rates Production-of-Income Expenses

Page 94 3-52.

a. b. c. d.

Deductions for Adjusted Gross Income Interest Deduction Corporate Tax Rates Deduction for Taxes

Page 94 3-53.

a. b. c. d.

Subtitle A (Income Taxes) Chapter 1 (Normal Taxes and Surtaxes) Subchapter B (Computation of Taxable Income) Part VII Additional Itemized Deductions for Individuals

Page 91 3-54.

a. b. c. d.

Subtitle B (Estate and Gift Taxes) Chapter 11 (Estate Taxes) Subchapter A (Estates of Citizens or Residents).

Part III Gross Estate

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

3-55.

Page 3-9

Student answers will contain name of the computer tax service used. a.

Section 28. Title: Clinical testing expenses for certain drugs for rare diseases or conditions. There shall be allowed a tax credit for the taxable year for an amount equal to 50 percent of the qualified clinical testing expenses for the taxable year.

b.

Section 141. Title: Private activity bond; qualified bond. This section defines "private activity bond" and qualified bonds. A "private activity bond" means any bond issued as part of an issue which meets: (a) the private business use test of paragraph (1) of subsection(b), and (b) the private security or payment test of paragraph (2) of subsection(b), or (c) the private loan financing test of subsection (c).

c.

Section 166. Title: Bad Debts. For wholly worthless debts, there shall be allowed as a deduction any debt, which becomes worthless within the taxable year. Furthermore, for partially worthless debts, when a debt is recoverable only in part, the Secretary may allow such debt, in a dollar amount not in excess of the part charged off within the taxable year, as a deduction.

d.

Student submissions will vary depending upon the computer tax service used.

3-56.

Student answers will contain name of the computer tax service used. a.

Section 117. Title: Qualified Scholarships. Gross income does not include any amount received as a qualified scholarship, as defined in §117(b)(1), by an individual who is a candidate for a degree at an educational organization described in §170(b)(1)(A)(ii).

b.

Section 165. Title: Losses. There shall be allowed by a deduction any loss sustained during the taxable year and not compensated by insurance or otherwise. Discussion on losses include limitations on losses of individuals, wagering losses, theft losses, capital losses, worthless securities, treatment of casualty gains and losses, disaster losses, and treatment of certain losses in insolvent financial institutions.

c.

Section 304. Title: Redemption through use of related corporations. For purposes of §§302 and 303, if (a) one or more persons are in control of each of two corporations, and (b) in return for property, one of the corporations acquires stock in the other corporation from the person (or persons) so in control, then such property (unless paragraph (2) applies), shall be treated as a distribution in redemption of the stock of the corporation acquiring such stock.

d.

Student submissions will vary depending upon the computer tax service used.

3-57.

Student answers will contain name of the computer tax service used.

a.

Section 25A. Title: Hope and Lifetime Learning Credits. In the case of an individual, there shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by this chapter for the taxable year the amount equal to the sum of— (1) the Hope Scholarship Credit (now known as the American Opportunities Credit), plus (2) the Lifetime Learning Credit.

b.

Section 67. Title: 2-percent floor on miscellaneous itemized deductions. In the case of an individual, the miscellaneous itemized deductions for any taxable year shall be allowed only to the extent that the aggregate of such deductions exceeds 2 percent of adjusted gross income.

c.

Section §280G, Title: Golden parachute payments. No deduction shall be allowed under this chapter for any excess parachute payment. The term “excess parachute payment” means an

Page 3-10

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

amount equal to the excess of any parachute payment over the portion of the base amount allocated to such payment. d.

3-58.

Student submissions will vary depending upon the computer tax service used.

National commercial publishers, such as Commerce Clearing House (CCH), and the Research Institute of America (RIA), publish electronic versions of the Code. In addition, the Code may be found at the Cornell Law School website, and in Title 26 of the United States Code.

Page 94

3-59.

The task can be accomplished by using the Cross Reference Table 2 of the CCH service.

Page 95

3-60.

a.

Most code sections contain a general rule followed by situations under which the taxpayer is excepted from the general rule. In some cases, the exceptions to the general rule are further modified to provide for exceptions to the general exceptions. Some exceptions are not addressed within the same section, but instead are discussed in a separate section of the Code. All relevant provisions must be carefully read.

b.

The words "and" and "or" have different logical meanings and could have a significant impact on the outcome of a research project. If the word "and" lies between two phrases, both of them must be true for the provision to apply to the client's problem. In contrast, if the word "or" lies between two phrases, then only one of them must be true for the provision to apply.

c.

When analyzing a provision that recently has been changed by Congress, a researcher must be very careful to cross-reference all of the uses of terms whose definitions have been affected by the new law.

d.

The researcher must be aware of the effective dates of the various changes in the Code. A provision may not go into effect immediately upon its adoption by Congress. The date of the tax act with which the change in law is passed is not indicative of the effective date of the provision.

Often, various provisions under the same tax law will become effective at different dates and, in fact, may have effective dates that precede the date of the tax act. Similarly, when a provision of the tax law is deleted from the Code, the provision may be left in effect for a designated period of time before it actually expires.

e.

The researcher must be careful with words or phrases that modify percentage or dollar amounts.

For example, the phrases "less than 50 percent," "more than 50 percent," and "not less then 50 percent" have different meanings in deciding whether the provisions of a Code section apply to a given situation. The researcher must also distinguish among such terms as "30 days" and "one month" because they usually identify different time periods as they are used in the Code.

Pages 96-97 3-61.

Not all of the answers to a tax question can be found in the Code. The Code may be silent with respect to the problem at hand, the application of the Code to the situation may not be clear, or Code Sections may appear to be in conflict. In such situations, the researcher may have to look to other sources, such as administrative rulings, judicial authorities, tax treaties, or secondary sources of the law, such as articles in periodicals.

Page 99

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

3-62.

3-63.

a.

Yes, the income tax treaty was signed in 2003.

b.

Yes, the income tax treaty was signed in 2001.

c.

Yes, the income tax treaty was signed in 1980.

d.

Yes, the income tax treaty was signed in 1989 with technical explanations and protocols updated in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

a.

Yes, there is an income tax treaty between the U.S. and Australia. It was signed in 1982 with technical explanations and protocols released in 2001.

b.

Yes, there is an income tax treaty between the U.S. and Iceland. It was signed in 2007.

c.

Yes, there is an income tax treaty between the U.S. and Jamaica. It was signed in 1980.

d.

Yes, there is an income tax treaty between the U.S. and Sri Lanka. It was signed in 1985 A technical protocol revising the treaty was signed in 2002.

3-64.

Student answers will contain name of the computer tax service used. a.

Section 117 of the Internal Revenue Code has four subsections included.

b.

Section 117(b) has two paragraphs.

c.

Section 117(d)(2) has two subparagraphs.

d.

Student submissions will vary depending upon the computer tax service used.

3-65.

Student answers will contain name of the computer tax service used. a.

Section 385 of the Internal Revenue Code has three subsections included.

b.

Section 385(b) has five paragraphs.

c.

Student submissions will vary depending upon the computer tax service used.

3-66.

3-67.

Page 3-11

Student answers will contain name of the computer tax service used. a.

Section 280C of the Internal Revenue Code has four subsections included.

b.

Section 280C(b) has three paragraphs.

c.

Student submissions will vary depending upon the computer tax service used.

a.

Section 843, added by P.L. 84-429, effective January 1, 1955.

b.

Section 131, added by P.L. 97-473, applicable to tax years beginning after December 31, 1978.

c.

Section 469, added by P.L. 99-514, the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

d.

Section 263A, added by P.L. 99-514, the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

Page 3-12

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

This information can be obtained from the legislative history that follows each section in the Code and from the finding lists of most commercial tax services.

3-68.

3-69.

a.

Section 32 is found in Subtitle A, Chapter 1, Subchapter A.

b.

Section 172 is found in Subtitle A, Chapter 1, Subchapter B.

c.

Section 2039 is found in Subtitle B, Chapter 11, Subchapter A.

d.

Section 6013 is found in Subtitle F, Chapter 61, Subchapter A.

a.

Subchapter B: Section 61 Section 62 Section 63

Gross income defined Adjusted gross income defined Taxable income defined

Subchapter E: Section 441 Section 442 Section 443

Period for computation of taxable income Change of annual accounting period Returns for a period of less than 12 months

Subchapter J: Section 641 Section 642 Section 643

Imposition of tax Special rules for credits and deductions Definitions applicable to subparts A, B, C, and D

Subchapter S: Section 1361 Section 1362 Section 1363

S corporation defined Election; revocation; termination Effect of election on corporation

b.

c.

d.

3-70.

a. b. c. d. e.

No equivalent Section 1012 Section 61 Sections 301 and 316 Section 701

3-71.

a.

Section 72. Each of the following Code Sections listed reference §72 as of April 2017: §§22, 25B, 26, 59B, 67, 79, 83, 101, 122, 135, 138, 220, 221, 223, 264, 401, 402, 402A, 403, 406, 407, 408, 408A, 414, 457, 529, 529A, 530, 691, 805, 817, 817A, 877A, 953, 1014, 1275, 1302, 1304, , 1400Q, 4973, 4978, 4980A, 5891, 6050G, 6050U, 7702, 7702A, and 7702B.

b.

Section 307. Each of the following Code Sections listed reference §307 as of April 2017: Sections 307, 312, 1223, and 3121.

c.

Section446. Each of the following Code Sections listed reference §446 as of April 2017: §§404A and 6110.

Note: Students should also state which computer tax service was used to complete the exercise.

3-72.

Article I, §8

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

3-73.

Page 3-13

a.

Sections 1361, 1362, 1363, 1366, 1367, 1368, 1371, 1372, 1373, 1374, 1375, 1377, 1378, and 1379; may also include §§6241 through 6245.

b.

Sections 541 through 547; may also include §§551 through 558 (foreign personal holding companies).

c.

Sections 2501 through 2505, 2511 through 2516, 2518, 2519, and 2522 through 2524.

d.

Sections 446 through 448, 451, 453, 453A, 453B, 454 through 458, 460, 461, 464, 465, 467, 468, 468A, 468B, 469, 471 through 474, and 481 through 483; may also include §§441 through 444.

3-74.

This information is subject to change after every election. The student should state where he or she found this information (e.g., www.senate.gov).

3-75.

a. No bill of attainder or ex post facto law shall be passed. b. The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes, duties, imposts and excises, to pay the debts and provide for the common defense and general welfare of the United States; but all duties, imports and excises shall be uniform throughout the United States. c. He [the President] shall have power, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to make treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators present concur; and he shall nominate, and by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint ambassadors, other public ministers and consuls, judges of the Supreme Court, and all other officers of the United States, whose appointments are not herein otherwise provided for, and which shall be established by law: but the Congress may by law vest the appointment of such inferior officers, as they think proper, in the President alone, in the courts of law, or in the heads of departments.

The student should state where he or she found this information.

3-76.

The solution to this exercise will vary from student to student. Most will use an Internet site like congress.gov to find a Ways and Means or Finance Committee Report.

The student should state where he or she found this information.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 4-1

CHAPTER 4 ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS AND RULINGS DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 4-1.

The Internal Revenue Service, part of the U.S. Treasury Department, is responsible for the administration of the income tax law.

Page 110

4-2.

§7805(a) authorizes the Treasury Secretary (or his/her delegate) to prescribe the rules and regulations necessary to administer the Code. This Code section gives the IRS the general authority to issue binding rules and regulations concerning Title 26 of the U.S. Code.

Page 110

4-3.

The four pronouncements that are most important to tax research are Regulations, Revenue Rulings, Revenue Procedures, and Letter Rulings. The IRS issues other notices that are generally less important than these 4.

Page 110

4-4.

Regulations constitute the IRS's official interpretation of a portion of the Internal Revenue Code. Treasury decisions are documents that explain and contain the text of a final or temporary decision. Treasury decisions are published in the Federal Register and sometime later, in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

Pages 110-111

4-5.

Although a Proposed Regulation has not yet been incorporated into the official administrative tax law, it should not be ignored because they generally represent the IRS’ current understanding of an issue and many of the provisions of the Proposed Regulation may eventually become part of the final regulation.

Page 111

4-6.

General Regulations are issued under the general authority granted to the IRS to interpret the language of the Code, usually under a specific Code (or Committee Report) directive of Congress, and with specific Congressional authority.

With respect to Legislative Regulations, the IRS is directed by Congress to fulfill a law-making function, and to specify the substantive requirements of a tax provision. Regulations ordered by the Code in this manner carry the authority of the statute itself and are not easily challenged by taxpayers.

Page 112

4-7.

Temporary Regulations are issued to provide the taxpayer with some immediate guidelines concerning a new provision of the law. Until a Temporary Regulation is replaced with the Final Regulation, the tax researcher should treat the Temporary Regulation as though it were finalized and assign it the presumption of the force of law. Consequently, it is important to distinguish between Temporary and Proposed Regulations. Temporary Regulations are fully in effect and must be followed until they are superseded, whereas Proposed Regulations are not in effect and are issued to solicit comments and to expose the IRS's proposed interpretation of the law.

Pages 111-112

Page 4-2

4-8.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Regulations are generally viewed as having the full force and effect of law. Consequently, a taxpayer challenge to a Regulation typically must assert an improper exercise of IRS power, or an overly broad application of a rule that is not authorized by the Code.

When questioning the validity of a Regulation, the tax researcher must be aware of the accuracy penalties that Congress has enacted. If a practitioner chooses to ignore an administrative element of the tax law, he or she must possess substantial authority to do so to avoid these penalties.

Pages 112-113

4-9.

Under §7805(b), a Regulation is effective on the date on which the Regulation was filed in the Federal Register. However, there are several exceptions, which allow a new Regulation to apply retroactively (see text).

Page 113

4-10.

A Revenue Ruling is an official pronouncement of the National Office of the IRS, and it deals with the application of the Code and Regulations to a specific factual situation, which usually has been submitted by a taxpayer. Consequently, most Revenue Rulings indicate how the IRS will treat a given taxpayer's transaction.

Page 117

4-11.

A Revenue Ruling usually includes several features. Typically, the Ruling begins with a statement of the issues that are involved. Then, those facts that will bear upon the IRS's analysis and conclusion are stated in summary fashion. In the Laws and Analysis section of the Ruling, the Service identifies and discusses the applicable statutes, Regulations, and court cases that relate to the factual situation. Finally, the IRS holding is stated, usually accompanied by an explanation as to how and why the IRS arrived at the conclusion to treat the transaction in this matter.

Pages 117-120

4-12.

Online and commercial tax services present finding lists and other references used to examine the status of a Ruling.

Page 117

4-13.

Although a Revenue Procedure may not be useful in arriving at a solution to a technical tax problem, such pronouncements are important in that they provide information to the public as to the handling of certain administrative matters. The practitioner should be familiar with the relevant Revenue Procedures to implement recommendations or conclusions.

Page 122

4-14.

Letter Rulings are issued in several forms, including Private Letter Rulings, Determination Letters, and Technical Advice Memoranda. The IRS does not publish any of these rulings in an official collection, but they are available from several commercial sources.

Page 124

4-15.

The National Office of the IRS issues Private Letter Rulings in response to a taxpayer's request for the IRS's position on a specified tax issue. The taxpayer asks the IRS to disclose its interpretations of the Code, Regulations, and pertinent court cases for a transaction, which the taxpayer describes.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 4-3

Page 124 4-16.

When the IRS comes across an unusual transaction that it believes to be of general interest, or when it receives many Private Letter Ruling requests concerning very similar factual situations, a Private Letter Ruling may be converted into Revenue Ruling form and published in official administrative sources.

Page 127

4-17.

A Determination Letter is similar in purpose and nature to a Private Letter Ruling, except that it is issued by the local IRS office, rather than by the IRS's National Office. Determination Letters usually relate to a completed transaction and most often concern transactions that are not overtly controversial.

Page 127

4-18.

A Technical Advice Memorandum is issued by the IRS's National Office, making it similar in this regard to the Private Letter Ruling. The Technical Advice Memorandum concerns a completed transaction and is often requested by an IRS agent when a question arises during an audit that cannot be answered satisfactorily by the local IRS office.

Technical Advice Memoranda are not included in any official IRS publication, but they are open for public inspection and are available from several commercial sources.

Page 127

4-19.

The precedential value of any of these written determinations is strictly limited. Overall, such pronouncements may not be cited as authority in a tax matter by either the taxpayer or the IRS. However, Letter Rulings can be used as “examples” of IRS treatment of similar factual patterns when dealing with the IRS. In addition, taxpayers may rely on Private Letter Rulings, Technical Advice Memoranda, Actions on Decisions, General Council Memoranda, and other similar documents published by the IRS in the Internal Revenue Bulletin, to avoid certain understatement of tax penalties.

Page 127

4-20.

§6110 authorizes the public inspection of unpublished IRS Letter Rulings, which includes Private Letter Rulings, Determination Letters, Technical Advice Memoranda, and Chief Counsel Advice.

Pages 127

4-21.

The Code specifically limits the precedential use of any IRS written determination. In general, such pronouncements may not be cited as authority in a tax matter by either the taxpayer or the IRS. Thus, written determinations are useful strictly in providing "examples" of IRS treatment of similar factual patterns for the tax researcher or the IRS agent with respect to the tax problem of the party who requested the determination.

Page 127

4-22.

The Internal Revenue Bulletin (I.R.B.) is currently published on line weekly by the IRS The I.R.B. can contain any of the following: Revenue Rulings

Page 4-4

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Revenue Procedures IRS Acquiescences and Nonacquiescences New Tax (Public) Laws Committee Reports Procedural Rules New Tax Treaties Treasury Decisions Other Notices Pages 128-130

4-23.

I.R.B. stands for Internal Revenue Bulletin, which is a weekly publication in which both Revenue Rulings and Revenue Procedures are first published. C.B. stands for Cumulative Bulletin, which is a bound book containing the ordered contents of many I.R.B.s. Thus, if one finds “I.R.B.” in a citation, this refers to the location in the weekly Internal Revenue Bulletin, while “C.B.” refers to the location in the Cumulative Bulletin.

Page 121

4-24.

Revenue Rulings are official pronouncements of the National Office of the IRS. They generally indicate how the IRS will treat a certain type of taxpayer transaction. Although Revenue Rulings do not carry the force and effect of a Regulation, they are an excellent source of information and guidance. Revenue Procedures are information releases from the National Office of the IRS, generally relating to how taxpayers should handle certain procedural matters before the IRS. Pages 117-124

4-25.

The Service issues acquiescences and nonacquiescences as Actions on Decision (AOD), which are published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin and, thereafter, in the Cumulative Bulletin. The Internal Revenue Bulletin Index lists acquiescences and nonacquiescences alphabetically and in Code Section order.

A citatory also can be used to locate and interpret acquiescence and nonacquiescence decisions.

Pages 130-131

4-26.

Yes, the IRS can change its position on acquiescences or nonacquiescences by withdrawing the original pronouncement. This may occur due to a contrary holding in a subsequent court case, or a change in the agency's policy concerning the issue.

Page 130

4-27.

No. When the IRS loses an issue or decision in court, the Commissioner may announce an acquiescence of nonacquiescence to the decision. Neither is issued if the IRS prevails in a court case, because it likely agrees with all pertinent holdings.

Page 130

4-28.

a.

A Technical Memorandum (TM) is prepared in the production of a proposed Regulation, and is issued from the office of the IRS's Chief Counsel.

b.

A General Counsel's Memorandum (GCM) is generated upon the request of the IRS, will typically assist the Service in the preparation of Revenue Rulings and Private Letter Rulings, and is issued from the office of the IRS’s Chief Counsel.

c.

An Action on Decision (AOD) is prepared when the IRS loses a case in a court. It conveys the IRS’s decision to acquiesce or nonacquiesce, and is issued by the IRS’s Chief Counsel.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 4-5

Pages 127, 130 and 133 4-29.

a.

Chief Counsel Notices (CCNs) are temporary directives the IRS National Office uses to disseminate policies, procedures, instructions, and/or delegations of authority to Chief Counsel employees.

b.

Service Center Advices (SCAs) are guidance provided by the IRS National Office to IRS service centers and related IRS functions concerning their tax administration responsibilities.

c.

Chief Counsel Advice (CCA) CCAs are written advice or instruction from the IRS national office issued to field employees.

Page 133 4-30.

IRS Announcements concern items of general importance to taxpayers, and contain guidance involving substantive interpretations of the Code or other provisions of the law that usually have short-term application. A tax practitioner may rely on an IRS Announcement as authority for an action, but should confirm his/her understanding of the released material using appropriate research techniques.

Page 133

4-31.

IRS Notices concern items of general importance to taxpayers, and contain guidance involving substantive interpretations of the Code or other provisions of the law that usually have long-term application. A tax practitioner may rely on an IRS Notice as authority for an action, but should confirm his/her understanding of the released material using appropriate research techniques.

Page 133

4-32.

These publications typically do not cite the Code, Regulations, or other authority upon which they rely.

More importantly, the Service disclaims any responsibility for damages the taxpayer may suffer in relying upon the publications, and the Service may take positions that are contrary to those included in the publications in certain court cases or appeals hearings. In addition, these documents are prepared from the government's point of view and may not disclose the existence of unfavorable court rulings with respect to the issue involved.

Pages 134-135

EXERCISES 4-33.

Reg. §1.212-3 | ----------- Type of Reg. (1 = Income Tax) |--------- Related Code Sec. – (212 - Expenses for Production of Income) |------ Regulation Number (3) Page 115

4-34.

Reg. §20.2039-1(a) a.

The “20” stands for Regulation type 20 – Estate Tax. b.

The “2039” stands for Code Section 2039 – Annuities. c.

The “1” stands for Regulation Number 1. d.

The “(a)” stands for Regulation Paragraph (a).

4-35.

Reg. §1.274-6T(a)(2)

Page 4-6

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

a. b. c. d. e.

The “1” stands for Regulation type 1 – Income Tax. The “274” stands for Code Section 274 – Disallowance of certain entertainment, etc., expenses.

The “6T” stands for Temporary Regulation Number 6.

The “(a)” stands for Regulation Paragraph (a).

The “(2)” stands for Regulation Subparagraph (2).

4-36.

26 CFR §163-10(a)(2) a.

The “26” stands for Title 26 of the U.S. Code b.

The “163” stands for Code Section 163 – Interest. c.

The “10” stands for Regulation Number 10. d.

The “(a)” stands for Regulation Paragraph (a). e.

The “(2)” stands for Regulation Subparagraph (2).

4-37.

26 CFR §61-21(a)(3) a.

The “26” stands for Title 26 of the U.S. Code b.

The “61” stands for Code Section 61 – Gross Income. c.

The “21” stands for Regulation Number 21. d.

The “(a)” stands for Regulation Paragraph (a). e.

The “(3)” stands for Regulation Subparagraph (2).

4-38.

a. b. c. d. e.

20 1 25 301 31

4-39.

a. b. c. d. e.

Employment Tax Procedures and Administration Gift Tax Statement of Procedural Rules Estate Tax

4-40.

Rev. Rul. 2013-5, 2013-9 IRB 525.

2013 is the year the ruling was issued 5 is the ruling number for the year 2013-9 is the weekly issue of the Internal Revenue Bulletin I.R.B. is the abbreviation for the Internal Revenue Bulletin 525 is the first page number of the Ruling in the Internal Revenue Bulletin This citation can be interpreted as follows: the Ruling is found in the ninth weekly Internal Revenue Bulletin to be published in 2013, beginning at page 525.

Pages 120-121

4-41.

Rev. Rul. 96-41, 1996-2 C.B. 8. a. b. c. d. e.

96 is a reference to the year the ruling was issued (1996).

41 is the ruling number for the year.

1996-2 is the volume number of the Cumulative Bulletin (Volume 2 of 1996).

C.B. is the abbreviation for the Cumulative Bulletin.

8 is the page number.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 4-7

Pages 120-121 4-42.

Rev. Rul. 2002-55, 2002-2 C.B. 529.

Pages 120-121

4-43.

Rev. Proc. 94-36, 1994-1 C.B. 682.

Pages 120-121

4-44.

Rev. Proc. 2001-5, 2001-2 C.B. 164.

Page 123

4-45.

Private Letter Ruling 9615032 96 denotes the year in which the ruling was issued 15 denotes the week of the year in which the ruling was issued 032 denotes the number of the ruling issued during that week Page 128

4-46.

The elements of the citation, Rev. Proc. 2013-14, 2013-3 IRB 283 are as follows: Rev. Proc. stands for Revenue Procedure, which is a release of procedural information from the IRS. 2013-14 specifies that the cited Revenue Procedure is the 14th issued in 2013.

2013-3 is the weekly issue of the Internal Revenue Bulletin (the 3rd week of 2013).

I.R.B. is the abbreviation for the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

283 is the page number where the Revenue Procedure starts in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

Page 123

4-47.

The elements of the citation, Rev. Proc. 2000-41, 2000-2 C.B. 317 are as follows: Rev. Proc. stands for Revenue Procedure, which is a release of procedural information from the IRS. 2000-41 specifies that the cited Revenue Procedure is the 41st issued in 2000.

2000-2 is the volume number of the Cumulative Bulletin (Volume 2 of 2000).

C.B. is the abbreviation for the Cumulative Bulletin.

371 is the page number where the Revenue Procedure starts in the Cumulative Bulletin.

Page 123

4-48.

4-49.

a.

Publication 17 is an IRS Publication entitled Your Federal Income Tax.

b.

Publication 225 is an IRS Publication entitled Farmer’s Tax Guide.

c.

Publication 334 is an IRS Publication entitled Tax Guide for Small Business.

a.

Publication 54 is Tax Guide for U.S. Citizens and Resident Aliens Abroad.

b.

Publication 503 is Child and Dependent Care Expenses.

Page 4-8

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

c.

Publication 519 is U.S. Tax Guide for Aliens.

4-50.

Revenue Ruling 2016-15 obsoleted Rev. Rul. 76-86.

4-51.

a.

Service Center Advice - Process to apply 10% tax on IRA distributions.

b.

Field Service Advice - treatment of a refund when taxpayer goes from Chp 7 bankruptcy to Chp. 13.

c.

Private Letter Ruling - 60-day rollover of IRA extension.

d.

Technical Advice Memorandum - Inclusion of gross income related to gift cards.

4-52.

Reg. §1.162-21(a)(2).

4-53.

Reg. §1.1362-1(b).

4-54.

a.

LLC granted extension to make check-the-box election.

b.

Process for granting scholarships will not be a taxable expenditure nor taxable to scholarship recipient..

c.

Extension of time to make taxable REIT election.

d.

Cost to convert to just-in-time manufacturing process are capitalizable not deductible.

a.

Standard Industry Fare Level cents-per-mile rates and terminal charge in effect for 2d half of 2015 for purposes of determining value of non-commercial flights on employer-provided aircraft.

b.

Treatment of use of smartcards and debit cards for qualified transportation fringe.

c.

Certain payments to military partcipants are not includable in gross income.

d.

Tool allowances for auto repair employees based on estimated hours are not part of an accountable plan.

a.

Retroactive application of 50% “bonus” depreciation in 2014.

b.

Inflation adjustments for certain items for tax year 2016.

c.

Optional 2011 standard mileage rates.

d.

Revisions to certain real property depreciation tables.

4-55.

4-56.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 4-9

4-57.

Announcement 2015-28, 2015-46 IRB 673. IRS has revoked its determination that 19 different organizations qualify as organizations described in Code Sec. 501(c)(3); and Code Sec. 170(c)(2); .

4-58.

Notice 2016-6, 2016-4 IRB 287. IRS provided procedures for employers to follow with respect to recent legislation that increased the transit exclusion benefit.

4-59.

Private Letter Ruling 201550029. IRS granted an extension for a taxpayer to extend the time for which to make an election to forego additional “bonus” depreciation and to elect to use the reduced ADS depreciation method.

4-60.

Technical Advice Memorandum 200449001. IRS permitted a bankrupt taxpayer to deduct the fair market value of property transferred to creditors as part of a repurchase premium.

4-61.

a.

Form 3115, Application for Change in Accounting Method instructions has been changed.

b.

Donor organizations are not tax-exempt under §501(c).

c.

Announcement indicating information contained within certain IRS Forms was updated by the release of a regulation and is incorrect.

a.

IRS announced calendar year 2012 inflation adjustment factors and reference prices for renewable electricity production credit, refined coal production credit, and Indian coal production credit.

b.

It provides the permissible interest rates allowed when computing the current liability of pension plans.

c.

Raised the threshold for travel and entertainment expenses from $25 to $75.

a.

IRS Notice 88-115 provides guidance on reporting information on the windfall profits tax.

b.

IRS Notice 96-63 invites public comments on proposed changes to procedures for requesting private letter rulings under §457.

c.

IRS Notice 2016-40 provide information on the Work Opportunity Tax Credit.

a.

TAM 201445010 deals with gross receipts as defined for purposes of computer software licenses under §199 (the domestic production activities deduction).

b.

TAM 200849015 discusses the inclusion of gift card income and the deduction for costs.

c.

TAM 7953001 covers issues related to valuing a closely-held corporation with respect to estate taxes.

a.

TAM 200703019 discusses relief from the retroactive effect of the revocation of a determination letter.

b.

TAM 201314043 Discusses income attributable to domestic production activities, qualifying production property, and special rule for govt. contract.

c.

TAM 9853001 discusses unrelated business income for an exempt agricultural organization.

a.

TD 9762 discusses investments that will not disqualify a private foundation.

4-62.

4-63.

4-64.

4-65.

4-66.

Page 4-10

4-67.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

b.

TD 9680 discussed the types of expenses that qualify as research and experimentation.

c.

TD 9567 discusses reporting of foreign financial assets.

The student will also state which computer tax service was used to complete the exercise. a.

§102. One Treasury Regulation has been issued: Reg. §1.102-1 GIFT AND INHERITANCES. There is also a proposed regulation to amend Reg. §1.102-1.

b.

§104. One Regulation has been issued: Reg. §1.104-1 1.

c.

§121. The following Treasury Regulations have been issued: Reg. §1.121-1 through Reg. 1.121-5.

d.

§338. The following 13 Treasury Regulations and 3 proposed regulations have been issued: Reg. §1.338-0 Outline of topics Reg. §1.338-1 General principles; status of old target and new target Prop. Reg. §1.338-1 Reg. §1.338-2 Nomenclature and definitions; mechanics of the section 338 election Reg. §1.338-3 Qualification for the section 338 election Reg. §1.338-4 Aggregate deemed sale price; various aspects of taxation of the deemed asset sale Reg. §1.338-5 Adjusted grossed-up basis Reg. §1.338-6 Allocation of ADSP and AGUB among target assets Prop. Reg. §1.338-6 Allocation of ADSP and AGUB among target assets Reg. §1.338-7 Allocation of redetermined ADSP and AGUB among target assets Reg. §1.338-8 Asset and stock consistency Reg. §1.338-9 International aspects of section 338 Reg. §1.338-10 Filing of returns Reg. §1.338-11 Effect of section 338 election on insurance company targets Prop. Reg. §1.338-11 Effect of section 338 election on insurance company targets Reg. §1.338(h)(10)-1 Deemed asset sale and liquidation Reg. §1.338(i)-1 Effective/applicability date

4-68.

4-69.

4-70.

a.

§25A There have been five Regulations and 2 proposed regulations issued.

b.

§119 One Treasury Regulation has been issued: Reg §1.119-1 Meals and lodging furnished for the convenience of the employer.

c.

§180 There have been two Regulations issued. The most recent one is Reg. §1.180-2 Time and manner of making election and revocation.

d.

§305 There have been eight Regulations issued and three proposed regulations. The most recent one is Reg. §1.305-8 Effective dates.

The current status of each of the following Revenue Rulings: a.

Rev. Rul. 2014-27: This Revenue Ruling was corrected by Rev. Rul. 2014-33.

b.

Rev. Rul. 90-65: This Revenue Ruling was clarified by Ann. 91-15, 1991-5 IRB 49, and was revoked by Rev. Rul. 2015-11,2015-21 IRB 975.

c.

Rev. Rul. 87-34: Currently, this Revenue Ruling stands as is. There have been no amplifications, superseding, or revocations of Rev. Rul. 87-34.

a.

Rev. Rul. 2002-80: This Revenue Ruling stands as is. It is amplifying Rev. Rul. 2002-3.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

b. c.

4-71.

4-73.

Rev. Rul. 2001-31: This Rev Rul has been amplified by Rev Rul 2002-89, 2002-2 CB 984 and Rev Rul 2002-90, 2002-2 CB 985.

Rev. Rul 98-13: This Revenue Ruling was revoked by Rev. Rul. 2001-2.

a.

There are two Revenue Rulings assigned to the location of 1989-1 C.B. 76.

1.

The first pronouncement Found at 1989-1 C.B. 76 is: Rev. Rul. 89-9, 1989-1 C.B. 76. However, this Revenue Ruling has been supplemented

by Revenue Ruling 93-10, 1993-1 CB 177.

2.

The second pronouncement found at 1989-1 C.B. 76 is: Rev. Rul. 89-16, 1989-1 C.B. 76.

b.

1.

The issue(s) addressed in Revenue Ruling 89-9 are the following: (1) Does the term "temporary global security" includes an obligation that is not retired within a reasonable period of time after the completion of the initial offering? (2) Does such a temporary security meet the foreign targeting requirements of Reg. §1.163-5(c)(2)(I)(B) if the certificate described in Reg. §1.163-5(c)(2)(I)(B)(iv) is not presented to the issuer or the underwriter?

2.

The issue addressed in Revenue Ruling 89-16 is: Are contributions made by employees and employers pursuant to the West Virginia Unemployment Compensation Law taxes, which are allowed as a deduction under section 164(a) of the Internal Revenue Code for the taxable year in which paid or accrued?

1.

The holding in Revenue Ruling 89-9 is that the term "temporary global security" does not include an obligation that is not retired within a reasonable period of time after the completion of the initial offering. Furthermore, a temporary security that remains outstanding beyond a reasonable time after the completion of the initial offering must meet the foreign targeting requirements of Reg. §1.163-5(c)(2). Such an obligation does not qualify under Reg. §1.163-5(c)(2)(I)(B) unless each of the five requirements there under is satisfied.

2.

The holding in Revenue Ruling 90-16 is: Amounts withheld from the wages of an employee for contribution under the West Virginia Unemployment Compensation Law are state income taxes and, therefore, shall be deductible by the employee under §164(a)(3) for the taxable year in which paid or accrued. However, such amounts are deductible by an employee only if the employee's deductions are itemized in computing taxable income under §63 of the Code. Amounts contributed by an employer under the Law are state taxes paid or accrued by the employer in carrying on a trade or business and, therefore, shall be deductible by the employer under §164(a) for the taxable year in which paid or accrued.

c.

4-72.

Page 4-11

a.

The number assigned to the written determination at 2002-2 C.B 333 is: Rev. Rul. 2000-43, 20002 C.B. 333.

b.

The subject matter of this Revenue Ruling is: An accrual-basis S corporation may not elect under §170(a)(2); to treat a charitable contribution as paid in the year authorized by the S corporation's board of directors if the contribution is paid by the S corporation after the close of the tax year.

a.

The number assigned to the written determination at 2004-10 I.R.B. 550 is: Rev. Rul. 2004-24, 2004-10 I.R.B. 550.

b.

The subject matter of this Revenue Ruling is: IRS identified circumstances in which real estate investment trust's (REIT's) income from providing parking facilities at its rental real properties qualifies as rents from real property under §856(d).

Page 4-12

4-74.

4-75.

4-76.

4-77.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

a.

The number assigned to the written determination at 2007-17 I.R.B. 990 is: T.D. 9318.

b.

The subject matter is self-constructed property for purposes of §263A.

a.

The number assigned to the written determination at 2006-40 I.R.B. 528 is: T.D. 9284.

b.

The subject matter is the ability of the IRS to enter into agreements that extend the statute of limitations.

a.

This notice has been declared obsolete, as of 2/14/2012, by temporary and final regulations.

b.

The current status of Revenue Ruling 2000-41 is that it has not been modified or superseded, so it is still current.

c.

The current status of Revenue Procedure 89-31 is that this Rev. Proc. has been modified by Rev. Proc. 92-66, 1992-2 CB 428.

d.

The current status of Announcement 99-110 is that it has not been modified or superseded, so it is still current.

a.

The current status of Notice 2015-79 is that it has been obsoleted as of 4/4/2016 by regulations reflected in TD 9761.

b.

The current status of Revenue Ruling 2004-28 is that it has not been modified or superseded, so it is still current.

c.

The current status of Revenue Procedure 93-15 is that it has been obsoleted by Rev. Proc. 200418, 2004-1 CB 529.

d.

Announcement 2014-24 has not been modified or superseded, so it is still current.

4-78.

Amounts paid by a member of a tax-exempt business league to the business league for deposit into a strike fund, where the funds would revert to the taxpayer if the fund were terminated, are considered capital expenditures and are not currently deductible, according to TAM 9237011. A Technical Advice Memorandum, however, may not be relied upon by taxpayers other than those addressed in the Memorandum, although it gives a good indication of the IRS position on the subject. If the taxpayer wants absolute certainty with respect to how the IRS will treat this issue on a specific tax return, a letter ruling should be requested.

4-79.

§2042 provides that the value of the gross estate of a decedent shall include the proceeds of all life insurance policies on the decedent's life receivable by beneficiaries other than the decedent's executor to the extent the decedent possessed "incidents of ownership" in the policy. Assuming the decedent does not have incidents of ownership in the policy upon death; the proceeds should not be included in the decedent's gross estate. A computer search should return a number of letter ruling hits, for example see PLR 9233006.

4-80.

Yes, a veterinary medical corporation is a personal service corporation for purposes of the required 35 percent tax rate, provided the corporation otherwise qualifies as a personal service corporation under the applicable Code section(s) (See Rev. Rul. 92-65 and Rev. Rul. 91-30).

4-81.

Yes, taxpayers who claim an itemized deduction for the interest they pay on adjustable rate mortgages and receive a refund from their mortgage company in a following year must include the refund as income.

Taxpayers who claimed the standard deduction rather than an actual interest deduction are not required to include the refund in income (see Announcement 92-172).

4-82.

Yes, loan origination fees paid by the buyer with regard to VA and FHA loans may be treated as deductible points in the year of the sale (see Rev. Proc. 92-12 and Rev. Proc. 94-27).

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 4-13

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-1

CHAPTER 5 JUDICIAL INTERPRETATIONS DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 5-1.

Either the taxpayer or the IRS may initiate legal proceedings in the Federal court system.

Page 144

5-2.

The Federal court system consists of three trial courts; the Tax Court, the District Courts and the U.S. Court of Federal Claims; and two levels of appellate courts; the U.S. Court of Appeals and the U.S. Supreme Court.

Page 145

5-3.

No. An appeal from any of the three trial courts is to the U.S. Court of Appeals. The parties have no direct access to the Supreme Court.

Page 145

5-4.

In most cases involving issues of the tax law, the taxpayer has the burden of proof. The burden of proof is placed on the taxpayer by statute, under the Internal Revenue Code. There are certain designated areas of the tax law where the burden of proof is on the government.

Pages 145-146

5-5.

The U. S. Tax Court is a specialized trial court that hears only Federal tax cases.

Page 149

5-6.

The Tax Court was established in 1926 as the Board of Tax Appeals (BTA). At that time, it was an administrative board of the Treasury Department, rather than a true judicial court. In 1943, the BTA became the U. S. Tax Court, an administrative court, and in 1969, its status was upgraded to that of a full judicial court, with enforcement powers.

Page 149

5-7.

Nineteen judges hear Tax Court cases; however, normally a case is presented before only one of the nineteen judges. Each judge is appointed to a fifteen-year term by the President, with the advice and confirmation of the Senate. Periodically, the Chief Judge of the Court designates additional temporary Tax Court judges to hear cases.

Page 149

5-8.

No. Taxpayers need not travel to Washington, D.C. because the Tax Court judges travel to various cities throughout the country and hear cases in these locations. In fact, the Tax Court is available to hear taxpayer cases in every major city of the United States several times each year.

Page 150

5-9.

No. Taxpayers cannot request jury trials before the Tax Court.

Page 150

Page 5-2

5-10.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

If a tax case involves an unusual, important, or novel issue, more than one judge, or the entire Tax Court, might hear the case. This rare occurrence is identified as an "en banc" sitting of the court.

Page 147

5-11.

A Regular decision generally involves a new or unusual point of law, as determined by the Chief Judge of the Court. If the Chief Judge believes that, the decision concerns only the application of existing law or an interpretation of factual questions, the decision is issued as a Memorandum decision. Summary decisions are issued in cases tried under the small case procedures and have no precedential value.

Pages 151-152

5-12.

When confronted with opposite holdings, the Tax Court will follow the Court of Appeals holding, if any, that has direct jurisdiction over the taxpayer whose case is before the Tax Court (the Golsen Rule). If the Court of Appeals that has jurisdiction over the taxpayer has not ruled on the matter, the Tax Court will decide the case based on its own interpretation of the statute. The Tax Court may reach opposite decisions, based upon identical facts, for taxpayers differentiated solely by the geographical area in which they live.

Page 151

5-13.

The Tax Court maintains a Small Cases Procedure, similar to a small Court of Federal Claims. If the amount of the disputed deficiency does not exceed $50,000, a taxpayer's case may be heard before the Small Cases Procedure, upon approval of the Tax Court. The hearing is conducted as informally as possible, and the taxpayer may represent him- or herself. The taxpayer may be represented by an attorney. Neither written briefs nor formal oral arguments are required in the Small Cases Procedure.

Page 152

5-14.

Regular Tax Court decisions are published by the Government Printing Office (GPO) in a set of bound reporters, called the Tax Court of the United States Reports.

The temporary citation is structured as follows: Breakell III, Walter J., 97 T.C.____, No. 18 (1991) 97 is the volume number.

T.C. is the abbreviation for the Tax Court Reporter. ___ indicates the page number, which is to be determined later.

No. 18 is the number of the case.

(1991) is the year of the decision.

Note that the temporary citation includes no page number for the case, because it has not yet been officially published.

The permanent citation for the same case: Breakell III, Walter J., 97 T.C. 202 (1991) 97 is the volume number.

T.C. is the abbreviation for the Tax Court Reporter.

202 indicates the page number, which is to be determined later.

No. 18 is the number of the case.

(1991) is the year of the decision.

Pages 152-153

5-15.

General Citation:

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-3

Chira, David, T.C. Memo 1991-309 T.C. Memo is a reference to a Tax Court memorandum decision.

Year opinion issued: 1991 Decision number: 309 Permanent Citation, CCH: Chira, David, 62 TCM 86 (1991) Volume number: Reference to CCH Reporter: Page number: Year opinion issued:

62 TCM 86 1991

Permanent Citation, RIA: Chira, David, T.C. Memo 19 91-309 T.C. Memo is the Thomson Reuters Tax Court Memorandum reporter.

2006-179 is the paragraph number.

Year opinion issued: 1991 (derived from paragraph number) Pages 153-154 5-16.

The District Courts hear cases involving legal issues that are based upon the entire United States Code, and not just the Internal Revenue Code.

Page 154

5-17.

Tax Court Summary Opinions, which are Small Cases decisions, cannot be used as precedents when dealing with the IRS; however, they do provide insight into how the Tax Court has treated similar tax situations.

Page 152

5-18.

The taxpayer must submit the disputed tax to the government before his case will be heard in either the District Court or the Court of Federal Claims. This procedure is not necessary for a case to be heard in the Tax Court.

Pages 154 and 156

5-19.

The District Court or U.S. Court of Federal Claims would be appropriate for the taxpayer because these courts can address only the specific issue or issues that are involved in the case. The Tax Court may examine an entire return.

Page 149

5-20.

The Tax Court would be most suited for a taxpayer litigating an issue of a technical tax nature. Tax Court judges are tax law specialists, and therefore, should be better able to understand and discuss technical issues in the tax law than would a judge in the general trial courts (a District Court or the U.S. Court of Federal Claims).

Page 149

5-21.

A Federal District Court is not a national court. Numerous District Courts are located throughout the United States, and each is assigned a geographical area to serve. The designated district can be as small as one individual city, or as large as an entire state. The taxpayer most often takes his or her

Page 5-4

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

case before the District Court, which has jurisdiction over the location in which he or she lives or conducts business. District Court cases are heard before one judge.

Page 154 5-22.

West Publishing - Federal Supplement Series Kim, Joo T. v. U.S., 709 F.Supp 932 (D.Ct. Ca., 1989) CCH - United States Tax Cases Kim, Joo T. v. U.S., 89-1 USTC &9160 (D.Ct. Ca., 1989) RIA - American Federal Tax Reports Second Series Kim, Joo T. v. U.S., 63 AFTR2d 89-713 (D.Ct. Ca., 1989) West Volume Number Name of Reporter Page/Paragraph No. Court Issuing Opinion Year Opinion Issued

CCH

709 89-1 FSupp USTC 932 9160 District Court - California 1989 1989

RIA 63 AFTR2d 89-713 1989

Page 155 5-23.

The West Citation (F.Supp) is referred to as the primary citation for a case, and the CCH and RIA reporters are used to construct secondary citations, since they only contain tax decisions.

Pages 154-155

5-24.

The U.S. Court of Federal Claims hears cases concerning all monetary claims against the Federal government, only one type of which involves tax refunds.

Page 156

5-25.

Sixteen judges are appointed to the U.S. Court of Federal Claims.

Page 156

5-26.

The Court of Federal Claims is a national court which is located in Washington, D.C. However, because the Court of Federal Claims judges travel to major cities and hear cases in these locations, in a manner similar to the Tax Court, one need not go to Washington, D.C. to present a case.

Page 156

5-27.

U.S. Court of Federal Claims Reporter - West Publishing: Slatter, Frank v. U.S., 15 Fed.Cl. 79 (1988).

United States Tax Cases - CCH: Slatter, Frank v. U.S., 89-1 USTC &9,110 (ClsCt).

American Federal Tax Reports - RIA

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-5

Slatter, Frank v. U.S., 62 AFTR2d 89-556 (ClsCt).

West Volume Number Name of Reporter Page/Paragraph No. Court Issuing Opinion Year Opinion Issued

CCH

15 89-1 Fed. Cl. USTC 79 9,110 Court of Federal Claims 1988 1988

RIA 62 AFTR2d 89-556 1988

Page 156 5-28.

Congress has created thirteen Courts of Appeals. Eleven are geographical, responsible for cases, which originate in designated states; one is assigned to Washington, DC; and one is known as the Court of Appeals for the Federal District.

The Courts of Appeals considers issues in both tax and non-tax litigation. The Court of Appeals for the Federal District hears only cases, which originate in the Court of Federal Claims. The other Courts of Appeal consider issues, which are brought from the Tax Court or a District Court, for assigned geographical regions.

Page 157

5-29.

a. Fifth b. Second c. Ninth d. Tenth e. Federal Page 157

5-30.

a. Ninth b. Seventh c. Fourth d. First e. Ninth Page 157

5-31.

a. Ninth b. Eleventh c. Ninth d. Eighth e. D. C. Circuit Page 157

5-32.

a. Eighth b. Ninth c. First d. Tenth e. Third Page 157

Page 5-6

5-33.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Typically, a three-judge panel hears a Court of Appeals case.

Page 157

5-34.

Federal Reporter, Second Series - West Publishing: Roberts, John W. v. U.S., 858 F.2d. 698 (CA-11, 1988).

United States Tax Cases - CCH: Roberts, John W. v. U.S., 1988-1 USTC 89, 9153 (CA-11).

American Federal Tax Reports- RIA: Roberts, John W. v. U.S., 62 AFTR2d 88-5885 (CA-11, 1988).

West Volume Number Name of Reporter Page/Paragraph No. Court Issuing Opinion Year Opinion Issued

CCH

858 89 F2d USTC 698 9,153 Court of Appeals, 11th Circuit 1988 1988

RIA 62 AFTR2d 88-5885 1988

Pages 158-159 5-35.

No. Jury trials are not available before the Court of Appeals.

Page 158

5-36.

The United States Supreme Court is the highest court in the nation. Its judicial power extends "to all cases of law and equity, arising under this Constitution, the laws of the United States, and treaties..."

The Supreme Court meets and hears cases only in Washington, D.C. Page 159

5-37.

A U.S. citizen does not have an automatic right to have his or her case heard by the Supreme Court.

The Court's permission to present the case is petitioned by a writ of certiorari. Under this procedure, if the Court decides to hear the case, the certiorari is granted. If the Court refuses to hear the case, the certiorari is denied.

Page 159

5-38.

The Supreme Court is a nine-justice panel, and all nine justices hear every case, which is granted certiorari by the Court.

Page 159

5-39.

In most cases, those petitions that are granted in the tax area are for cases, which involve either a conflict among the Federal circuits or a tax issue of major importance.

Page 159

5-40.

In denying a petition for certiorari, the Supreme Court is not "upholding" or in any way confirming a

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-7

lower court decision. Rather, the Court simply did not find the case to be interesting or important enough to consider during its limited sessions. The lower court's decision does stand, but it cannot be inferred that this decision is necessarily correct or should be followed in the future by other taxpayers with similar situations.

Page 159 5-41.

United States Supreme Court Reports - GPO: U.S. v. Dalm, Francis L., 494 U.S. 596 (1990).

Supreme Court Reports - West: U.S. v. Dalm, Francis L., 110 S.Ct. 1361 (1990).

United States Tax Cases - CCH: U.S. v. Dalm, Francis L., 90-1 USTC &50,154 (USSC).

American Federal Tax Reports - RIA: U.S. v. Dalm, Francis L., 65 AFTR2d 1210 (USSC, 1990).

The format of the citations is the same as those presented in previous questions: Case Name Volume Number Name of Reporter Page/Paragraph Number Court Issuing Opinion (it is not necessary to list the court for the first two citations, because these reporters only contain Supreme Court cases.)

Year Opinion Issued Page 160

5-42.

A taxpayer may request a jury trial only before a Federal District Court. A jury trial is not available in any of the other trial courts, appellate courts or the Supreme Court.

Page 168

5-43.

A Court of Appeals decision is important as a precedent in its own circuit. Each Circuit is independent of the others and must follow only the decisions of the Supreme Court. Because the Supreme Court hears very few tax cases, the Court of Appeals generally represents the final authority.

Most important to the taxpayer are decisions issued by the Court of Appeals for the Circuit in which the client works or resides.

Page 158

5-44.

a) The 102 stands for the volume number. b) The T.C. is the citation for the United States Tax Court reporter. c) The 123 represents the number of the first page on which the case appears.

Page 153

Page 5-8

5-45.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

The O'Dell decision is from the Tax Court of the United States, and is a Memorandum decision.

Case name: O'Dell Volume number of TCM reporter: 98 Reference to CCH Tax Court Memo Reporter: TCM First page in Reporter that includes the case: 86 Year opinion issued: 2009 Page 153

5-46.

The Simons-Eastern decision came from the District Court of Georgia. F. Supp. tells the tax researcher it is a case before 1998.

Page 155

5-47.

a. The United States Court of Federal Claims b. Unable to determine the court c. Unable to determine the court d. The United States Supreme Court Various pages from the text.

5-48.

A case headnote is a brief case summary at the beginning of a case, which is usually inserted by the court reporter editors. They are useful to the researcher by helping to quickly determine if a particular case is of interest.

Page 167

5-49.

a. Tax Court b. Tax Court c. Tax Court Small Cases Procedure d. U.S. Court of Federal Claims Various pages from the text.

EXERCISES 5-50.

a. The issue involved is what constitutes a violation of the anti-cutback rule in pension plans. The Court was to determine whether changing the definition of disqualifying postretirement employment caused a reduction in benefits. b. The Court found that the anti-cutback rule was violated.

5-51.

a. The issue involved a tax protestor claiming that the IRS, Justice Dept., and various officials engaged in records falsification as part of substitute return process and seeks to enjoin such practices and related activities. was dismissed pursuant to AIA's tax bar. Alternative requests that district court intercede in pending criminal investigations of his and other non-filers' income-tax avoidance allegedly ongoing before federal grand jury in another district were unsupported and/or otherwise failed for lack of standing.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-9

b. The taxpayer’s claims were dismissed. Alternative requests that district court intercede in pending criminal investigations of his and other non-filers' income-tax avoidance allegedly ongoing before federal grand jury in another district were unsupported and/or otherwise failed for lack of standing.

5-52.

a. The issue is whether a spouse of a deceased taxpayer can carryover an AMT credit from her deceased spouse when the credit was generated in a pre-marriage year.. b. The Tax Court held the credit did not carryover to remaining spouse in spite of no direct guidance in the Code or regulations. Instead the court relied on interpretations on similar rules under NOLs and other guidance on deductions for married indiiduals.

5-53.

a. The issues involved are the shifting of the burden of proof to the IRS, the avoidance of hobby loss limitation under a profit motive for an activity, and excuse for substantial understatement penalty due to reliance on professional advisors. b. The court decided with the IRS on all issues. The burden of proof was not shifted to the IRS, the activity did not rise to level of profit-motive to permit deductions, and reliance on professionals was not supported by evidence.

5-54.

a. The issue is whether the taxpayer should include non-employee compensation in his gross income. b. The Tax Court (Small Case Summary Opinion) held that the $3,843 of non-employee compensation was incluable in gross income.

5-55.

a. The issue dealt with unreported income for a married couple claiming status as a 501(d) organization. b. The court held that there was not such organization and the IRS’ deficiency was due.

5-56.

a. The issue involved is the timely filing of a refund claim by a taxpayer. b. The court found that the refund claim was not timely filed and the taxpayer’s claims of a lack of opportunity to file were rejected.

5-57.

a. What court heard the case?

U.S. Tax Court b. Who was the judge(s)?

Judge Holmes c. In what year was the case decided?

2015 d. What was the issue(s) involved?

The issue involved the timing of the deduction of field packing materials.

5-58.

a. What court heard the case?

U.S. Tax Court b. Who was the judge(s)?

Judge Halpern c. In what year was the case decided?

2015

Page 5-10

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

d. What was the issue(s) involved?

The issue involved was the exclusion of workers’ compensation payments made to a retired police officer related to unused vacation and sick time that accrued while the police officer was on temporary disability.

5-59.

a. What court heard the case?

U.S. Tax Court b. Who was the judge(s)?

Judge Nega c. In what year was the case decided?

2014 d. What was the issue(s) involved?

Whether gain must be recognized when a taxpayer sells a principle residence under and installment sale and then must reacquire the residence due to default on the installment note.

5-60.

a. What court heard the case?

U.S. Tax Court b. Who was the judge(s)?

Judge Foleyr c. In what year was the case decided?

June 5, 2013. d. What was the issue(s) involved?

The issue is whether a taxpayer is entitled to various deductions for employee business expenses

5-61.

a. What court heard the case?

U.S. Tax Court b. Who was the judge(s)?

Judge Goeke c. In what year was the case decided?

2015. d. What was the issue(s) involved?

There were 3 issues: (1) substantiation of travel expense deductions, (2) deductibility of a home office, and (3) substantial underpayment penalties.

5-62.

a. What court heard the case?

The U.S. Tax Court b. Who was the judge(s)?

Judge Parker c. What tax year(s) is in question and in what year was the case decided?

Tax years in question were 1977, 1978, 1979, 1980, 1981, 1982; the case was decided in 1992. d. What Code section(s) was at issue?

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-11

§162 was at issue. e. What was the issue(s) involved?

The issue involved was deductibility of fines and penalties (whether an amount paid by a taxpayer-corporation to set up an environmental fund was actually considered a criminal fine). f. Which party prevailed in the decision?

The party that prevailed was the defendant in largest part; the taxpayer-corp.'s $8 million contribution to an environmental fund created to alleviate the effects of its toxic product, was in substance a fine or penalty, and was not a deductible business expense. However, the petitioner was able to deduct costs incurred in creating the endowment.

5-63.

a. What court heard the case?

The Tax Court Small Case Procedure b. Who was the judge(s)?

Judge Haines c. What tax year(s) is in question and in what year was the case decided?

The tax years in question were 2007 and 2008, and the case was decided in 2013. d. What Code section(s) was at issue? §§ 162; 274; 280F were at issue. e. What was the issue(s) involved?

The issues involved were: (1) if the taxpayer is entitled to Schedule A itemized deductions related to his automobile because he failed to substantiate his business mileage for the years at issue. (2) also if the taxpayer was not entitled to the Schedule A itemized deductions because he was an employee and not an independent contractor. f. Which party prevailed in the decision?

The party that prevailed in the decision was the IRS, the mileage was not deductible.

5-64.

a. What court heard the case?

U.S. Tax Court, Small Cases Procedure b. Who was the judge(s)?

Judge Panuthos c. What tax year(s) is in question and in what year was the case decided?

The tax year in question was 2010. The case was decided on November 9, 2015. d. What Code section(s) was at issue?

Primarily §61 was at issue but also §§6201 and 6651 which relate to the penalties assessed e. What was the issue(s) involved?

The petitioner did not properly include income on his 2010 tax return. f. Which party prevailed in the decision?

The IRS prevailed on the issue of the unreported income and that incarceration was not reasonable cause for failing to file.

5-65.

a. What court heard the case?

U.S. Court of Federal Claims b. Who was the judge(s)?

Page 5-12

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Judge Futey c. What tax year(s) is in question and in what year was the case decided?

The tax years in question were 1988 to 2003. The case was decided on August 9, 2011. d. What Code section(s) was at issue?

Sections 7422 and 172 were at issue. e. What was the issue(s) involved?

The issue was if a taxpayer must follow the precise rules of the Internal Revenue Code when deducting net operating losses (“NOLs”), which are generally defined as the excess of deductions over gross income. f. Which party prevailed in the decision?

The IRS prevailed.

5-66.

a. What court heard the case?

U.S. Court of Appeals, Ninth Circuit b. Who was the judge(s)?

Circuit Judges Schroeder, Pregerson, and Nguyen c. What tax year(s) is in question and in what year was the case decided?

The tax years in question were 2003,2005, 2006, and 2007. The case was decided on November 24, 2014. d. What Code section(s) was at issue? §165 was at issue. e. What was the issue(s) involved?

Gambling loss deductions denied due to lack of substantiation. f. Which party prevailed in the decision?

The U.S. Government (the Respondent-Appellee) prevailed.

5-67.

a. What court heard the case?

U.S. Court of Appeals, Eighth circuit b. Who was the judge(s)?

Circuit Judges Arnold, Beam, and Senior District Judge Bogue c. What tax year(s) is in question and in what year was the case decided?

The years in question were 1978-1982. The case was decided on April 2, 1991. d. What Code section(s) was at issue?

Section 482 was at issue. e. What was the issue(s) involved?

The issue involved was whether amounts that were paid to the personal service corporations of professional hockey players and then put into pension plans were taxable to the players. f. Which party prevailed in the decision?

The players (appellants) prevailed.

5-68.

a. What court heard the case?

U.S. Supreme Court.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-13

b. Who was the judge(s)?

All nine Supreme Court Judges. c. What tax year(s) is in question and in what year was the case decided?

The tax years in question were years 1994-1996. The case was decided on April 4, 2008. d. What Code section was at issue? §7422(a) and 651(a) were at issue. e. What was the issue(s) involved?

The issue involved was whether a coal company could claim a refund for taxes after not filing a claim within the statute of limitations. f. Which party prevailed in this decision?

The IRS prevailed.

5-69.

a. CITATION: Sorensen, T.C. Memo 1994-175 ISSUE: Whether petitioner, Shauna Sorensen, is entitled to "innocent spouse" relief under §§6013(e) with respect to the substantial understatement resulting from transactions involving First Western Government Securities reflected on the petitioner's 1979 joint income tax return (Richard L. Bernacchi and Shauna E. Sorensen) as petitioners.

FACTS: The respondent determined a deficiency in petitioners' Federal income tax for the 1979 taxable year in the amount of $196,182 and an addition to tax under §6653(a) in the amount of $9,809. Petitioners separated in April 1981. In 1981, petitioner met with Charles Weise, accountant, to get financial and tax advice regarding dissolution of marriage with Bernacchi. Weise questioned petitioner about First Western investment. The petitioner recognized the name but was unable to provide Weise with any information about the investment. Petitioner had little if any direct contact with tax shelter investment of tax that gave rise to an improper loss deduction on the 1979 return. Petitioner argues that she should be relieved of her tax liability for the year at issue since she was an innocent spouse within the meaning of §6013(e).

HOLDING: The U.S. Tax Court concluded that Sorensen, who had reason to know that a return filed with her husband contained a substantial understatement of tax, was not entitled to innocent spouse relief under §§6013(e).

ANALYSIS: (1) Spouses filing a joint tax return are jointly and severally liable for the tax arising therefrom. §6013(e) requires that the substantial understatement of tax, with respect to which the alleged innocent spouse can be relieved of liability, must be attributable to grossly erroneous items of the other spouse. The petitioner does not qualify for innocent spouse status because the items in issue are not solely items "of" Bernacchi, but of both petitioners. California state community property laws do not attribute any of the nonexistent loss to her, but instead solely to her husband. However, Sorensen's involvement in the family's financial affairs, her general understanding of the tax consequences of other investments, and her high level of education should have given her reason to comprehend that the return contained a substantial understatement of tax liability attributable to the improper loss deduction. The large amount of the loss and awareness of the investment, should have given her ample notice that the return had a substantial understatement. Furthermore, since no evidence pointed to Sorensen as sharing in the tax benefits from the loss deduction, she did not demonstrate that it would be inequitable to hold her liable for the income tax on the jointly filed return. b. CITATION: Keller, 84-1 USTC 9,194 ISSUE: Whether Keller, a limited partner, could deduct in 1973 his distributed share of a partnership's losses attributable to intangible drilling and development costs (IDC) prepaid in 1973 by the cash-basis partnership for drilling services to be rendered in later years.

Page 5-14

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

FACTS: Stephen Keller, petitioner, in 1973 invested $50,000 in a limited drilling partnership. On its 1973 partnership tax return, the Drilling Partnership reported an ordinary loss of $1,373,257. Keller, in turn, deducted a $50,000 ordinary loss on his 1973 income tax return as his distributive share of the loss. The Commissioner disallowed the Drilling Partnership's deductions to IDC prepaid in 1973 for drilling services not to be rendered until after 1973. Accordingly, the Commissioner determined Keller's share of the partnership loss to be instead $21,595 and notified him of a $14,202 tax deficiency. The Tax Court upheld the Commissioner's determinations of nondeductibility in 1973, except for those prepayments made pursuant to turnkey drilling contracts. The Tax Court then applied a three-part test to determine the IDC. HOLDING: The U.S. Court of Appeals, 8th Circuit, concluded that the Tax Court did not err in analyzing the timing of IDC deductions under the three-part tests. The Tax Court's application of the three considerations to the facts in this case was not clearly erroneous. Accordingly, the judgment of the Tax Court is affirmed.

ANALYSIS: In resolving the issue, the Tax Court, sitting as a whole, weighed three considerations: (1) whether the expenditure was a payment or a deposit, (2) whether the prepayment was made for a business purpose or for tax avoidance, and (3) whether the prepayment resulted in a material distortion of income.

The Tax Court property held that the prepayment under footage and day work drilling contracts and under third party well-servicing contracts constituted refundable deposits, were not made for any business purpose, and were not deductible in the year of the prepayment. In addition, prepaid well charges were not deductible because a material distortion of income and the lack of purpose for the prepayment other than acceleration of tax deductions. The Eighth Circuit U.S. Court of Appeals found that the U.S. Tax Court did not err in determining the timing of the intangible drilling and development costs (IDC) using a three-part test. c. CITATION: Washington, 77 T.C. 601.

ISSUES: (1) Is Washington entitled to a deduction under §§215(a) for the temporary support of his wife by making mortgage and utility payments during 1977 when both resided in the same house? (2) Are Washington and his wife, Jean, "separated" within the meaning of that term as used in §§71(a)(3) for the purposes of Washington's alimony deduction?

FACTS: Washington filed for divorce from his wife in April 1977. His wife filed a counterclaim for divorce and sought temporary support from Washington. They both continued to live in the same house for the remainder of the year. On Aug. 1, 1977, the Circuit Court for Wayne County, Michigan, ordered Washington to make all mortgage payments on the house and pay the utility bills. Washington claimed an income tax deduction for the above mortgage and utility payments as alimony. The deduction was disallowed by the IRS. HOLDINGS: The U.S. Tax Court held that Washington is not entitled to a deduction under §215(a), I.R.C. 1954, for the mortgage and utility payments. Washington and his wife were not "separated" within the meaning of §71(a)(3) when the payments were made because they were living in the same house.

ANALYSIS: The Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit, in reversing the Tax Court on this issue, held that the requirement that the parties be "separated and living apart" may be met as a factual matter, even though they occupy the same residence, provided they occupy separate quarters. The U.S. Tax Court respectfully disagreed with the Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit, and consequently adhered to the rationale of its prior opinion on this issue in the case Sydnes 577 F.2d. 60 (CA-8, 1978). Since the U.S. Tax Court held that Washington and his wife, Jean, were not "separated" during the period from August 1 through December 31, 1977, none of the mortgage and utility payments paid by Washington would be includable in Jean's gross income, and therefore, no deduction is allowable to Washington under §§215(a).

Section71(a)(3) requires a wife to be "separated" from her husband. This is further discussed in §7701(a)(17). Regulation 1.71-1(b)(3) requires a wife and husband to be "separated and living apart." It is the Tax Court's view that Congress intended that a husband and wife should not be treated as "separated and living apart" when both are living under the same roof. Because Washington and Jean were not

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-15

"separated" when the payments were made, then the mortgage and utility payments were not includable in Jean's gross income and Washington is not entitled to a deduction for alimony payment as stated in §§215(a) and 71(a)(3). d. CITATION: Tellier, 17 AFTR2d 633 66-194 (USSC, 1966).

ISSUES: (1) Were Tellier's business expense deductions, legal expenses of an unsuccessful defense in a criminal prosecution, "ordinary" and "necessary" in the conduct of his securities dealing business under §§162? (2) Does the business expense deduction place an additional financial burden through income tax laws on one charged with criminal activity?

FACTS: The respondent, Walter F. Tellier, was engaged in the business of underwriting the public sale of stock offerings and purchasing securities for resale to customers. In 1956, Tellier was brought to trial upon a 36-count indictment that charged him with violating the fraud section of the Securities Act of 1933 and the mail fraud statute, and with conspiracy to violate these statutes. Tellier was found guilty on all counts and was sentenced to pay an $18,000 fine and to serve four and a half years in prison. This criminal judgment was confirmed on appeal. The criminal charges against Tellier found their source in his business activities as a securities dealer. Tellier's legal fees, paid in defense against those charges, therefore clearly qualify as "expenses paid or incurred . . . in carrying on any trade or business" within the meaning of §§162(a), as discussed in Gilbert, 11 AFTR2d 758 (CA-2, 1956). In his unsuccessful defense of this criminal prosecution, Tellier incurred and paid $22,964.20 in legal expenses in 1956. He claimed an income tax deduction for that amount on his 1956 Federal income tax return.

HOLDINGS: The U.S. Supreme Court affirmed the decision of the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The Commissioner disallowed the business expense deductions as stated in §§162. Tellier was forced to pay the legal expenses he claimed as a deduction on his 1956 Federal income tax return to the amount of $22,964.20. The U.S. Supreme Court declines to distort the income tax laws to serve a purpose for which they were neither intended nor designed for this usage by Congress. Therefore, the Supreme Court finds no warrants to attach additional financial burden that Congress neither expressly nor implicitly directed.

ANALYSIS: (1) There can be no serious question that the payments deducted by Tellier were expenses of his securities business under the decisions of the Supreme Court. In Gilmore, 11 AFTR2d 758 (CA-2, 1956), the Supreme Court held that "the origin and character of the claim with respect to which an expense was incurred, rather than its potential consequences upon the fortunes of taxpayer, is the controlling basic test of whether the expense was "business" or "personal" within the meaning of §162(a). The IRS concedes that Tellier legal expenses were "ordinary" and "necessary" expenses within the meaning of §162(a). The Supreme Court defines the term "necessary" as imposing only the minimal requirement that the expense be "appropriate and helpful" for "the development of Tellier's business." The legal expenses deducted by Tellier were not capital expenditures. They were incurred in his defense against charges of past criminal conduct, not in the acquisition of a capital asset. The Supreme Court established that counsel fees comparable to those here involved are ordinary business expenses, even though a "lawsuit affecting the safety of a business may happen once in a lifetime," and are not deductible.

(2) Although the legal fee expenditures of Tellier meet the literal requirements of §162(a), their deduction must nevertheless be disallowed on the grounds of public policy. The view of "public policy" finds considerable support in other administrative and judicial decisions. It finds no support in any regulations or statues of the Supreme Court, and we believe no such "public policy" exception to the plain provisions of §§162(a) is warranted in the circumstances presented by this case. Federal income tax is a tax on net income, not a sanction against wrongdoing. Income from a criminal enterprise is taxed at a rate no higher and no lower than income from more conventional sources. As stated in the court case, Sullivan, 274 U.S. 259, "The fact that a business is unlawful [does not] exempt it from paying the taxes that if lawful it would have to pay." In the court case Tank Truck Rentals, 356 U.S. 30, the Supreme Court upheld the disallowance of deductions claimed by the taxpayers for fines and penalties imposed upon them for violating state penal statutes. Thus, denying a deduction for expenses incurred in the unsuccessful defense of a criminal prosecution would impose a financial burden in a measure dependent on the cost of the defense and

Page 5-16

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Tellier's tax bracket.

5-70.

a. CITATION: Rownd, T.C. Memo 1994-465 ISSUE: Whether the petitioner, Rownd, is entitled to dependency exemptions for his two children under §151.

FACTS: Petitioner, Van L. Rownd, married Joan G. Rownd on March 22, 1969, and two children were born of their marriage, William and Chris. Petitioner divorced from Joan G. Rownd on May 8, 1989. The written property settlement provided that the petitioner's former wife gained permanent custody of the children, who were minors at the time, and was entitled to claim the dependency exemptions for them for income tax purposes. As part of the divorce decree, Van Rownd had to pay his former wife $500 per month, per child, until such child reached the age of 18. In addition, the divorce decree required the petitioner to pay for the cost of a 4-year college education, and any related incidental expenses for both of his children, and to maintain his children's health insurance and pay their medical expenses. During 1990, William was a high school sophomore, and Chris, was a college freshman attending the University of Georgia. Petitioner paid his former wife $8,100 in child support for William and none for Chris because Chris was 19 years old (no longer a minor). Petitioner's former wife provided less than half of the children's support. Petitioner argues that since he paid more than half of the children's support during 1990, he is entitled to claim dependency exemptions for them.

HOLDING: The U.S. Tax Court held that Rownd provided over half of his son's, Chris, support during 1990 and therefore is entitled to claim Chris as a dependent.

ANALYSIS: §151(a) allows a taxpayer an annual exemption amount for each dependent as defined by §§152. Generally, in the case of divorced parents, the custodial parent can claim the exemption where there exists a divorce decree and a child is in the custody of one or both of the parents for more than half of the year. With regard to his younger son, William, age 15 in 1990, the petitioner testified that he had entered into an oral agreement modifying the divorce decree, whereby he would be entitled to claim William as a dependent. However, because the petitioner does not meet the requirement as defined in §152(e)(2) for the noncustodial parent to obtain exemption, he can not claim a dependency exemption for William. The petitioner contends that, with respect to his older son Chris, age 19 in 1990, the support test of Section 152(a) controls the case. Although the former wife was given custody, as defined by Reg. §1.152-4(b), and entitlement to declare her minor children as dependents, this is not the case for Chris. Since Chris has reached majority, upon attaining age 18 under Georgia law, prior to the year at issue, the custody, and the income tax provisions of the settlement agreement included in the divorce decree no longer applied to Chris in 1990. Since the divorce decree's custody and dependency provisions were not applicable to Chris in 1990, and since Chris was a full-time student as described in §151(c)(4), the support test as required by §152(a). A son who receives over half of his support from the taxpayer is within the §152(a) definition of the term "dependent." The petitioner paid directly to Chris for tuition, books, and living expenses, along with providing health and life insurance and paying all of his medical expenses. During the year at issue, Chris mother provided him with no support. b. CITATION: Arnes Joann, 93-1 USTC & 50,016 ISSUE: Whether the taxpayer, Joann Arnes, must recognize for income tax purposes the gain that she realized when, pursuant to a divorce settlement, a corporation redeemed her half of the stock in the corporation, the remaining stock of which was owned by her former husband.

FACTS: Joann Arnes, the taxpayer-appellee married John Arnes in 1970. In 1980, they formed a corporation, Moriah, to operate a McDonald's franchise. The corporation issued 5,000 shares of stock in the joint names of John Arnes and Joann Arnes. In 1987, the couple agreed to a divorce. John and Joann Arnes entered into an agreement to have their corporation redeem Joann Arnes' 50 percent interest in the outstanding stock for $450,000. The agreement was incorporated into the divorce decree, dated January 7, 1988. Joann Arnes surrendered her 2,500 shares to the corporation on December 17, 1987, and the corporation canceled her stock certificate on May 4, 1988, then issuing another 2,500 shares to John Arnes.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-17

On her 1988 Federal income tax return, Joann reported that she sold her stock in Moriah on January 2, 1988, for a price of $450,000, basis of $2,500, for a profit of $447,500. She received $178,042 in 1988 as part of the sales price; the remaining amount of $177,045 was treated as a long-term capital gain and the remainder of that as a recovery of her portion of the basis. On December 27, 1989, she filed a timely refund, not claiming the gain on the transfer of her stock because the transfer was made pursuant to a divorce instrument.

HOLDINGS: The U.S. Court of Appeals, 9th Circuit held that Joann's transfer to Moriah Corporation did relieve John of an obligation, and therefore constituted a benefit to John as a constructive transfer to John, who then transferred the stock to Moriah Corporation. The transfer of $450,000 from the corporate treasury, in exchange for Joann's stock, need not escape taxation or be required to recognize any gain on the transfer of her stock because it is subject to §1041. The tax result for Joann is the same as if she had conveyed the property directly to John.

ANALYSIS: The Government contends that the gain resulting from Moriah's redemption of Joann Arnes' stock does not qualify for exemption under §1041, which is limited to transfers made directly to one's spouse or former spouse, or transfers made into trust for that person. The Government contends that Joann's transfer to Moriah is outside the scope if the exemption. Whether the redemption of Joann's stock by a third party, in this case Moriah corporation, can be construed as a transfer to John, pursuant Reg. §.1041-1T, depends upon the meaning of "on behalf of." The district court interpreted the regulation as meaning that a transfer was made "on behalf of" John Arnes if he received a benefit from the transfer. The court concluded that John did receive a benefit, due to the inclusion in the martial property agreement that settled all community property claims of Joann. Although John and Joann were the sole stockholders in Moriah, the obligation to purchase Joann's stock was John's, not Moriah. John was liable, with Moriah, for the payments due Joann. The government asserts that an example in Reg. §1.1041-1T describes a situation in which a corporation wholly owned by one spouse sells property to the other spouse that is not construed to be not subject to the §1041 exemption. However, the above example does not apply to the Arnes transaction because Moriah was owned half by John and half by Joann.

71.

a. CITATION: Willie Nelson Music Co., 85 T.C. 914 ISSUE: Whether the Willie Nelson Music Company can obtain motions to seal records up to the time of the income tax deficiency trial to prevent annoyance, embarrassment, and oppression for Willie and Connie Nelson, nationally known personalities.

FACTS: A notice of deficiency was issued on October 15, 1984, to petitioners Willie H. Nelson and Connie Nelson for income tax deficiencies and additions. A case was called before the Court on the petitioners' motions to seal filed in each case on May 16, 1985. In their motions to seal, petitioners seek a protective order sealing the entire record of both cases (including but not limited to all pleadings, depositions, exhibits, papers, and filings) to be opened only by order of the Court. In addition, the order would be direct that the parties and their counsel in these cases be prohibited from disclosing to the media or public the contents of the sealed records. At the hearing, the petitioners' counsel modified his motions in requesting that the records be sealed only up to the time of the trial. Petitioners argue that Willie H. and Connie Nelson as nationally know personalities are subject to "intense and continual" scrutiny by the media. Because the Willie Nelson Music Co. is wholly owned and controlled by the Willie H. and Connie Nelson, the company is also subject to "intense and continual" scrutiny by the media as well. The petitioners assert that they have been seriously and irreparably damaged by the public's impressions.

Petitioners maintain that the damage is caused in part by newspaper headlines, which indicate the petitioners are subject to criminal prosecution, thus causing undue embarrassment and considerable emotional distress, along with financial injury as well.

HOLDING: The U.S. Tax Court held that the petitioners have demonstrated no probative evidence of good cause to outweigh the public interests. Although petitioners are nationally known entertainers, this is not a good enough reason to seal the records up to the time of the trial. Since good cause has not been demonstrated, the petitioners' motions will be denied.

Page 5-18

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

ANALYSIS: Official records of all courts, including the U.S. Tax Court, shall be open, available to the public for inspection, and copying. However, the right to inspect and copy judicial records is not absolute.

The U.S. Tax Court has broad discretionary powers to control and seal, if necessary, records and files in its possession, and the standard for review is for abuse of discretion. To determine whether the sealing of the records in any manner is appropriate, in exercising their discretion, the Tax Court must weigh the interests of the public. The presumptive right to access may be rebutted by showing that there is a sufficient counterinterest to outweigh the public interest in accessing the records and demonstrates good cause. A party must bring forth testimony and factual evidence to support claims of harm that would occur as a consequence of disclosure. Nevertheless, petitioners have not demonstrated any harm (financial or otherwise) that they have suffered or will suffer if their motions are denied. By the petitioners merely asserting annoyance and embarrassment is wholly insufficient to demonstrate good cause. This is further supported by the fact that the petitioners did not show one instance where public scrutiny would or has taken place. In the court's view, Willie Nelson's popularity and desirability as a performer has remained intact and increased as a result. b. CITATION: Green v. U.S. 117 AFTR 2d 2016-700 ISSUE: Whether a charitable contribution by a trust is deductible when the contribution was inadvertently issued by a related corporation rather than the trust.

FACTS:The Green’s created the Trust that expressly authorizes the Trust to “distribute to charity such amounts…as the [Trustee] determines appropriate. Hob-Lob Limited Partnership operates many Hobby Lobby stores. The Trust is a 99% limited partner in Hob-Lob. Hobby Lobby Inc made a $4.75 million donation to a qualified charity. The Trustee purports that the contributions were inadvertently issued by Hobby Lobby Inc but were actually made by Hob-Lob. The contributions were accounted for in HobLob’s audited financial statements. The Trust filed a tax return claiming the charitable contributions as a partner of Hob-Lob..

HOLDINGS: The U.S. District Court, Western District of Oklahoma, found that the payment of the contribution by Hobby Lobby was a simple clerical error that was corrected when discovered. The contribution was permitted to the Trust.

ANALYSIS: The IRS argued that “deductions cannot be exchanged or sold or otherwise distributed among taxpayers” because to do so would allow taxpayers to rewrite history to maximize credits and deductions (Nat’l Alfalfa Dehydrating %& Milling Co., 417 U.S. 134 (1974)). The Court disagreed finding that in Alfalfa, unlike the present case, the transaction was structured intentionally, not a mistake. The court felt that adequate evidence existing supporting that the contribution by Hobby Lobby was intended to be by Hob-Lob. The court felt that denying a deduction due to a clerical error was contrary to the policy of permitting a charitable contribution and is beyond the scope of what the Supreme Court held in Alfalfa.

5-72.

a. CITATION: Gregory v. Helvering, 55 S.Ct. 266; 293 U.S. 465; 35-1 USTC 9043; 14 AFTR 1191.

ISSUES: (1) Does the transfer of shares of corporate stock constitute a reorganization? (2) Does the sale of the stock of the new corporation result in capital gain or ordinary income?

FACTS: Taxpayer owned all of the stock of a corporation, which owned 1,000 shares of stock in another corporation. The taxpayer organized a new corporation to which the old corporation transferred the 1,000 shares of stock.

All of the stock of the new corporation was then transferred directly to the taxpayer. Three days later, the new corporation dissolved, and the 1,000 shares of stock, being all of the corporate assets, were distributed to the taxpayer in complete liquidation.

The stock was immediately sold by the taxpayer, and the profit was reported as a capital gain.

HOLDING: (1) No reorganization was effected, in that the transfer of assets by the taxpayer from one corporation to the other was in pursuance of a plan having no relation to the business of either. (2) As a

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-19

consequence of the first holding, the gain constitutes dividend income.

ANALYSIS: Section 112 of the Revenue Act of 1928 allowed the tax-free transfer of assets from one corporation to another corporation owned or controlled by the same shareholders. Gregory contended that because the transaction met the explicit requirements of the statute, the reorganization was tax-free. The IRS argued that the transaction was not the kind intended to be covered by §112 and therefore not tax-free.

The Supreme Court ruled in favor of the IRS. In an opinion written by Justice Sutherland, the Court reasoned that the transfer referred to in the statute was one made in pursuance of a business purpose, so that this transaction, which complied with the explicit requirements of the statute, but had no business purpose, was not within the scope of the statute. This decision created judicial the "Business Purpose Test" for step transactions. b. CITATION: Hunt, T.C. Memo. 1965-172.

ISSUE: Is the petitioner entitled to deduct the amount paid as a loan discount to assist the purchaser of his house in obtaining an FHA insured loan, the proceeds of which were used as the major portion of the purchase price of the house?

FACTS: Taxpayer sold his house on 12/6/62 for $12,500. The purchaser of the house obtained an FHAinsured loan for $12,100, as financing for the house. The difference was attributable to the seller's commission and the loan discount. This discount was charged to the taxpayer by the seller and the taxpayer deducted the amount on his return as interest.

HOLDING: The amount of the loan discount was not deductible as interest, since the taxpayer received no benefit from the purchaser's loan. The taxpayer's action in paying the loan discount was voluntary since nothing indicates he was compelled to sell the house to an FHA purchaser.

ANALYSIS: Taxpayers are not entitled to deduct as interest an amount paid as a loan discount to assist the purchaser of his house in obtaining a Federal Housing Administration insured loan, the proceeds from which were used as the major portion of the purchase price of the house 5-73.

a. CITATION: Fulcher, Douglas R., T.C. Summary Opinion 2003-157 ISSUE: Is the petitioner liable for the 10-percent additional tax under §72(t) for early distributions from two qualified retirement plans?

FACTS: Petitioner's legal residence at the time the petition was filed was Martinsville, Virginia. During 1999, petitioner received the following distributions from two qualified individual retirement accounts: Nationwide Life Insurance Co. First National Bank Total distributions

$5,000.00 $3,943.33 $8,943.33

Both institutions issued to petitioner Forms 1099-R, Distributions from Pensions, Annuities, Retirement or Profit- Sharing Plans, IRAs, Insurance Contracts, etc. The Form 1099-R from Nationwide Life Insurance Co. stated that the taxable amount of the $5,000 distribution was $4,700.47. On his Federal income tax return for 1999, petitioner included $8,643.80 as income, representing the taxable distributions from the two plans. In the notice of deficiency, respondent determined that petitioner was liable for the additional tax under §72(t) for early distributions from qualified retirement plans. Petitioner contends he is not liable for the additional tax because the proceeds of the distribution were used to purchase a home as a first-time homeowner under §72(t)(8).

During 1999, petitioner was employed by several employers doing electrical maintenance work. Petitioner married on July 1, 1999, and he and his spouse purchased a home in August 1999, into which they moved.

Page 5-20

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Sometime in December 1999, petitioner and his spouse separated; however, petitioner continued living in the house. Petitioner had previously been married but was divorced in 1990. During the first marriage, petitioner served in the United States military, and he and his spouse never purchased a home. His testimony is that the home purchased in August 1999 was the first home he had ever purchased, and that the proceeds of the two distributions in question were applied to the $54,000 purchase price for the home.

Respondent presented no evidence to discredit petitioner's testimony, nor did respondent present any other evidence to establish that the August 1999 home purchase was not petitioner's first home purchase, or that the individual retirement accounts proceeds in question were not applied to the purchase price of the home.

HOLDING: On this record, the Court is satisfied that the distributions in question constituted distributions that were used by petitioner in the acquisition of a principal residence, and that such distributions were qualified first-time homebuyer distributions within the intent and meaning of §72(t)(8). Petitioner, accordingly, is sustained on the sole issue before the Court.

ANALYSIS: §72(t)(1) imposes a 10-percent additional tax on early distributions from qualified retirement plans. There are several situations, however, in which the additional tax does not apply. Pertinent to this case is § 72(t)(2)(F), which provides generally that the additional tax does not apply to distributions that qualify as first-time homebuyer distributions as defined in §72(t)(8). § §72(t)(8)(A) provides generally that the term “qualified first-time homebuyer distribution” means any payment or distribution received by an individual to the extent such payment or distribution is used by the individual before the close of the 120th day after the day on which such distribution or payment is received to pay qualified acquisition costs with respect to a principal residence of a first-time homebuyer who is such individual, the spouse of such individual, or any child, grandchild, or ancestor of such individual or the individual's spouse. §72(t)(8)(D) defines a first-time homebuyer as an individual (and, if married, his spouse) who had no present ownership interest in a principal residence during the 2-year period ending on the date of acquisition of the principal residence in question. Other provisions in that section are not pertinent here. b. CITATION: The Boeing Company and Consolidated Subs., 91 AFTR 2d 2003-1088 (123 S.Ct. 1099) ISSUE: This suit concerns tax provisions enacted by Congress in 1971 to provide incentives for domestic manufacturers to increase their exports and in 1984 to limit and modify those incentives. The specific question presented involves the interpretation of a Treasury Regulation (26 CFR §1.8618(e)(3) (1979)) promulgated in 1977 that governs the accounting for research and development (R&D) expenses under both statutory schemes. Do the statute and certain regulations give Boeing Company an unqualified right to allocate its Company Sponsored R&D expenses to the specific products to which they are factually related and to exclude such R&D from treatment as a cost of any other product?

FACTS: Petitioners (and cross-respondents) are The Boeing Company and subsidiaries that include a DISC and an FSC. For over 40 years, Boeing has been a world leader in commercial aircraft development and a major exporter of commercial aircraft. During the period at issue in this litigation, the dollar volume of its sales amounted to about $64 billion, 67 percent of which were DISC-eligible export sales. The amount that Boeing spent on R&D during that period amounted to approximately $4.6 billion.

During the tax years at issue here, Boeing organized its internal operations along product lines (e.g., aircraft models 727, 737, 747, 757, 767) for management and accounting purposes, each of which constituted a separate “program” within the Boeing organization. For those purposes, it divided its R&D expenses into two broad categories: “Blue Sky” and “Company Sponsored Product Development.” The former includes the cost of broad-based research aimed at generally advancing the state of aviation technology and developing alternative designs of new commercial planes. The latter includes product-specific research pertaining to a specific program after the board of directors has given its approval for the production of a new model. With respect to its $1 billion of “Blue Sky” R&D, Boeing's accounting was essentially consistent with 26 CFR §1.861-8(e)(3) (1979). Its method of accounting for $3.6 billion of “Company Sponsored” R&D gave rise to this litigation.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-21

Boeing's accountants treated all of the Company Sponsored research costs as directly related to a single program, and as totally unrelated to any other program. Thus, for DISC purposes, the cost of Company Sponsored R&D directly related to the 767 model, for example, had no effect on the calculation of the “combined taxable income” produced by export sales of any other models. Moreover, because immense Company Sponsored research costs were routinely incurred while a particular model was being completed and before any sales of that model occurred, those costs effectively “disappeared” in the calculation of the CTI even for the model to which the R&D was most directly related. Almost half of the $3.6 billion of Company Sponsored R&D at issue in this suit was allocated to programs that had no sales in the year in which the research was conducted. That amount (approximately $1.75 billion) was deducted by Boeing currently in the calculation of its taxable income for the years at issue, but never affected the calculation of the CTI derived by Boeing and its DISC from export sales.

Pursuant to an audit, the Internal Revenue Service reallocated Boeing's Company Sponsored R&D costs for the years 1979 to 1987, thereby decreasing the untaxed profits of its export subsidiaries, and increasing the parent's taxable profits from export sales. Boeing paid the additional tax obligation of $419 million and filed this suit seeking a refund. Relying on the decision of the Eighth Circuit in St. Jude Medical, Inc. v.

Commissioner, 34 F.3d 1394 [74 AFTR 2d 94-6166] (1994), the District Court entered summary judgment in favor of Boeing. It held that 26 CFR §1.8618(e)(3) (1979) is invalid as applied to DISC and FSC transactions because the regulation's categorical treatment of R&D conflicted with congressional intent that there be a “direct” relationship between items of gross income and expenses “related thereto,” and with a specific DISC regulation giving the taxpayer the right to group and allocate income and costs by product or product line. The Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit reversed, 258 F.3d 958 [88 AFTR 2d 2001-5317] (2001), and the U.S. Supreme Court granted certiorari to resolve the conflict between the Circuits, 535 U.S. 1094 (2002).

HOLDING: The U.S. Supreme Court affirmed the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals opinion.

ANALYSIS: §861 of the Internal Revenue Code distinguishes between United States and foreign source income for several different purposes. See 26 U.S.C. §861. The regulation at issue in this suit, 26 CFR §1.861-8(e)(3) (1979), was promulgated pursuant to that general statute. Separate regulations promulgated under the DISC statute, 26 U.S.C. §§991– 997, incorporate 26 CFR §1.861-8(e)(3) (1979) by specific reference. See §1.9941(c)(6)(iii) (citing and incorporating the cost allocation rules of §1.861-8). Boeing does not claim that its method of accounting for Company Sponsored R&D complied with §1.861-8(e)(3).

Rather, it argues that §1.861-8(e)(3) is so plainly inconsistent with congressional intent and with other provisions of the DISC regulations that it cannot be validly applied to its computation of CTI for DISC purposes. Boeing argues, in essence, that the statute and certain specific regulations promulgated pursuant to 26 U.S.C. §994 give it an unqualified right to allocate its Company Sponsored R&D expenses to the specific products to which they are “factually related” and to exclude any allocated R&D from being treated as a cost of any other product. The relevant statutory text does not support its argument. Boeing also advances two arguments based on the text of specific DISC regulations. The first resembles its argument based on the text of §861 and the second relies on regulations providing that certain accounting decisions made by the taxpayer shall be controlling.

The regulations included in 26 CFR §1.994-1 (1979) set forth intercompany pricing rules for DISCs. They generally describe the three methods of determining a transfer price, noting that the taxpayer may choose the most favorable method, and may group transactions to use one method for some export sales and another method for others. See ibid. With respect to the CTI method used by Boeing, there is a rule, §1.994-1(c)(6), that describes the computation of CTI. The rule broadly defines the CTI of a DISC and its related supplier from a sale of export property as the excess of gross receipts over their total costs “which relate to such gross receipts.” Subdivision (iii) of that rule, on which Boeing relies, provides: “Costs (other than cost of goods sold) which shall be treated as relating to gross receipts from sales of export property are (a) the expenses, losses, and other deductions definitely related, and therefore allocated and apportioned, thereto, and (b) a ratable part of any other expenses, losses, or other deductions which are not definitely related to a class of gross income, determined in a manner consistent with the rules set forth in §1.861-8.” §1.994-1(c)(6)(iii) (emphasis added).

Page 5-22

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Boeing interprets the emphasized words as prohibiting a ratable allocation of R&D expenditures that can be “definitely related” to particular export sales. The obvious response to this argument is provided by the final words in the paragraph. Whether such an expense can be “definitely related” is determined by the rules set forth in the very regulation that Boeing challenges, §1.861-8. Moreover, it seems quite clear that the Secretary could reasonably determine that expenditures on 767 research conducted in years before any 767's were sold were not “definitely related” to any sales, but should be treated as an indirect cost of producing the gross income derived from the sale of all planes in the transportation equipment category.

Boeing also argues that the regulations expressly allow it to allocate and apportion R&D expenses to groups of export sales that are based on industry usage rather than SIC categories. The regulations providing the strongest support for this argument are §§1.994-1(c)(7)(i) and (ii)(a), which control the grouping of transactions for the purpose of determining the transfer price of sales of export property, and §1.994-1(c)(6)(iv), which governs the grouping of receipts when the CTI method of transfer pricing is used.

As the Court understands the statutory and regulatory scheme, it gives controlling effect to three important choices by the taxpayer. First, the taxpayer may elect to deduct R&D expenses on an annual basis instead of capitalizing and amortizing those costs. See 26 U.S.C. §174(a)(1). Second, when engaging in export transactions with a DISC, the taxpayer may choose any one of the three methods of determining the transfer price. See §994(a). Third, the taxpayer may decide how best to group those transactions for purposes of applying the transfer pricing methods. See 26 CFR §1.9941(c)(7) (1979). Conceivably, the taxpayer could account for each sale separately, by product lines, or by grouping all of its export sales together. These regulations confirm the finality of the third type of choice (i.e., which groups of sales will be evaluated under one of the three alternative transfer pricing methods), but do not speak to the questions answered by the regulation at issue in this suit—namely, whether or how a particular research cost should be allocated and apportioned.

Nor does §1.994-1(c)(6)(iv) support Boeing's argument. It provides that a “taxpayer's choice in accordance with subparagraph (7) of this paragraph as to the grouping of transactions shall be controlling, and costs deductible in a taxable year shall be allocated and apportioned to the items or classes of gross income of such taxable year resulting from such grouping.” The regulation makes clear that if the taxpayer selects the CTI method of transfer pricing (as Boeing did), then the taxpayer may choose to group export receipts according to product lines, two-digit SIC codes, or on a transaction-by-transaction basis. Ibid. The regulation also establishes that there shall be an allocation and apportionment of all relevant costs deducted in the taxable year. Ibid. Notably, however, the regulation simply does not speak to how costs should be allocated among different items or classes of gross income and apportioned between the DISC and its parent once the taxpayer (pursuant to §1.994-1(c)(6)) groups its gross receipts. Treasury Regulation §1.8618(e)(3) fills this gap by providing that R&D expenditures that are related to all income reasonably connected with the taxpayer's relevant two-digit SIC category or categories are “allocable to all items of gross income as a class ... related to such product category (or categories).” 26 CFR §1.861-8(e)(3) (1979) (emphasis added).

5-74.

a. CITATION: Thornton v. Commissioner, 92 AFTR 2d 2003-6609 ISSUE: Is there an extension of time allowed for this taxpayer past the 90-day Notice of Deficiency letter?

FACTS: On May 15, 2001, the Internal Revenue Service mailed a statutory notice of deficiency to the taxpayer notifying him of an understatement of tax. On August 20, 2001, the taxpayer filed a petition for redetermination of the deficiency. The IRS then moved to dismiss the case in the Tax Court. The case was dismissed and then appealed by the taxpayer.

HOLDING: The U.S. Court of Appeals, Second Circuit affirmed the judgment of the Tax Court.

ANALYSIS: Under §6213, a taxpayer has 90 days to dispute a §6212 statutory notice of deficiency. In this case, the taxpayer did not respond until 97 days after the notice was mailed. The facts such as the notice

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 5-23

mailed date and the petition date were undisputed by the taxpayer. The Tax Court had no jurisdiction over the case because under Commissioner v. McCoy, 484 U.S. 3, 6–7 the court has limited jurisdiction from the time the notice is mailed and 90 days in which the taxpayer to respond. Since the taxpayer did not respond within the 90 days, the Tax Court had no jurisdiction and had to dismiss the case. The appellate court agreed with this decision. b. CITATION: Stamoulis v. Commissioner, T.C. Summary Opinion 2007-38 ISSUE: Is this petitioner entitled to a charitable contribution deduction in excess of the amount allowed and is the underpayment of tax due to negligence or intentional disregard?

FACTS: The petitioner was a resident of New York, New York and was employed as an investment banker. The 2002 return of the taxpayer showed an AGI of $114,819. The taxpayer is a self-diagnosed “impulse buyer” of clothing. The taxpayer buys designer clothing and then donates it to thrift stores. This is the taxpayer’s routine every year. In 2002, the taxpayer claimed a charitable contribution deduction of $55,764, which included cash donation, property donations, and a carryover from prior years. The major thrift store recipient has a form that is completed by the donor without any verification from the thrift store.

The IRS disallowed the entire charitable deduction and imposed a penalty.

HOLDING: The U.S. Small Claims Tax Court modified the contribution allowed to cash donations of $1,053 and property donations of $8,949; the underpayment of tax penalty was adjusted to only be calculated on the cash donation and carryover negligence.

ANALYSIS: Under §6001, taxpayers are required to meet sufficient recordkeeping requirements in order to be entitled to deductions. Reg. §1.170A-13 specifies the recordkeeping necessary for charitable contributions and requires either a cancelled check, a receipt showing the proper information, or other reliable written records. In the case of a large deduction, substantiation requirements are stricter. When deductions are greater than $500, additional information is required which includes the date of acquisition and the cost or basis of the property contributed. The taxpayer did maintain the proper documentation.

The taxpayer used her own estimates to determine the fair market value of the property contributed. The court recognizes that valuations such as these are inexact. (Stanley Works, 87 TC 389). However, the court still believes that the taxpayer’s values are grossly overestimated. The court recalculated the property donations using a more conservative estimate.

The other issue is whether the overstated contribution constitutes negligence or intentional disregard to the rules under §6662(a). In the regulations, §1.1662-3(b)(1) states “negligence” means “any failure to make a reasonable attempt to comply with the provisions of the internal revenue laws.” The taxpayer did make a reasonable effort to substantiate the property deductions, but there was no record of the cash contributions or the carryover amount. Therefore, the underpayment penalty can only be calculated on the latter two types of contribution deductions.

5-75.

Citation (1): U.S. v. D'ambrosia, 90 AFTR 2d 2002-7664 (CA-7, 2002) Citation (2): U.S. v. D'ambrosia, 313 F3d 987 (CA-7, 2002) The issue in this case was: Should Taxpayers' sentences for conspiring to defraud the IRS, making false statements and other related crimes be affirmed: which would state that imposing 4-level organizer-leader enhancement to tax conspiracy sentences partly on basis of taxpayers' wagering offenses was proper, regardless of whether their tax conspiracy and wagering offenses should have been grouped?

5-76.

Citation (1): Baral v. U.S., 85 AFTR 2d 2000-941 (USSC, 2000) Citation (2): Baral v. U.S., 120 S. Ct. 1006 (USSC, 2000) The issue in this case was: Should the U.S. Supreme Court affirm the decision that §6511(b)(2)(A) barred

Page 5-24

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

the taxpayer's untimely claim for credit of overpaid tax withholdings and estimated tax remittances?

5-77.

Citation (1): Falstone, Inc. v. Comm., 91 AFTR 2d 2003-2613 Citation (2): Falstone, Inc. v. Comm., 79 CCH TCM 1593 The issue in this case was: Should a U.S. Virgin Island inhabitant be required to pay tax on worldwide income it received prior to the Tax Reform Act of 1986?

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 6-1

CHAPTER 6 Thomson Reuters Checkpoint DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 6-1.

The function of commercial tax services is to facilitate efficient, effective, and comprehensive searches by organizing primary and secondary tax law sources. They also provide editorial content not available elsewhere.

Page 180

6-2.

While practitioners can retrieve most primary tax sources at no cost, this free access does not translate into more effective research. This is because there is a voluminous amount of information and this takes time to sort, read, and comprehend, which can lead to information overload and inefficiency. All this information must be managed; otherwise, using the Internet for tax research is not effective. Consequently, Internet access to primary sources cannot substitute for a subscription to comprehensive tax services.

Page 180

6-3.

The four primary ways to search in Checkpoint are: (1) keyword, (2) contents, (3) index and (4) citation. A keyword search is similar to using a search engine on the Internet such as Bing or Google. One additional step that distinguishes a Checkpoint search from a typical search is the selection of the databases from which to search. Simply enter the key words and search the selected databases. A contents search is similar to flipping through the table of contents in a printed book. Each of the databases in Checkpoint (both primary and editorial) contains a table of contents that can be browsed through to identify the “chapter” that contains the relevant information. An index search is similar to a contents search except instead of the table of contents, the alphabetically organized index of the database can be browsed for the topics of import. A citation search is used when the source document of importance is already known and the researcher simply wants to go directly to that document.

Page 183

6-4.

Annotated databases are organized by the numerical structure of Code. As a result, an annotated service usually keys off a Code section. The contents of that that portion of an annotated database conveniently contain the related regulations, explanations and annotations (which are cases and rulings that affect that section). A topical service divides the tax law into its functional components and organizes these components by topic.

Page 183

6-5.

Student responses may vary as the left sidebar is used like an additional tab in the search process in Checkpoint. The left sidebar provides the following: Practice Areas (p. 184), quick access to both index and citation search from the search screen (p. 196 and p. 203).

Pages 184, 196, and 203

6-6.

Checkpoint subscriptions may vary and the practice areas may also vary. The table below presents some of the more common practice areas and a description Federal Tax

State & Local

A number of databases covering issues related to federal taxation, including explanations, tools and practice aids to assist the tax professional. It also includes primary source material.

State tax primary and editorial information organized by state.

Page 7-2

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Pension and Benefits

Estate Planning International Accounting and Audit

Legislative and regulatory information, both primary and editorial, related to pension and benefits compliance areas such as ERISA, COBRA, PBGC and other pension related issues.

Coverage of topics of interest to estate and financial planning professionals.

A variety of legal, editorial and news sources related to international trade, tariffs, and regulations.

Various products and services covering issues related to accounting and auditing.

Page 184

6-7.

Legislative: Internal Revenue Code, various other statutes that affect tax, Public Laws that affect taxes, archived Code, the US Constitution.

Administrative: Regulations (final proposed and temporary); Circular 230; Administrative rulings such as Revenue Rulings and Revenue Procedures; IRS Notices, Announcements and Releases; Letter Rulings and Memoranda.

Judicial: Trial level (Tax, District) court decisions, Appellate-level decision and Supreme Court decisions that are tax related.

Pages 185-187

6-8.

Primary source materials form the backbone of tax law. Primary materials are the typically the source of “substantial authority” relied upon by researchers. Editorial materials are those that are prepared by subject area experts for the commercial tax service. Editorial materials are written to be more understandable and often provide links to the primary materials when available. Often researchers will use editorial materials to better understand the primary sources.

Pages 184, 187-188

6-9.

The three editorial services provided by Checkpoint are: Federal Tax Coordinator (FTC), United State Tax Reporter (USTR), and the Federal Tax Handbook. The FTC is the most comprehensive editorial source provided by Checkpoint. It is organized by topic and contains a thorough explanation of each topical area and li to primary sources. The USTR is organized by Code section and within each Code section the regulations, explanations, committee reports and annotations (court cases dealing with the Code section) can be found adjacent to the section itself. For tax concepts that cover multiple Code sections, the USTR would need to be examined in each Code section for a comprehensive review. The Federal Tax Handbook is a topically organized editorial source that provides brief explanations of most significant area of tax law.

Because it is less comprehensive, it can be much quicker to use.

Pages 188-189

6-10.

Performing a keyword search for all the Checkpoint databases at once is likely to produce results that contain too many irrelevant sources rending the search useless. A more directed search increases the probability that the researcher will find the relevant tax law more quickly.

Pages 190-191

6-11.

The footnotes found in the Checkpoint editorial materials provide a trail that the researcher can follow from editorial materials back to the primary sources. Recall that this is critical since “substantial authority” to support a tax position generally requires primary source authority.

Page 200

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

6-12.

Page 6-3

The Related Information buttons allow the researcher to quickly find related sources of tax law to the document that currently find themselves in. By using the Related Information buttons, the researcher has immediate access to explanations, primary sources, regulations and many other documents that can help the researcher understand the current document.

Pages 194-195

6-13.

A Terms & Connectors search lets you search for documents by specifying words and phrases that describe your research question, along with specialized search connectors to filter and customize the search to get more specific results. The Intuitive search method uses regular written language phrases to generate search results.

Page 191

6-14.

The Boolean connectors are: &, AND – Finds results that contain both terms.

OR, | – Finds results that contain either term NOT, ^ – Finds results that contain the first term but not the second term The proximity connectors are: /n – Finds results where the second terms is within n words of the first term pre/# – Finds results where the second term is within # words of the first term /s – Finds results where the terms are within 20 words of each other (any order) pre/s – Finds results where the terms are within 20 words of each other (exact order) /p – Finds results where the terms are within 50 words of each other (any order) Pre/p – Finds results where the terms are within 50 words of each other (exact order) atleast#() - Finds results where the terms appears at least # times Wildcard characters * - any character or number of characters can follow the string ? – any character can appear at that position in the string compound words that may or may not have the hyphen (e.g., e-mail, email, e mail) # - disables automatic use of plural Page 197

6-15.

An index search benefits from the creation of the index which requires the tax meaning and context of the words to be considered. For example, a keyword search finds every location that word is presented; however an index will contextualize the word and provide subheadings under the key word to reduce the number of irrelevant sources examined. In this way, the expertise of the individual that built the index is utilized.

Page 196

6-16.

A keyword search can be performed inside of an index search. This allows the researcher to advance forward through the index by jumping from keyword to keyword using the Navigate by Keyword feature.

Pages 199-201

6-17.

A search for dependent results in any document with dependent or dependents. A search for “dependent” provides the exact same result (since dependent is a single search term and not a phrase, adding quotes results in no changes in the result). Using the wildcard version depend* expands the search to include terms such as dependant, dependency and depending. Synonyms include child, juvenile, minor and ward.

Page 200-201

Page 7-4

6-18.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

A contents search generally requires some experience or knowledge of the structure or organization of the source of tax law to be searched. For example, the structure of the Federal Tax Coordinator is topical by broad areas such as “income” and then varies across different types of entities (e.g., individual v. corporation). Some pre-existing knowledge of the way the database is structured will prevent the researcher from having to drill down into unrelated documents over and over again until the relevant source is found. In a similar way, a working knowledge of the Code will assist the researcher in finding relevant tax materials using a contents search in an annotated service such as the United States Tax Reporter.

Pages 201

6-19.

A citation search is a quick way to find a specific tax law or ruling based on the citation of that law or ruling. If for example, you are searching for a specific Code section, citation search may be the fastest way to find that Code section – in Checkpoint, simply click Search by Citation and enter the citation. A citator, on the other hand, allows the researcher to examine other cases or rulings that have been issued subsequently to the document of interest that cite that document. This is used to help verify that the current document is the most recent or prevailing law. Checkpoint uses RIA’s citator which can be accessed by either using the Citator link from the document of interest or by finding the specific case or ruling citation for which the analysis is required in the table of contents.

Pages 203, 205

6-20.

The precedential value of cases is its legal authority that considered when judges are writing opinions in subsequent cases having similar facts or legal issues. The law attempts to maintain continuity in treatment of similar issues so individuals can anticipate the application of the law to their own situations.

Page 205

6-21.

The tax law changes daily due to new legislation, issuance of Regulations, administrative pronouncements, and court cases. Since the tax law is constantly evolving, researchers must determine if subsequent events have affected the legal standing of the sources upon which the tax solution relies. Checkpoint has the RIA Citator to assist the researcher to examine any updates or changes to an area of tax law over a window of time.

Pages 205-206

6-22.

A citator is a research tool that allows the tax researcher to both determine the history of a case and evaluate the strength of its holdings. A citator may also facilitate locating cases more on point with the client’s facts.

Pages 205-206

6-23.

A cited case is the case that is being analyzed for its history or precedential value. It can also be referred to as the main case. Citing cases are those cases which have made reference to the cited case. When one case refers to another case, it cites the latter case. The name of the cited case and where it can be found is referred to as a citation.

Page 206

6-24.

A citator does not provide all types of information about a case or a ruling. Citators do not guide the researcher to documents related to the case or ruling that do not specifically cite it nor do they indicate when a case or ruling is no longer effective because of changes in the Code, unless the Code itself specifically identifies the document or a subsequent document makes specific reference to the case being superseded by the Code.

Page 209

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

6-25.

Page 6-5

An article found that is on-point with the tax issues allows the practitioner to use the author of the article as a research associate, by capitalizing on the author’s expert judgments and references on the relevant topic thereby saving hours of research time. The article’s references can lead the practitioner to the pertinent primary tax sources. Researchers who ignore the tax periodicals might be accused, at best, of reinventing the wheel and, at worst, of professional malpractice.

Page 214

6-26.

Generally only primary sources of tax law, such as the Code, Regulations, or Revenue Rulings, are cited as authority in professional tax research. Tax journals and newsletters are considered secondary sources of the tax law. Traditionally, citing articles in professional tax research is limited to two situations: (1) If the researcher is referring to the author's analysis and conclusions as stated in an article, (2) if the researcher cannot find any controlling primary sources of law and a secondary source addresses the issue.

Pages 214

EXERCISES The answers to the exercises are valid as of April, 2017. It is likely that there will be changes in the legal services and the tax law after this manual is published. Further, it is likely that the services available to the students will not be identical to the services available to the authors of this manual. Consequently, the student responses may vary from those provided.

6-27.

a. The RIA Checkpoint thesaurus alternatives for like-kind are: 1031, like kind, likeclass, and likekind. b. The Federal Tax Coordinator is not expandable. The areas of the FTC are available from the main search page separately (Analysis (FTC), Checklists, Client Letters). c. 1954. d. The three points for accessing Current Legislation are: 1. Search Left sidebar: Legislation Search; 2. Primary Source Materials: Current Pending/Enacted Legislation (RIA); 3. Legislation (Editorial Analysis and Source Material).

6-28.

a. Student responses will vary date of search. b. The first two choices that are made when using the USTR Code Section are: 1. Choose the USTR Tax Type (Income, Estate & Gift, and Excise) and 2. Choose Current or Repealed (Current or Repealed). c. The templates available in the Form/Line Finder are: Tax Year, Form Number, Form/Schedule Line Number and Schedule d. The “i-Tables” include: AFR Tables and IRS Valuation Tables, which includes Table B – Interest for a term certain; Table R(2) – Two –life factors(other than CRUTs); Table S – Single life factors; Table U(2) – Two-life factors (CRUTs)..

6-29.

a.

The templates for Estate Planning Practice Area are: Current Code, Final & Temporary Regulations, Preambles to Final Regulations and Proposed Regulations. The templates for Payroll Area are: Final & Temporary Regulations, and Proposed Regulations.

b.

The oldest available General Council Memorandum available is from 1962.

c.

The exact date is January 8, 1962.

d.

The Date Range Search only applies to Federal cases. The oldest cases available are:

Page 7-6

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

AFTR – 1860; TC & BTA – 1924; and TC & BTA Memos – 1928.

6-30.

6-31.

e.

The 2 Revenue Rulings discussing §1250 are the following: 77-21 and 72-550.

a.

Estimate your income tax for the upcoming year.

b.

Using the Don’t Delay Your savings Tool with the following inputs: Years to wait = 5, Starting amount =$0, Years = 30, Rate = 6% and constributions = $200, the difference is $59,935.

c.

The 15 year term saves $23,529 in interest but will cost $304 extra per month.

d.

Student responses will vary depending on the tax year that the research was performed. In 2016, the marginal rate = 25%, the average rate = 10.29%.

a.

The title of §178 is: Amortization of cost of acquiring a lease.

b.

The Regulations issued on § §178 are as follows: Reg §1.178-1. Depreciation or amortization of improvements on leased property and cost of acquiring a lease Prop Reg §1.178-1. Depreciation or amortization of improvements on leased property and cost of acquiring a lease Reg §1.178-2. Related lessee and lessor Reg §1.178-3. Reasonable certainty test.

c.

§168

d.

The FTC paragraph that furnishes an analysis of §178(a) is: L-6504 The Explanations paragraphs linked to all of §178 are: L-6504, L-7971, L-12501, and L-17028

6-32.

e.

The case can be found in annotations (e.g., Related Information btton for annotations) and is Kermit Eucker et al. (1983) 81 TC 983.

a.

The Checkpoint primary databases with indexes are: The Current Code, Final & Temporary Regulations and Proposed Regulations. The Federal Tax Coordinator, USTR and Federal tax handbook also have indexes but they are not primary materials

b.

The FTC paragraphs discussing the excise tax for racing tires are W-2605 and W-2606.

c.

Rev Rul 57-218, 1957-1 CB 369.

d.

§4131

e.

August 5, 1997

f.

According to the house report (COMREP ¶41,311.03): Amounts equal to net revenues from this excise tax are deposited in the Vaccine Injury Compensation Trust Fund to finance compensation awards under the Federal Vaccine Injury Compensation Program for individuals who suffer certain injuries following administration of the taxable vaccines. This program provides a substitute Federal, “no fault” insurance system for the State-law tort and private liability insurance systems otherwise applicable to vaccine manufacturers. All persons immunized after September 30, 1998, with covered vaccines must pursue compensation under this Federal program before bringing civil tort actions under State law.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

6-33.

6-34.

Page 6-7

a.

The FTC paragraph introducing expensing advanced mine safety equipment is ¶L-9940.

b.

The FTC paragraph that defines advanced mine safety equipment is ¶L-9943.

c.

The USTR paragraph that discusses this topic is ¶EXP179E4

d.

The primary source is cited by both the FTR and USTR as the source is §179E

e.

Not very detailed. It simply states “Taxpayers can elect to expense 50% of the cost of qualified advanced mine safety equipment property placed in service before 2017.” Because this election expired at the end of 2016, it is possible that future Handbook’s will be silent on the issue.

a.

The directions for line 35 on 2015 Form 1040 are found in paragraph number ¶135.1; Domestic Production Acitivities Deduction

b.

EXP ¶1794.02 discusses what qualified real property is for purposes of §179.

c.

Committee Reports, Regulations, Explanations, Annotations and Advanced Annotations are all presented.

d.

The Supreme Court cases issued in 2012 with Scalia as the judge are: U.S. v. Home Concrete & Supply, LLC et al. 132 S. Ct. 1836 4/25/2012.

Nat’l Fed. Of Independent Business, et al. v Sebelius 132 S. Ct. 2566 6/28/2012

6-35.

6-36.

6-37.

a.

The practice areas will vary depending on the library’s subscriptions. Possible responses are: Federal, State & Local, Estate Planning, Pension & Benefits, International, Payroll, Accounting, Audit & Corporate Finance, All Practice Areas.

b.

The materials offered in the Archive Materials for 2014 are: Annotations, Explanations, Federal Tax Handbook, Internal Revenue Code, IRC History, and IRS Publications.

c.

It would be useful to use the archive materials if the practitioner had a client with a return audited for a prior year or a client that had not filed returns for a particular previous year.

d.

The repealed §341 covered collapsible corporations and was repealed by §302(e)(4)(A) of P.L. 108-27, effective for tax years beginning after 12/31/2002.

a.

Student responses will vary. Possible responses include: Accelerated Debt Payoff, Consolidation Loan Investment, Credit Card Optimizer, Credit Card Pay Off, How Much Do You Owe?, Personal Debt Consolidation, Rolldown Your Credit Card Debt!

b.

From the Support and Product Training area on the Home tab or from the Help button at the top of the screen.

c.

a nickname for a transaction in which a partner contributes an asset which is combined and managed with the other assets of the partnership, followed by a distribution of another asset out of the partnership to the partner.

a. b. c.

McCarthy et al v. US with parallel citations of 807 F.2d 1306 and 87-1 USTC ¶9101.

US Court of Appeals, 6th Circuit The court examined the amortization of broadcast rights and the amortization of certain fees incurred in acquiring a business The two types of fees are the legal fees associated with the loan to purchase the Yankees and the fees incurred to organize the partnership that owned the Yankees. The loan fees were permitted as amortizable over the life of the loan. The partnership organization costs are

d.

Page 7-8

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

e. f.

6-38.

6-39.

6-40.

a.

The citation for the case is 106 AFTR 2d 2010-7370.

b.

There are four cases listed by the RIA Citator (as of. Of these, only 1 (107 AFTR 2d 2011-402) deals with the self-incrimination issued discussed in the 2010 case.

a.

Parker v. Comm. Is 79 AFTR 2d 97-2889 or 117 F3d 785 or 97-1 USTC ¶50480.

b.

Only once by the First, in Marino 93 AFTR 2d 2004-906.

c.

The RIA Citator lists only one case: Stuart M Smith Jr. TC Memo 2000-244.

a.

The citator covers Revenue Procedures, Tax Court Memoranda, Announcements and Notices , all of which may have 2009-47 (if students list only the court cases, it is because they did not expand to show all the results of the search).

The title of Rev. Proc. 2009-47 is High-low per diem method for lodging meal and incidental expenses This Procedure superseded Notice 2008-59.

This Procedure was modified by Rev. Proc. 2010-39.

Rev. Proc. 2010-39 is not longer in effect and was superseded by Rev. Proc 2011-47. This this Revenue Procedure relates to a changing per diem amount, it is likely to be superseded each year.

Starting in 2013, the changing information in the Revenue Procedure was updated using an IRS Notice in lieu of a new Rev Proc each year.

b. c. d. e.

6-41.

a. b.

c.

d.

6-42.

a. b. c. d. e.

6-43.

considered part of the basis of the Yankees and must be capitalized.

McCarthy has not been cited in the RIA Citator. It modifies its previous judicial history – the District Court case on the same issues (56 AFTR 2d 85-5612).

In 2004, Sec. 886(a) of PL 108-357 amended §197(e)(6) thus opening the door for the amortization of broadcast rights for sports franchises.

a.

b. c.

The citation for the Gwendolyn A. Ewing case is 118 TC 494 and it addresses §6015, innocent spouse relief, jurisdiction of the Tax Court for equity relief.

The original Gwendolyn A. Ewing, case (118 TC 494) is the same case as Gwendolyn A. Ewing, 122 TC 32. Upon appeal, the Tax Court findings were reversed in Gwendolyn A. Ewing, 97 AFTR 2d 2006-1224 , 439 F3d 1009 (CA9, 2/28/2006). Lastly, the original Tax Court decision was overruled by legislation as discussed in David Bruce Billings (127 TC 7).

The Gwendolyn A. Ewing case is annotated in the United States Tax Reporter at: ¶60,155.01(5), ¶60,155.04(5), and ¶60,155.04(10). To find this information, use the related information links for Annotations from the case.

The Haag case favorably discusses the Ewing case at 94 AFTR 2d 2004-6667.

Corn Products can be cited as 47 AFTR 1789, 350 US 46, 76 S.Ct. 20, and 55-2 USTC ¶9746.

Using the Filter by US option, 9 Supreme Court cases have cited Corn Products.

The court cites Bittker, Federal Taxation of Income, Estates and Gifts Excepting Alderson, virtually all the cases citing Arkansas Best follow or cite favorably the decision. As a result, the ruling would appear to remain valid.

The tax law was changed first through the regulations and then through the Code itself rendering application of Arkansas Best and Corn Products to a reduced number of situations.

The tax years considered in Deluxe Check Printers, Inc. (15 Cl Ct 175) are 1976, 1977, and 1978.

Upon appeal, the Federal Circuit Court of Appeals (64 AFTR 2d 89-5327; 885 F2d 848) reversed the liability and affirmed as to the interest payment.

The doctrine that is the basis for part B. of the Court of Federal Claims case is the Doctrine of Variance and is discussed at T-6802 & T-6802.1in the FTC. The cases and rulings distinguish themselves from the Deluxe Check Printers Court of Federal Claims decision are as follows: BCS Financial Corp v. U.S., 78 AFTR 2d 96-5766, 930 F Supp 1279; and Sierra Pacific Resources and Subs. v. U.S., 90 AFTR 2d 2002-7511 , 56 Fed Cl 376;

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

d.

6-44.

a. b. c.

d.

Page 6-9

PLR 9643001 & 9702002 (Listed as PLRs in the citator but are actually TAMs).

The number of cases cited by the Deluxe Check Printers decision could be from 21 to 23 depending if the students count every case or leave out cases with the same name (Rockefeller, Winthrop) and the Deluxe Check Printers. This seems like a reasonable number for a case to cite.

The complete citation is Rev Rul 2001-60, 2001-2 CB 587.

Rev Rul 2001-60 modified and amplified Rev Proc 99-49 (199-2 CB 725) and Modified and superseded Rev Rul 55-290 (1955-1 CB 320).

The documents that favorably cite Rev Rul 2001-60 are: Rev Proc 2002-1 (2002-1 CB 41), Rev Proc 2002-3 (2002-1 CB 125), Rev Proc 2002-9 (2002-1 CB 353), Rev Proc 2011-14 (2011-4 IRB 330), and IRS Letter Ruling 201650014.

Rev Rul 2001-60 discusses capital expenditures – improvements to business or property – golf course greens.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 7-1

CHAPTER 7 CCH IntelliConnect DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 7-1.

The function of commercial tax services is to facilitate efficient, effective, and comprehensive searches by organizing primary and secondary tax law sources. They also provide editorial content not available elsewhere.

Page 222

7-2.

While practitioners can retrieve most primary tax sources at no cost, this free access does not translate into more effective research. This is because there is a voluminous amount of information and this takes time to sort, read, and comprehend, which can lead to information overload and inefficiency. All this information must be managed; otherwise, using the Internet for tax research is not effective. Consequently, Internet access to primary sources cannot substitute for a subscription to comprehensive tax services.

Page 222

7-3.

The four primary ways to search in IntelliConnect are: (1) keyword, (2) contents, (3) index and (4) citation.

A keyword search is similar to using a search engine on the Internet such as Bing or Google. One additional step that distinguishes an IntelliConnect search from a typical search is the selection of the databases from which to search. Simply enter the key words and search the selected databases. A contents search is similar to flipping through the table of contents in a printed book. Each of the databases in IntelliConnect (both primary and editorial) contains a table of contents that can be browsed through to identify the “chapter” that contains the relevant information. An index search is similar to a contents search except instead of the table of contents, the alphabetically organized index of the database can be browsed for the topics of import. Not all databases in IntelliConnect have an index but the three primary editorial products and the Code all do. A citation search is used when the source document of importance is already known and the researcher simply wants to go directly to that document.

Page 224

7-4.

Annotated databases are organized by the numerical structure of Code. As a result, an annotated service usually keys off a Code section. The contents of that that portion of an annotated database conveniently contain the related regulations, explanations and annotations (which are cases and rulings that affect that section). A topical service divides the tax law into its functional components and organizes these components by topic.

Pages 224-225

7-5.

The four primary window panes in IntelliConnect are: (1) the navigation bar, (2) the browse window, (3) the document list window and (4) the document window. The navigation bar, located at the top of the screen, contains the keyword search box and user account information such as search history. The browse window contains a list of the databases available in your IntelliConnect subscription and is used to drill down into any particular database. The document list window is produced after a search is run and will display the search results in a couple of different orders as requested. The document window presents the actual source document selected in either the browse window or from the document list.

Pages 225-227

7-6.

IntelliConnect subscriptions may vary and the practice areas may also vary. The table below presents some

Page 7-2

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

of the more common practice areas and a description Federal Tax

State Tax Tax News, Journals and Newsletters Tax Treatises Financial and Estate Planning Tools/Smart Charts Accounting and Audit

A number of databases covering issues related to federal taxation, including explanations, tools and practice aids to assist the tax professional. It also includes primary source material.

State tax primary and editorial information organized by state.

Daily news services, newsletters and authoritative journals covering issues related to federal, state, and international taxation.

Tax treatises that provide comprehensive coverage of a number of important tax issues linked to editorial and primary sources.

Coverage of topics of interest to estate and financial planning professionals.

Tools and practice aids to assist tax professionals.

Various products and services covering issues related to accounting and auditing.

Page 226 7-7.

Legislative: Internal Revenue Code, various other statutes that affect tax, Public Laws that affect taxes, archived Code, the US Constitution.

Administrative: Regulations (final proposed and temporary); Circular 230; Administrative rulings such as Revenue Rulings and Revenue Procedures; IRS Notices, Announcements and Releases; Letter Rulings and Memoranda.

Judicial: Trial level (Tax, District) court decisions, Appellate-level decision and Supreme Court decisions that are tax related.

Pages 227-228

7-8.

Primary source materials form the backbone of tax law. Primary materials are the typically the source of “substantial authority” relied upon by researchers. Editorial materials are those that are prepared by subject area experts for the commercial tax service. Editorial materials are written to be more understandable and often provide links to the primary materials when available. Often researchers will use editorial materials to better understand the primary sources.

Page 226

7-9.

The three editorial services provided by IntelliConnect are: Tax Research Consultant (TRC), Standard Federal Tax Reporter (SFTR), and the US Master Tax Guide. The TRC is the most comprehensive editorial source provided by IntelliConnect. It is organized by topic and contains a thorough explanation of each topical area and links to primary sources. The SFTR is organized by Code section and within each Code section the regulations, explanations, committee reports and annotations (court cases dealing with the Code section) can be found adjacent to the section itself. For tax concepts that cover multiple Code sections, the SFTR would need to be examined in each Code section for a comprehensive review. The Master Tax Guide is a topically organized editorial source that provides brief explanations of most significant area of tax law. Because it is less comprehensive, it can be much quicker to use.

Pages 229-230

7-10.

Performing a keyword search for all the IntelliConnect databases at once is likely to produce results that contain too many irrelevant sources rending the search useless. A more directed search increases the probability that the researcher will find the relevant tax law more quickly.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 7-3

Page 232 7-11.

The footnotes found in the IntelliConnect editorial materials provide a trail that the researcher can follow from editorial materials back to the primary sources. Recall that this is critical since “substantial authority” to support a tax position generally requires primary source authority.

Pages 235-236

7-12.

The Related Document links allow the researcher to quickly find related sources of tax law to the document that currently find themselves in. By using the Related Document links, the researcher has immediate access to explanations, primary sources, regulations and many other documents that can help the researcher understand the current document.

Pages 235-236

7-13.

IntelliConnect provides history tabs to enable the researcher to examine previous searches from that research session. Thus the results of previous research remain available to review and thus different “paths” of research can be pursued without having to start over.

Page 236

7-14.

The Boolean connectors are: AND – Finds results that contain both terms.

OR – Finds results that contain either term NOT – Finds results that contain the first term but not the second term The proximity connectors are: W/n – Finds results where the second terms is within n words of the first term (max. n=127) W/sen – Finds results where the second term is within 20 words of the first term W/par – Finds results where the second term is within 80 words of the first term F/n – Finds results where the first term follows the second term by no more than n words P/n – Finds results where the first term precedes the second term by no more than n words Wildcard characters * - any character or number of characters can follow the string ? – any character can appear at that position in the string Page 237

7-15.

An index search benefits from the creation of the index which requires the tax meaning and context of the words to be considered. For example, a keyword search finds every location that word is presented; however an index will contextualize the word and provide subheadings under the key word to reduce the number of irrelevant sources examined. In this way, the expertise of the individual that built the index is utilized.

Page 238

7-16.

A keyword search can be performed inside of an index search. This allows the researcher to advance forward through the index by jumping from keyword to keyword using the Go to Search Term feature of IntelliConnect.

Page 240

7-17.

A search for dependent results in any document with dependent and any of its synonyms in the IntelliConnect thesaurus. A search for “dependent” provides the exact same result (since dependent is a single search term and not a phrase, adding quotes results n no changes in the result). Synonyms from the thesaurus are applied wither the term is in quotation marks or not. Using the wildcard version depend* expands the search to include terms such as dependant, depends and depending. Since depend* has no

Page 7-4

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

synonyms, the thesaurus is not used. By turning off the Apply Thesaurus in the Advanced Search, IntelliConnect ignores synonyms such as dependant, qualifying child, qualifying children, and qualifying relative.

Pages 237 and 239 7-18.

A contents search generally requires some experience or knowledge of the structure or organization of the source of tax law to be searched. For example, the structure of the Tax Research Consultant is topical by broad areas such as “income” and then varies across different types of entities (e.g., individual v. corporation). Some pre-existing knowledge of the way the database is structured will prevent the researcher from having to drill down into unrelated documents over and over again until the relevant source is found. In a similar way, a working knowledge of the Code will assist the researcher in finding relevant tax materials using a contents search in an annotated service such as the Federal Standard Tax Reporter.

Page 240

7-19.

A citation search is a quick way to find a specific tax law or ruling based on the citation of that law or ruling. If for example, you are searching for a specific Code section, citation search may be the fastest way to find that Code section – in IntelliConnect, simply click Find by Citation and enter the citation. A citator, on the other hand, allows the researcher to examine other cases or rulings that have been issued subsequently to the document of interest that cite that document. This is used to help verify that the current document is the most recent or prevailing law. IntelliConnect uses CCH’s citator which can be accessed by either using the Citator link from the document of interest or by entering the specific case or ruling citation for which the analysis is required.

Page 242

7-20.

The precedential value of cases is its legal authority that considered when judges are writing opinions in subsequent cases having similar facts or legal issues. The law attempts to maintain continuity in treatment of similar issues so individuals can anticipate the application of the law to their own situations.

Pages 243-244

7-21.

The tax law changes daily due to new legislation, issuance of Regulations, administrative pronouncements, and court cases. Since the tax law is constantly evolving, researchers must determine if subsequent events have affected the legal standing of the sources upon which the tax solution relies.

Page 244

7-22.

A citator is a research tool that allows the tax researcher to both determine the history of a case and evaluate the strength of its holdings. A citator may also facilitate locating cases more on point with the client’s facts.

Page 244

7-23.

A cited case is the case that is being analyzed for its history or precedential value. It can also be referred to as the main case. Citing cases are those cases which have made reference to the cited case. When one case refers to another case, it cites the latter case. The name of the cited case and where it can be found is referred to as a citation.

Page 244

7-24.

A citator does not provide all types of information about a case or a ruling. Citators do not guide the researcher to documents related to the case or ruling that do not specifically cite it nor do they indicate when a case or ruling is no longer effective because of changes in the Code, unless the Code itself

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 7-5

specifically identifies the document or a subsequent document makes specific reference to the case being superseded by the Code.

Pages 244-245 7-25.

An article found that is on-point with the tax issues allows the practitioner to use the author of the article as a research associate, by capitalizing on the author’s expert judgments and references on the relevant topic thereby saving hours of research time. The article’s references can lead the practitioner to the pertinent primary tax sources. Researchers who ignore the tax periodicals might be accused, at best, of reinventing the wheel and, at worst, of professional malpractice.

Page 248

7-26.

Generally only primary sources of tax law, such as the Code, Regulations, or Revenue Rulings, are cited as authority in professional tax research. Tax journals and newsletters are considered secondary sources of the tax law. Traditionally, citing articles in professional tax research is limited to two situations: (1) If the researcher is referring to the author's analysis and conclusions as stated in an article, (2) if the researcher cannot find any controlling primary sources of law and a secondary source addresses the issue.

Page 248

EXERCISES The answers to the exercises are valid as of April, 2017. It is likely that there will be changes in the legal services and the tax law after this manual is published. Further, it is likely that the services available to the students will not be identical to the services available to the authors of this manual. Consequently, the student responses may vary from those provided.

7-27. a. Fundamental Concepts: Individuals b. Fundamental Concepts: Corporations c. Paragraph 24,476 (Statement of Tax on Airline Tickets) d. Habeas Corpus 7-28. a. Four: Income Taxes; Filing Returns, Paying Tax and AMT; Planning for Stages in an Individual’s Life, and Real Estate Transactions b. Paragraph 51,302 c. 19 results d. 14 results e. The search for auto results in documents that have auto and its synonyms (e.g., car, sedan, motor vehicle, vehicle) whereas the search for auto* will find documents with auto, automibile, automated, autograph, etc.

7-29. a. Expenses and Interest relating to Tax-Exempt Income b. There are four regulations (3 final 1 proposed) c. Paragraph 14,054.021

Page 7-6

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

d. L.E.deWeese 67-2 USTC ⁋50,452

7-30. a. The amount will vary by year. It was $6,300 in 2015 and 2016, respectively. b. Over 4,000 results but notice the Quick Answer box at the top that provides the stdnard deduction amount as it is a commonly sought item. c. 37 results d. There are no results from the Internal Revenue Code. A search of only selected documents (Standard Federal Tax Reporter) was run. e. Results will vary from year-to-year. The standard deduction amounts are communicated by the IRS through a Revenue Procedure. In 2016, it was Rev. Proc. 2015-53.

7-31.

7-32.

a.

§4161 and §4162

b.

3%

c.

$10

d.

No – it is not a taxable quiver.

e.

Reg. §48.4161(b)-2(c)

a.

b. c. d.

7-33.

a. b. c. d.

7-34.

a. b.

Results may vary with subscription: The major database categories for CCH IntelliConnect are: Federal Tax Editorial Content; Federal Tax Primary Sources; Federal Tax Legislation; Federal Tax Achieves; Federal Tax Practice Tools The top of the 33% bracket is $336,550. It would be useful to be able to read the IRC as it was in a prior year if the practitioner had a client with a return audited for a prior year.

The IRS did not acquiesce to Milligan. The related AOD (Jackson) reveals that ultimately, Congress legislated away part of the issue in Milligan in 1997 (§1402(k)).

Student responses will vary depending on the date that the research was performed. Information is found in the Federal Tax Legislation database under BILLS WORTH WATCHING. The major headings for the letter “Y” in the Current Internal Revenue Code Topical Index is only one, Year.

The first country listed is Iceland and the last is Ivory Coast. $500,000. This can be found in the index under either E (executive compensation) or T (troubled asset relief program or TARP) The Topic Navigator presents CCH content through a topically-organized map. You can use the map to locate a particular topic of interest (either via browse or search) and then link directly to resources available on your CCH Research Platform

The exemption amounts will vary based on the year performed. The amounts for 2016, 2015, and 2014 were $4,050, $4,000, and $3,950, respectively.

The author of the Interactive Research Aids decision tree for qualified moving expenses Sharon Stipe, MTA, JD, LLM.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

7-35.

c. d.

The Adoption Credit is not refundable. It is discussed in ¶1307 of the Master Tax Guide.

Student responses will vary depending on the date that the research was performed. JCS-1-16 was issued in February 2013. Information is found in the Federal Tax Legislation database, JCT Blue Book.

a. b.

§179 is elected by completing Form 4562 and is due with the return for the year of election.

The depreciation in Year 5 for $45,000 of dairy cattle, 150 percent DB method for farm property with a half-year convention is $7,497.00.

Student responses will vary depending on the state in which their college is located.

The tools offered under the Federal Taxes heading are the same as those offered in the Browse options; however, additional tools are also presented under the Main Menu choice.

c. d.

7-36.

a. b. c. d. e.

7-37.

a. b. c. d. e.

7-38.

a.

b. c. d. e.

7-39.

a. b. c. d.

7-40.

Page 7-7

a. b. c.

This paragraph deals with professional athletes.

Student loan interest.

By using Document Path, the contents of the SFTR are shown in the browse window. ¶12,695 is the paragraph in the SFTR that covers student loan interest.

Since the document is in the actual Internal Revenue Code and not the SFTR, the links are to the Code not the SFTR as in part c. ¶12,695.25

Four results should be found; however, under the default setting for most users, only the top three will be shown.

This is the Business: Business Stages from Start-up to Termination section, specifically on operations of a sole proprietorship BUSEXP ¶15,000. ¶15,000 and ¶15,200. ¶15,200. The second search terms were more effective because they used the terms used in the database. Replacing “hobby” with “profit motive” shows that understanding the language of the database can be critical in finding the proper documents.

Only the TRC has relevant tax information with respect to this issue based on the search terms used. Either the TRC or the joint search provided useful results but the SFTR provided no useful results. §183 covers this issue.

It does not. It basically says the election will be made based on the instructions of the Secretary.

Nothing Reg. §12.9 covers the issue. It is a Temporary regulation dating back to 1974 (T.D. 7308).

IRS Notice 2016-55 discussed the treatment of leave-based donation programs for victims of the Louisiana storms and was issued September 16, 2016.

James A Doering IRS Pub 946 is titled How to Depreciate Property.

Public Law 114-239 is the United States Appreciation for Olympians and Paralympians Act of 2016

Answers will vary can be found atFederal Tax Legislation Tax Legislation 20XX: Law, Explanation and Analysis Code Sections Added. Amended Or Repealed Introduction Yes. Three years. Found at Federal Tax Primary Sources, Circular 230 §10.4(d) Guidance in how to defend against IRS levies can be found in Federal Tax Editorial Content, Specialty Tax Areas, Tax Practice Guides, How to Write and Offer in Compromise.

Page 7-8

7-41.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

d.

The Master Tax Guide discussion can be found in the checklist under Business Conventions cruise ships or under Cruise Ship Business Conventions. Both link to ¶959 of the Master Tax Guide.

Using the related Information button, you can find §274 directly or through the Tax Research Consultant ¶24,162. §274(h)(2) covers cruise ship conventions specifically.

a. b.

Notice 2010-10 is located at IRB 2010-3, 299 issued December 18, 2009.

Notice 2010-10 is discussed in the following paragraphs of the Standard Federal Tax Reporter: ¶32,487.021, ¶32,487.0211, ¶32,487.055, and ¶32,487.058.

Notice 2010-10 applies to §1400N. The principal authors of the Notice are Carla A. Young and James A. Polfer.

c.

7-42.

a. b. c. d.

7-43.

a. b. c.

7-44.

a. b.

c. d.

7-45.

a.

b. c.

7-46.

a. b.

c. d.

William H. George 26 TC 396.

CCH Annotation title is “Corporate Reorganizations: Substantially All the Property: Equity, but not shares, transferred.” This is located Standard Federal Tax Reporter ¶16,753.707.

Sec. 368 - Definitions Relating to Corporate Reorganizations. Found in the headnotes to the court case.

Rev. Rul. 78-47, 1978-1 CB 113 issued Jan. 01, 1978; titled “Reorganization; “substantially all" assets transferred,” cite the George case favorably. The student would either have to read the Rev. Rul. or use a different citator to determine how the Rev. Rul. treats the case.

Miscellaneous MS 347; 1950-1 CB 281 ruling is currently obsoleted by Rev. Rul. 67-45.

93 TC 67 is the National Starch and Chemical Corp., CCH Dec. 45,851, 93 TC No. 67, 93 TC No.7.

The Treasury Decision 9568 was filed in the Federal Register through TD 9568 on December 6, 2011. It applies to §§367, 482, 861, and 6662. It was corrected on 1/24/2012 and 2/13/2012.

The complete Cumulative Bulletin citation for Revenue Ruling 1955-290 is: Rev. Rul. 1955-290, 1955-1 CB 320. It has been modified and superseded by Rev Rul 2001-60.

The tax issue addressed in Rev. Rul. 1955-290 is whether expenditures incurred in the original construction of greens on golf courses are capital costs to be added to the original cost of the land and not subject to depreciation.

One case cites Rev Rul 1955-290, which is Edinboro Co., DC, 63-2 USTC ¶9759, 224 F Supp 301.

Rev Rul 1955-290 is initially presented in paragraph 1955 CCH ¶6304.

Rev. Proc. 2002-19 (Mar. 14, 2002) addresses Accounting methods: Involuntary change in accounting method: Adjustment period: Advance consent: Automatic change in accounting method. It involves §§446 & 481 and Statement of Procedural Rules §601.204.

Rev. Proc. 2002-19 has been amplified and clarified by Rev Proc 2002-54.

The types of pronouncements citing this procedure are Announcements, Notices, Revenue Procedures, Revenue Rulings, and Treasury Decisions.

As of July, 2013, the most current pronouncement is citing this procedure is Rev. Proc. 2013-01.

Citation for Gwendolyn A. Ewing case is 2006-1 USTC ¶50,191; 439 F3d 1009 and it addresses Code Section 6015, innocent spouse relief, jurisdiction of the Tax Court for equity relief.

The 9th Circuit Court of Appeals (2006-1 USTC ¶50,191) reversed and vacated the Tax Court decisions (122 TC 32 and 118 TC 494). Student cannot tell from CCH Citator that the original Tax Court decisions were overruled by legislation as discussed in David Bruce Billings (127 TC 7).

The Gwendolyn A. Ewing case is annotated in the Standard Federal Income Tax Reporter at 2013FED ¶35,192.028, ¶35,192.25, ¶35,192.815, ¶41,688.522 The student cannot tell from the CCH Citator how the Haag case treats the Ewing case because CCH provides no symbol or word evidence. The student would have to read the Haag case to determine that it treats the Ewing case favorably.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 8-1

CHAPTER 8 OTHER TAX SERVICES AND TAX PERIODICALS DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 8-1.

When a BNA Portfolio is on-point with the tax issues, the practitioner can use the Portfolio’s authors as a research associate, by capitalizing on the authors’ expert judgments and references on the relevant topic thereby saving hours of research time. BNA Portfolios cover tax issues in a comprehensive manner.

Pages 259 and 265

8-2.

Each BNA Tax Management Portfolio begins with a Portfolio Description, which gives a brief overview of the topic and the order in which the materials will be presented. The Table of Contents would follow this description. The remainder of the Portfolio contains three sections: (A) Detailed Analysis, (B) Working Papers, and (C) Bibliography and References. The letters (A, B or C) to indicate which portion of the Portfolio is being examined and these letters precede the printed page numbers of these sections.

Page 265

8-3.

The Working Papers section of the BNA Tax Management Portfolios is perhaps the service’s most unique and useful feature. This portion includes practitioner checklists; reproduced IRS forms, occasionally filled in for an illustrative fact situation; computation worksheets; sample draft agreements and contract clauses; sample board or shareholder resolutions and employment contracts; reproductions of pertinent primary sources; and other practical materials that would assist the professional in implementing tax planning techniques and procedures.

Pages 265-266

8-4.

The Westlaw service is legally oriented because it was designed by attorneys for attorneys. Its orientation is evident in its structure and its emphasis on citators and citating.

Page 267

8-5.

The opening screen in Westlaw is designed to look like any Internet search using any typical browser.

Page 267

8-6.

Checkpoint and CCH IntelliConnect interpret a space between words as an “and” whereas Westlaw interprets the space as an “or” and LexisNexis treats words separated by spaces as part of a phrase.

Pages 268, 274, and Chapters 6 or 7

8-7.

Westlaw KeySearch uses the West Key Numbering System, which numbers key issues (topics) found in court cases into approximately 450 numbered topics. These topics are further subdivided with the result that there are more than 100,000 unique Key Numbers. The KeySearch option, available on the Key Number screen, formulates a query for the researcher based on underlying terms for the topic selected by the researcher and adds the Key Numbers associated with the topic. This type of search is beneficial when the researcher is unfamiliar with the area of tax law and is having difficulty pinpointing keywords to use as search terms.

Pages 270

8-8.

LexisNexis Advance Tax offers primary sources and the analytical materials offered by Bender and Tax Analysts. It has also created its own tax services: Federal Code Reporter and Federal Topical.

Page 8-2

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Page 272-273 8-9.

Once the broad keyword search is performed, the source can be refined using the sources on the left-hand side near the top. Then, sources within that source can be selected from the bottom left-hand side. For example, if IRC §121 is the desired document, a keyword search for exclusion gain sale home could be used as keywords.

The Source selected should be Statutes and then Internal Revenue Code can be selected.

Page 274-275

8-10.

The LexisNexis Get a Document is similar to Find by Citation in other services.

Page 274

8-11.

LeisNexis Academic is a customized version of LexisNexis offered to academic institutions and public libraries.

The libraries and databases offered on academic vary with the subscription. Generally, primary tax documents and secondary news, law review, and journal articles are included.

Page 275

8-12.

The simplest way is to Browse sources and select Area of Law. Then select the Taxation folder and click OK once the desired sources have been selected. Then the keyword search of those sources can be performed.

Pages 278-279

8-13.

Westlaw was built by attorneys for attorneys and citations are the centerpiece of the service. Shepard’s is the oldest citation service. Both provide color-coded symbols to assist the researcher in identifying relevant citing cases. Additionally, both services produce a table of authorities allowing for a quick review of citing cases.

Pages 281-282

EXERCISES The answers to the exercises are valid as of April 2017. It is likely that there will be changes in the legal services and the tax law after this manual is published. Further, it is likely that the services available to the students will not be identical to the services available to the authors of this manual. Consequently, the student responses may vary from those provided.

8-14.

a.

b.

c. d.

8-15.

a. b. c.

Portfolio 501 Gross Income: Overview and Conceptual Aspects and 502 Gross Income: tax Benefit, Claim or Right and Assignment of Income are the BNA US Income Portfolios that cover gross income The Green Incentives Monitor published 5 news articles in September 2016. The purpose of this exercise is to use the Open 1 Level button at the top of the browse window to show the headings for each day’s release.

The paragraph on Statutory Employees in the Tax Practice Series on Compensation Planning is ¶5440.02.B. The paragraph on income tax withholding for fishing crews is ¶5440.02.C.3 The IRS publication covering moving expenses is Publication 521 (2012): Moving Expenses.

Using Guided Search Fast Answers: Federal Tax and searching for key words home office deduction, Rev. Proc. 2013-13, 2013-6 IRB 478 covers the safe harbor method.

When a search on notice 2012-62 is run, 122 documents are found (as of October 2016). The Notice itself is found in Laws, Regulations, Agency Documents/IRS Documents/Notices/2012.

The drought information website is http://droughtmonitor.unl.edu/archive.html (note: the website has been updated since the IRS Notice to http://droughtmonitor.unl.edu/DataArchive.aspx).

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

8-16.

d.

Notice 2015-84, 2015-52 I.R.B. 880 will also be found. It is not related and it would appear that the citation is a bad cite.

a.

The BNA US Income Portfolio discussing the definition of New York Liberty Zone property is Tax Incentives for Economically Distressed Areas, Portfolio 597-2nd, Section II F. Worksheet 5 of Portfolio 597-2nd is an Interactive Disaster Relief Chart c.

The Portfolio discussing the timing of deductions under the all events test for an accrual based taxpayer is “Accounting Methods – General Principles,” Portfolio Number 570-3rd, Section V(C)(1).

The author is George L. White, Esq.

b.

d.

8-17.

a.

b.

c.

d.

8-18.

a. b. c. d.

8-19.

a. b.

c.

8-20.

a. b. c. d. e.

8-21

a. b. c. d.

8-22.

Page 8-3

a. b.

The options available in the Advanced Search are: (1) Choose the Collection(s) to search, (2) Fields that allows the researcher to search for terms in a particular field such as: attorneys, case name, citation, court, docket number, headings, judge, and opinion, and (3) date limitations are also available.

In the BNA tax service, spaces between words is “and” connector, the question mark (?) is a wildcard that replaces one character at a time, and an asterisk (*) is a wildcard and replaces zero to many characters at the end of a term.

The options are available besides keyword searches in Guided Search are: Select collections to search, Case Citations, Source citations (USC or CFR), document type search, search individual portfolios and chapters (with the same search options).

The Go To function allows researcher to find documents by citation or portfolios by number.

The issue in 30 TC 757 is the deduction for clothing required by an employer but adaptable for general use.

30 TC 757 is cited in Tax Practice Series: Deductions ¶2150.02.C For the year 2012, Anita Gill was the lawyer in the case Hudgins v. Comm TC Summary 2012-10.

Using the search term “qualified production activity income” a cross reference to Domestic Production Deduction is found.

The Portfolio discussing the stuffing allocation is “Other Pass-thru Entities,” Portfolio 736-2nd, Section VI .

The True Object Test can be found throughout a number of portfolios, but the main reference to the test as it relates to information services is in “Sales and Use Taxes Information Services,” Portfolio 1320-3rdd 1320.02.

Portfolio 564-2nd contains a Worksheet 1 or 2, that demonstrate the attribution rules between family members for §267.

The purpose of the Reg. §1.61-11 is the inclusion of pension income in gross income.

What constitutes tax-deductible theft loss under 26 U.S.C.A. §165 98 ALR Fed. 299.

169 A.L.R. Fed. 1 covers deductions for worthless nonbusiness debt.

Yarborough v. Comm. 11 TCM 1112 covers the timing of a worthless debt deduction due to a check being returned unpaid.

The court case is cited by 169 A.L.R. Fed. 1 (obviously), Mertens 30:67 Identifiable event requirement and 15 Tax Prac Series 17.06 Timing of bad debt loss.

The Westlaw Key Number for Gross Income is 3447. This can be found under Tools/Key Number 371.

Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals presided over Stewart v. US 106 F.2d 405.

The Key Cite Flag is red showing severe negative results.

The US Supreme Court reversed Stewart.

N.M.S.A. §7-2-2 defines base income.

For Armstrong v. Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Supreme Court denied certiorari.

Page 8-4

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

c. d.

8-23.

a. b. c.

d.

8-24.

a. b.

8-25.

c. d. a. b. c. d.

8-26.

a. b. c. d.

8-27.

a. b.

c. d.

8-28.

8-29.

a.

Using Practice Areas, Tax, Secondary Sources, Tax Law Reviews, there are 5 different tax law reviews available in Westlaw Campus Research.

Tax Compliance as a Wicked System (18 Fla. Tax Rev. 235) was written by J.T. Manhire.

For the 2008 Supreme Court case, Boulware the citations are as follows: 128 S Ct 1168; 552 US 421, 101 AFTR 2d 2008-1065, 2008-1USTC ¶50.206.

Under Practice Areas, the following secondary resources are available under securities: American Law Reports – Securities and Securities Law Reviews & Journals.

The contents for the items in part b are as follows: Securities Law Reviews & Journals – Fordham Journal of Corporate & Financial Law and the Journal of Business & Securities Law American Law Reports – This is the source, opening this item starts the browsing process.

34 Am. Jur. 2d Federal Taxation ¶16526. Impairment-related work expenses are not subject to the 2% floor The citation for the discussion of adding flu vaccines to the list of taxable vaccines is 159 Cong. Rec. H3704-01, 2013 (WL 3013727). The motion was introduced by Representative Gerlach.

Student responses will vary based on personal search strategies. A suggested strategy might be to select Proposed and Enacted Legislation or Congressional Record under Legislative History and keyword search influenza vaccine tax. The results include the Public Law passing the measure (PL 113-15) which can be opened and the Legislative History materials tab will provide the congressional records for the bill.

By using the Statutes Affected tab while on the PL document, IRC §4132 was affected.

The Key Numbers suggested for this topic 220k Subchapter B of Title 26, Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Code of Federal Regulations is Computation of Taxable Income.

The IRC Section that covers the inclusion of the rental value of parsonages is §107.

The key number for Internal Revenue: Expenses – Medical expenses is 220k3366.

Hargrove (130 S Ct 3543) was certiorari granted by the Supreme Court in 2010 in light of the Skilling case. The judgment was vacated and remanded to the 7th Court of Appeals for further consideration.

The frequency and update schedule for the Federal Income Tax of Life Insurance Companies is Anually, every June..

January 1960.

The publisher of the LexisNexis Tax Advisor – Federal Topical is Matthew Bender & Company, Inc. and Kleinrock Publishing.

Student responses will vary by terms selected and preference for natural language or terms and connector term searches.

The update schedule for the IRS Chief Counsel Advice is weekly within 1 week of publication.

The law reviews that are offered as separate databases are: Akron Tax Journal (students may not recognize this as a law review), Columbia Journal of Tax Law, New York University Tax Law Review, Pittsburgh Tax Review, University of Florida Tax Review, and Virginia Tax Review.

The title of the Analytical Materials is Federal Tax Guidebook Employee Awards.

Student responses will vary depending on date Tax Notes is examined.

b. c.

In the Tax Topics tabthe three segments are (1) table of contents heading & documents, (2) Table of contents (heading only), and (3) Documents in the Table of Contents.

In the Tax News Tab, the sources listed re Tax Analysts Tax Notes Today and Tax Notes Weekly..

The last documents found under the letter E is The European Company Across Europe.

a.

Amount Realized is the title of Chapter 1G:2.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

8-30.

b. c. d.

3,099 hits.

2 hits.

7 hits.

a. b.

The only source is Policy Papers, which does not contain the Revenue Procedures.

Revenue Procedures are captured in the IRS Cumulative Bulletin and Internal Revenue Bulletin and the IRS Cumulative Bulletin, IRB, Letter Rulings, & Technical Advice Memos. There is no separate source for Revenue Procedures.

The term parent is highlighted in each document.

The original search terms income, services and child are highlighted.

c. d.

8-31.

a. b. c.

8-32

a.

b.

8-33.

a.

b. c. d.

b. c. d.

8-35.

Page 8-5

a. b. c.

Answers may vary. In October 2016, the search resulted in three documents: A New York state statute, an article in the Tax Lawyer, and an amendment to West Virginia state statute Baby-sitting services provided by a health club is not subject to sales tax.

The word tomato is not found within the document.

The writs of certiorari decided on October 7, 2013 were as follows (all were denied): Dinicola v. OR Dept. of Revenue from the Oregon Court of Appeals Conway v. IRS from the Second Circuit US Court of Appeals Fein v. Comm. from the Second Circuit US Court of Appeals Matheson v. Washington Dept. of Revenue from Court of Appeals Washington Schoppe v. Comm. from the Tenth Circuit US Court of Appeals The connectors definitions are as follows: W/10 means one term within 10 words of the other term with the terms in any order; PRE/20 means the first term precedes the second term by not more than 20 words; NOT W/seg means the first term occurs but not within the same section as the second term; and, ATLEAST5 means that the term should appear at least five times in the document.

The Tax Law Library may include: the Internal Revenue Code, and Regulations, the Internal Revenue Manual, State tax statutes, regulations, cases and administrative decisions, federal tax cases and IRS administrative decisions, federal tax legislation, Congressional reports, IRS bulletins, letter rulings, memoranda decisions, John Wiley publications, Combines Federal and State Tax Journal, the Practical Tax Lawyer, the Tax Advisor, Tax Analysts magazines, publications and treatises, Tax Facts Intelligence, and the Tax Lawyer.

As of October 2013, the most recent article on the zombie apocalypse is Prosecuting the Undead: Federal Criminal Law in a World of Zombies 61 UCLA L. Rev. Disc 44.

The coverage for the Tax Adviser is from 1987 to current. The frequency is monthly.

Answers may vary as additional articles are rlease don this topic. As of October 2016, the article is Lawmakers ask Treasury to Allow Deductions for Pot Dispensaries. 2016 TNT 154-17.8-34. a.

The sources in the Tax Law library may vary depending on the subscription. The list is obtained by using Sources, Browse Sources, use the Area of Law button at the top and select Taxation Law then filter by United States and Publication Type = Treaties and Analytical Material. At the time of publication there were 40 sources listed.

The answer will vary over time. In October 2016, the most recent article was a reprint of the ChinaCambodia Tax Treaty. 2016 WTD 206-16.

States include AK, AZ, HI, ID, MT, NM, NV, OR, OK, TX, UT, WA, WY but may vary by subscription.

Student responses may vary depending on the Library’s subscription. Likely responses include CA Board of Equalization and Franchise Tax Board Decisions and CA Board of Equalization Opinions.

Calvin H. Johnson.

Gitlitz v. Commissioner, 531 U.S. 206 (2001)..

The Gitlitz theory is not likely the cause of the loss.

Page 8-6

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 9-1

CHAPTER 9 MULTIJURISDICTIONAL TAXES DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 9-1.

There are numerous reasons for the emphasis on state and local tax planning. State and local tax environment is becoming increasingly complex and challenging to navigate due to states ever increasing expansion of their taxation systems. Taxpayers are finding it increasingly difficult to stay abreast of and comply with the evolving requirements. For many businesses, this is an untapped planning opportunity in which practitioners can provide value-added services. While each of the various taxes paid to states may be small, the percentage of total state taxes paid by a business can be almost one-half of its tax bill. Coordinated state tax planning can substantially reduce this percentage, especially where the taxpayer operates in various state and local taxing jurisdictions and has some flexibility as to where its property and labor force are located. International taxation is experiencing the same increasing complexity and compliance and strategy are becoming more commonplace as more firms expand into global markets.

Page 300

9-2.

The necessity for greater revenues to meet the needs of constituents has caused states to raise the tax burdens of citizens. Tax increases for state and local governments is especially critical when the economy is in a down turn.

During these times, the demands for social programs such as welfare and Medicaid build, while the tax bases for states are reduced due to the slow economy. In addition, state and local governments’ financial burdens have escalated due to cutbacks in Federal aid. These cuts come at a time when public services demanded by citizens are increasing. The combination of these effects has caused the state and local tax burdens to increase substantially over the last fifty years. Since most states constitutionally cannot operate at a deficit, the state and local tax obligations become more of a burden for the taxpaying businesses and individuals.

Pages 301-302

9-3.

The constitutional validity of state tax laws commonly is challenged in courts today, whereas Federal taxes are rarely questioned on their constitutionality any more. State and local tax challenges address not only whether taxes fall within the purview of state constitutions, but also whether the laws are federally constitutional.

Pages 302-303

9-4.

The Supremacy Clause in the Federal constitution confers superiority to Federal laws over state laws. That is, Federal laws are “the supreme law of the land” and trumps state laws. If a state law or constitutional provision is in conflict with a Federal law, it is considered to be invalid.

Page 300

9-5.

The Due Process Clause and the Commerce Clause are both Constitutional limitations places on a state ability to exert taxation. PL 86-272 is a public law that restricts the ability of a state to exert taxing authority over certain taxpayers.

Pages 304-306

9-6.

The Due Process Clause of the Constitution requires that no state shall enforce a law that deprives any person of the right to due process under law which in tax terms relates to the relative fairness between the state taxing the business and the economic activity the business is conducting in the state.

Page 304

Page 9-2

9-7.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

The four criteria set for in Complete Auto Transit Inc. for imposition of state taxation are the following.  The tax is applied to an activity with a substantial nexus (connection) with the taxing state.  It is fairly apportioned.  It does not discriminate against interstate commerce.  The tax is fairly related to the services provided by the state.

Page 305

9-8.

Quill requires that in order to tax an out-of-state business, the business must have a physical presence in the state.

Page 305

9-9.

PL 86-272 prevents a state from taxing a business whose activity is the mere solicitation of orders for the sale of tangible goods. Thus a catalog or mail-order business can avail itself of the protection offered under PL 86-272 by limiting activity to only sending the catalog (online works also) to taxpayers and avoiding any other activity in the state.

Page 306

9-10.

State legislatures are responsible for enacting laws regarding the revenue sources, just like the Federal legislatures. The state legislatures pass bills amending and augmenting their state’s taxing code. While Federal revenue bills must start in the House, this is not a requirement in all state legislatures. In fact, the jurisdictions of the state legislative houses vary from state to state, and there tends to be a significant overlap in their functions. Nebraska, avoids this duplication by having only one legislative body. Once the tax bills are passed and signed by the Governor (similar to having the President sign the act), they are incorporated into the state’s statutory structure.

Pages 308-309

9-11.

Federal regulations and rulings may be pertinent to state tax issues when states piggyback income, estate, or other taxes on Federal statutes. Consequently, guidance in interpreting the law will come from the Federal pronouncements. The degree to which states follow Federal law varies greatly.

Page 309

9-12.

Common modifications include the following: • Adding back interest on state and municipal obligations if not exempt for state purposes (net of expenses).

• Subtracting interest on U.S. obligations, which is taxable for federal purposes but not state purposes (net of expenses).

• Adding back state income taxes deducted in computing federal taxable income.

• Subtracting refunds of state income taxes.

• Subtracting federal income tax paid. (A limited deduction is allowed in a few states.)

• Adding back federal depreciation, amortization, and depletion in excess of that allowed by the state or subtracting state depreciation, amortization, and depletion in excess of the federal amount.

• Adjustments of gain or loss on asset dispositions because of depreciation differences.

• Adjustments for differences between federal and state net operating losses (NOLs).

Pages 309-310

9-13.

Allocation is the direct assignment of certain types of income (typically non-business income) to a state.

Apportionment is the assignment of business income to a state based on a prescribed formula typically based on economic measures.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 9-3

Page 310 9-14.

The purposes of the MTC include: Facilitate the proper determination of state and local tax liability of multistate taxpayers, including the equitable apportionment of tax bases and settlement of apportionment disputes; promote uniformity or compatibility in significant components of tax systems; facilitate taxpayer convenience and compliance in the filing of tax returns and in other phases of tax administration and avoid duplicative taxation.

Page 311

9-15.

Checkpoint has a database consisting of all proposed and current enacted legislation in full text. An effective date calendar is provided that lists each state’s enactment conventions. Also, a current legislative calendar for each state is available.

Page 315

9-16.

The CompareIt feature allows the researcher to link to the same topic material for one state in another state and return. This makes comparing the tax treatment of an item in multiple states easy, and it eliminates the need to return to the list of documents when performing multiple state searches.

Page 313

9-17.

The Checkpoint search option, Multiple Sources, uses the keyword search methodology. The document categories in the Multiple Source option are not identical to those offered in the state and local initial practice area. One offered only in Multiple Sources is the Miscellaneous Multistate Materials database. While the Multiple Sources search option contains the multistate materials it lacks, the tax-type indicator of the initial search option. Thus, the type of tax must be included as one of the keywords, to narrow the results to the particular tax of interest.

Page 315

9-18.

The Checkpoint SALT practice area does not allow citation searches directly on its opening screen. A single state must be earmarked for the search before the citation search option is offered. Based on the state, the citation search options will vary. Once the state and type of primary document is specified, templates are furnished for entering the citation.

Pages 315

9-19.

CCH IntelliConnect prompts the researcher to use the drill down functions to enter the State Tax library and select the state of interest. The researcher can browse for the specific sources required.

Pages 316-317

9-20.

Answers can vary based on subscription. Responses could include: The State Tax Reporters are the main source of explanations and primary sources of state tax law. The State Tax Guide is a more condensed source for finding answers quickly.

Pages 317-318

9-21.

The BNA State Portfolios have the same format as the U. S. series. Each State Portfolio begins with a Portfolio Description, presenting a brief overview of the topic and the order of presentation of the materials. The portfolios contain the three usual BNA sections: (A) Detailed Analysis, (B) Working Papers, and (C) Bibliography and References.

Pages 319-321

Page 9-4

9-22.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

The LexisNexis Academic state tax data is offered through both of the searching engines, Search and Sources. The libraries present in each do not completely overlap. Accordingly, the Search and Sources Tabs will each need to be visited to do a thorough search of the documents available in LexisNexis Academic.

Pages 324-325

9-23.

LexisNexis Academic uses Shepard’s Citator.

See Chapter 8

9-24.

The State Materials tab is the easiest way to access state tax law.

Page 326

9-25.

Two important state taxation journals are Journal of Multistate Taxation and Incentives (Warren Gorham & Lamont) and Journal of State Taxation (CCH).

Pages 326-327

9-26.

The most common models of international taxation are the worldwide model and the territorial model.

Page 329

9-27.

In a worldwide model of taxation, a taxing jurisdiction imposes a tax on all the income of a resident; regardless the source of the income. Thus income earned both inside and outside the jurisdiction is taxed by the home country. In a worldwide taxing model a domestic business would be taxed by only the home country; however, a business with foreign is likely to be taxed in the foreign and home jurisdiction (unless a foreign tax credit is available).

Page 329

9-28.

A territorial model of taxation taxes only income earned domestically. Foreign income would be taxed by only the foreign country, even when repatriated and no foreign tax credit is needed. The tax on foreign income is whatever the foreign jurisdiction’s tax rate is without regard to the domestic country’s tax rates.

Page 329

9-29.

The U.S. uses a blended model with parts of a worldwide model (U.S. taxes its residents on income from all sources worldwide) and parts of a territorial model (U.S. allows a deferral on most foreign income earned by a foreign subsidiary organized as a foreign corporation).

Page 329

9-30.

Generally, income is sourced from where the performance occurs. Interest and dividends are often sourced from where the payor is a resident. Income from property is most often sourced to where the property resides.

Page 331

9-31.

Deductions are frequently classified as definitely related and not definitely related. Related expenses are allocated against the income they are related to. Not definitely related expenses are typically apportioned.

Pages 331-332

9-32.

Multinational firms will have a variety of different income producing activities in many countries. Setting prices for transfers of goods and services between related companies within the firm can be difficult

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 9-5

depending on whether a third-party market for those goods already exists.

Pages 330-331 9-33.

The standard for transfer pricing is an arm’s length standard – in other words, pricing based on fair market value between unrelated parties.

Page 330

9-34.

The goals of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) are to assist developing countries, support economic growth, boost employment, raise living standards, maintain financial stability and enhance world trade.

Page 332

9-35.

If the Internal Revenue Code and a tax treaty conflict, typically the most recently issued provision generally prevails.

Page 332

9-36.

The two primary areas of tax research are: (1) researching the US tax treatment of a transaction with some connection to US tax law or (2) researching how a foreign country might tax a particular transaction.

Page 334

9-37.

The four international sources in Checkpoint are (1) International Tax Systems and Tax Planning, (2) RIA International Portfolios, (3) Tax Treaty Explanations and (4) WG&L Treatises on International Taxation.

Page 334

9-38.

The Worldwide Tax Guides contain key tax issues for almost 50 countries such as minimizing risk reducing costs and increasing productivity.

Pages 336-337

9-39.

The Working Papers Section of the International BNA Tax Management Portfolios contain interactive and IRS forms, sample elections, official documents, and legal forms (some filled-in as examples).

Pages 338-340

9-40.

The BNA Tax International Library has three main areas: 1) portfolios, 2) news and commentary and 3) references.

Page 340

9-41.

The tax treaty analyses are provided by the Tax Analysts organization.

Page 341

EXERCISES The answers to the exercises are valid as of April 2017. It is likely that there will be changes in the legal services and the tax law after this manual is published. Further, it is likely that the services available to the students will not be identical to the services available to the authors of this manual. Consequently the student’ responses may vary from those provided.

Page 9-6

9-42.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

9-43.

a.

b. c. d.

9-44.

a. b. c.

d.

9-45.

a.

The definitions of the three levels of Membership in MTC are as follows: Compact members are states (represented by the heads of the tax agencies administering corporate income and sales and use taxes) that have enacted the Multistate Tax Compact into their state law.

These states govern the Commission and participate in a wide range of projects and programs.

Sovereignty members are states that support the purposes of the Multistate Tax Compact through regular participation in, and financial support for, the general activities of the Commission. These states join in shaping and supporting the Commission’s efforts to preserve state taxing authority and improve state tax policy and administration.

Associate members are states that participate in Commission meetings and otherwise consult and cooperate with the Commission and its other member states or, as project members, participate in Commission programs or projects.

Student responses will vary by the date the web site (www.mtc.gov) was visited. The Multistate Tax Commission Review is found through the Resources topic in the top window on the home screen and then Publications heading in the left side bar.

The National Nexus Program was founded in December 1990. It was created by the Multistate Tax Commission in furtherance of the following purposes. i. Fostering increased state tax compliance by business that is engaged in multi-jurisdictional commerce. ii. Establishing national cooperation in the administration of state tax issues arising in the nexus area, including possible development of a uniform nexus standard which satisfies requisite constitutional standards, the identification of businesses involved in multi-jurisdictional commerce which are not now in compliance with applicable state tax laws, the establishment of a national information network with uniform confidentiality standards, and similar activities. iii.. Facilitating taxpayer compliance through education as to a taxpayer’s state tax reporting responsibility when it becomes involved in the systematic development of a market in a specific state and providing cooperative services to multistate taxpayers to reduce compliance burdens and to simplify the compliance process. iv. Promoting fair, even-handed and consistent state tax enforcement in the nexus area.

Taxpayers may request in writing that the Multistate Tax Commission conduct a joint audit on behalf of participating States. This request is submitted to the MTC Audit Director. The Audit Director forwards the request to the MTC Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

Student responses will vary by the date the web site (www.taxadmin.org/) was visited.

The citation for the 1984 Bacchus Imports, Ltd., et al., v. Herbert H. Dias, Director of Taxation of the State of Hawaii case is 468 US 263 or 104 S.Ct. 3049. The case was heard by the U.S. Supreme Court.

Bacchus alleges that there have been violations of the equal protection, import-export and commerce clauses of the US Constitution.

Both plaintiff and defendant names do not have to be entered into the template in the Federal Cases on State Taxes option. Either name or both are permissible. Entering Bacchus or Dias will locate the case.

Student responses will vary, because they will use different keywords.

Student responses will vary depending on the state chosen.

Student responses will vary depending on the state chosen.

Student responses will vary depending on the state chosen. Florida has the following types of taxes listed: Cigarette, Alcohol and Miscellaneous; Corporate Income; Estate and Gift; Fuels and Minerals; Insurance Companies; Intangibles; Property, Public Utility; Sales and Use; Special Local and Stamp taxes. Washington has the following types of taxes: Business and Occupation; Cigarette, Alcohol and Miscellaneous; Estate and Gift, Fuels and Minerals; Insurance Companies; Property; Public Utility; Recordation; Sales and Use; and Special Local taxes Student responses will vary depending on the state chosen. Washington State’s tax per pack is $3.025 per pack. The tax types are listed in alphabetical order. The document types do not appear to be listed in any apparent order. They start with statutes and end with attorney general opinions.

The documents listed for any under Search State-State and Local Taxes and in the Table of Contents for the same state are similar but not identical. The documents are not listed in the same order. The

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

b. c. d.

9-46.

a. b.

c. d.

9-47.

a. b.

c.

9-48.

a. b. c. d.

Page 9-7

TOC listing has Index and Statute History that are not provided in the Search option. The search option document list has cases segregated into Federal and state. It also provides Legislative Highlights, List of Approved Laws, and Attorney General Opinions which the TOC does not provide.

The listing for “H” under Stamp in the Index is “Home rule estate transfer taxes.” $100 as per the Index under Limited Liability Companies, Collection of Fees (¶8551 of the Hawaii State Reporter) The U.S. Statute Titles listed under Federal Laws on State Taxation are as follows: Title 4,5,10,12,15,26,28,31,38,46,48,49,50.

Student responses will vary depending on the date the service was visited. State Tax Day can be found under the Tax News, Journals and Newsletters heading and then select State Tax. Student responses will vary depending on the date the service was visited. Recent cases can be found under Tax News, Journals and Newsletters and then State Tax/Cases and Rulings in the news Escheat is the vesting to the state the title of unclaimed property. The paragraph in which the answer is found will vary by state but is most likely to be found in ¶37-351.

Damaged property is generally covered in ¶21-150 for each state.

Hawaii allows estates a $400 deduction in lieu of a personal exemption (Revenue Statute §23554(b)).

By using the related info – all state button, the relevant section of each state tax reporter is located; whereas with the keyword search, a fairly common state tax term such as sales factor may appear in a variety of places.

The other terms provided by CCH for the keyword devise are: bequest, inheritance, and legacy.

The Alaska personal income tax was repealed by a 1980 law retroactively to January 1, 1979.

Therefore, the last year to have an income tax was 1978.

Student responses will vary with the state selected. Washington appears to have the highest gasoline tax at 44.5¢ per gallon (2016).

Student responses will vary depending on the date the service was visited.

Florida, Connecticut and Rhode Island have taxes associated with Jai Alai.

b. c.

According to the Lexis Practice Insights found in Corporate Income & Franchise Taxes/Nexus, use of a third-party retailer to sell gift cards creates a presence in the state of Florida.

Florida Stat. §212.0596 A related case is Florida Dept. of Rev v. Share International Inc. 667 So. 2d 226.

9-50.

a. b. c.

Chapter 12 covers sales and use tax nexus.

Geoffrey,National Bellas Hess, Scripto, Quill and Tyler Pipe are all cited.

Toys R Us and South Carolina.

9-51.

a.

Breaking Down BEPS: Strategies, Reforms, and Planning Responses by Michael Sala in the Connecticut Law Review (47 Conn. L. Rev. 573).

DE Tax Cases and Dept of Finance Materials and DE Dept of Finance Rulings (answers may vary depending on subscription).

Using a terms and connectors with no connectors yields only Common Markets: Common Tax Problems by Ruth Mason 8 Fla. Tax Rev. 599. A natural language search results in The Monetization of Business Tax Credits by Giegerich 12 Fla. Tax Rev. 709 (2012).

9-49.

a.

b. c.

9-52.

a. b. c.

National Starch and Chemical Corporation v. Commissioner T.C. Memo 1986-512. The United States Tax Court heard the case and it was decided on October 20, 1986.

There are 3 citing decisions and no headnotes.

Shepard’s shows a positive treatment and a review of the subsequent appellate history shows that the case was affirmed at the Supreme Court level in the INDOPCO case.

Page 9-8

9-53.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

a. b. c.

9-54.

a.

b.

c.

d.

9-55.

a. b. c.

9-56.

a. b.

c. d.

9-57.

a. b. c. d.

9-58.

a. b. c.

9-59.

a. b. c. d. e.

LexisNexis Academic considers the following to be western states: AK, AZ, CA, CO, HI, ID, MT, NM, NV, OK, OR, TX, UT, WA, WY When the Filter by Publication Type selection is set to Treatises & Analytical Materials, the offerings are Combined State Tax Publications.

The Missouri constitution was adopted in 1945.

In Complete Auto Transit, Inc v. Brady, Complete Auto Transit is requesting a refund of sales taxes. Thus the case involves sales and use taxes. Parallel citations for the case are: 430 US 274, 97 S Ct 1076, and 51 L.Ed 2d 236. Justice Blackmun delivered the opinion.

The Supreme Court in Quill Corp. v. North Dakota reversed and remanded the case. Parallel citations for the case are: 504 US 298, 112 S CT 1904, and 119 L Ed 2d 91. The justice delivering the opinion was Stevens. White filed a dissenting to part of the case.

The Wisconsin Department of Revenue v. Wrigley covers tax years 1973 to 1978. Parallel citations for the case are: 505 US 214, 112 S Ct 2447, 120 L Ed 2d 174. The respondent lawyer is E. Barrett Prettyman and petitioner lawyer is F. Thomas Creeron. Dissenting opinions was filed by Kennedy which Rehnquist and Blackmun joined.

In Commonwealth Edition Co. v. Montana the tax involved was a severance tax on coal mined within Montana. Parallel citations for the case are: 503 US 609, 101 S Ct 2946, 69 L Ed 2d 884. The two Federal clauses addressed in the case were the Commerce Clause and the Supremacy Clause.

The topics covered in the Tax Materials for Maine (and most other states) include the following: Cases, Statutes & Court Rules, Regulations and Secondary Sources.

The case was heard in 1849. Bowling was not held in particularly high esteem at that time.

The case was heard in 1866. The smell of dead bodies was the nuisance.

The case was decided on 10/14/2009 by the California Court of Appeal Second Appellate District, Division Two (1) wealthy individuals are not a suspect class requiring strict scrutiny under equal protection clause; (2) tax on income in excess of $1 million annually was supported by a rational basis; and (3) provision requiring that state mental health funding remain at certain level did not unconstitutionally interfere with legislative functions.

There was a previous superior court decision.

Ashmann-Gerst, J., and Chavez, J., concurred.

There is not a BNA Portfolio on each state. California has 5 portfolios and New York has 2.

Generally, the portfolios that address multistate issues are numbered in the 1500s (1500, 1510, 1540, 1550, 1560, 1590).

Federal Constitutional Limitations on State Taxation, Portfolio 1400-1st.

Portfolios 2110 Illinois Sales and Use taxes.

Portfolio 1550 is Choice of Entity: An Overview of Tax and Non-Tax Considerations. There are 7 worksheets in this portfolio.

Portfolio 1510, Taxation of S Corporations explains the QSSS election.

Drop shipments are discussed in Portfolio 1340 Sales and Use Taxes: Drop Shipment Transactions.

Drop shipments generally arise from transactions involving three parties, a customer, retailer, and a third party supplier who is directed to deliver the goods directly to the customer. It is the triangular structure of these transactions that raises numerous sales and use tax issues.

Student responses will vary depending on the date State Tax Today was reviewed.

Student responses will vary depending on the date Tax Management Weekly State Tax Reporter was reviewed.

Student responses will vary depending on the date State Tax Day was reviewed.

Student responses will vary depending on the date State Tax Review was reviewed. Issues from 1999 to the present are kept for State Tax Review.

Student responses will vary depending on the date State & Local Taxes Weekly was reviewed. The State & Local Taxes Weekly newsletters are archived from 1995 to the present.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

9-60.

a.

b. c. d.

9-61.

a. b. c. d.

9-62.

a.

b. c. d.

Page 9-9

The article discussing ad valorem property taxes on a baseball stadium is “Tax Assessment of AT&T Park: Cost-Sharing, Value-Splitting, and the Definition of Economic Obsolescence,” by Peter B. Kanter, published in September 2007.

Student responses will vary depending on the date of the assignment.

No author. New Tax Credit, Exemptions Promote Broadband Technology Development. Vol. 13, # 8 (November/December 2003).

Student responses will vary depending on the date the Journal of Multistate Taxation and Incentives was reviewed.

Student responses will vary depending on the date the Journal of State Taxation was reviewed.

Student responses will vary depending on the date the Journal of State Taxation was reviewed.

The editor of the latest issue as of the writing of this manual was James T. Collins.

Student responses will vary depending on which university they attend.

The author of “A Deal’s a Deal” is Jeff Patterson. It appears in the Nov/Dec (vol 31, issue 1) 2012 issue.

Tax Sites provides the following news and topics links.

Ryan and Co. - Topics in State and Local Tax E-Commerce Taxation AICPA - State News and Information CCH - State Tax News Headlines Council of State Governments - State News Pew Center on the States - Stateline.org RIA State Taxes - This Week's News Tax Analysts Student responses will vary depending on the association web sites visited.

Student responses will vary depending on their state of residence.

Student responses will vary depending on their state of residence and tax selected.

International Exercises 9-63.

a.

b. c. d.

9-64.

a. b. c.

9-65.

a.

b. c.

9-66.

a. b. c.

Australia, Cayman Islands, China, Guernsey, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Japan, Korea (South), Malaysia, Myanmar, Netherlands, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Thailand, United Kingdom, United States, Vietnam, and Virgin Islands (British).

Canada’s treaty has PE for services and a combination of preparatory/auxiliary activities are permitted by Austria but not by Canada. Canada’s treaty has “services” PE. Switzerland has a double tax agreement (treaty) with both China and Ghana.

It is available only in French.

Student responses will vary based on date of search.

Martijn Juddu of Loyens & Loeff NV, Amsterdam and Maarten J Merkus of KPMG Meijburg & Co. Student responses will vary based date of search. However, Bert Mesdom has written at least eight articles regarding VAT taxes for BNA International.

The collections available under the foreign income portfolios heading using guided search are: Country Portfolios, U.S. International Portfolios, Transfer Pricing Portfolios, and US Tax Overview.

Student responses will vary based on date of search.

Responses may vary but currently Angola, Algeria, Bahrain, Cape Verde, Ghana, Israel, Kenya, Kuwait, Morocco, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Tanzania, South Africa, Tunisia and UAE are included.

Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada (Colombia Country Portfolio – Forms of Doing Business) Article 57 of the French tax code (Code Général des Impôts) covers transfer pricing.

The Chinese government issued a press release on the issue of extending VAT refunds for

Page 9-10

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

animated films in January of 2012.

9-67.

a.

9-68.

b. c. a. b. c. d.

9-69.

a. b.

c.

9-70.

a.

b. c.

9-71.

a.

b.

c.

9-72.

a.

b. c.

9-73.

a.

b.

c.

King George III granted an exemption to Grand Cayman as a reward for rescuing ten shipwrecked vessels.

Henry Christensen III. Transaction Taxes Student responses will vary based on date of search. William H. Byrnes typically has a large number of articles in international taxation (approximately 109) Bangladesh, India, Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka.

One – there is a single treaty signed through SAARC (South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation).

Article 5 Article 20 indicates that as long as the earnings are related to education or training, they are not taxable. The treaty was published April 4, 1979 but was effective March 1, 1980.

Student responses will vary depending on the date that the research was performed. One way to find this information is to browse sources by Area of Law, Taxation, International. A search for Ireland will likely result in more than 3000 hits (the max) so better to date limit the search to last 7 days.

Student responses will vary depending on the date that the research was performed. One way to find the information is to browse sources by Area of Law, Taxation, International – select International Tax Notes Magazine and keyword search for europ! And vat.

Student responses will vary depending on the university’s subscription. At a minimum, the Journal of International Taxation and International Taxes Weekly are likely to be listed. Others include International Tax Alert, This Week with Cym Lowell, and the Inbound Tax Report Newsletter.

The paragraph of the RIA Tax Treaty Editorial Explanations on US-Estonia that discusses visiting students is ¶35,012.

Student responses will vary depending on the date that the research was performed. BEPS is base erosion and profit sharing.

Student responses will vary depending on the date that the research was performed. As of 2013, Bahamas, Bermuda, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Gibraltar, Liechtenstein, Monaco and Panama are listed. This can be found in Part D of this source.

The International Create-a-Charts available for students and trainees are: Code section 872(b)(3) later in time than treaty, Students and trainees – right to tax, and Students and trainees – tax credit in country of residence.

The author of the treatise titled U.S. Taxation of International Mergers, Acquisitions & Joint Ventures are D. Kevin Dolan, Patrick Jackman, Philip Tretiak, and Ronald Dabrowski..

Student responses will vary depending on the date that the research was performed. One way to find the information is to browse to Global Daily tax News and use advanced search and data limit the search to a short time before the current date.

Article 20 of the Tunisia treaty, at CCH ¶10,003.41, discusses the taxation of students, apprentice, and trainees. www.mof.gov.bh (in English).

In the Income Tax Treaty between Bermuda and the United States, Article 2 – Residence, states that a “resident of Bermuda” means an individual who has the status of a legal resident of Bermuda and a company, partnership, trust or association created under the laws of Bermuda.

According to the Transfer Pricing Summary (found under International Tax/Transfer Pricing/Country Summaries and Analyses/Summaries/Azerbaijan) there is no legislation currently on this issue.

Article 20 of the 2014 OECD Model Tax Convention on Income and Capital is titled “Students.”

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 10-1

CHAPTER 10 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING RESEARCH DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 10-1.

A tax professional must be able to understand not only the accounting guidance for income taxes themselves, but also the financial accounting guidance related to other complex business transactions.

Consequently, tax professionals need an understanding of how to research not only the tax law, but also financial accounting rules related to business.

Page 354

10-2.

Income tax expense reflected on the financial statements rarely reflects taxes for the period on an “as-paid” basis due to the common differences between recognizing income and deductions differently for book and tax purposes. As a result, the current taxes due are not likely to reflect the pre-tax income presented for financial statement purposes.

Page 354

10-3.

The standard setting authority in the United States is in the hands of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). For public companies, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has standard setting authority but often cedes this authority to the FASB. Page 355

10-4.

The SEC has the following responsibilities:     

Interpret Federal securities laws.

Issue new rules and amend existing rules.

Oversee the inspection of securities firms, brokers, investment advisers, and ratings agencies.

Oversee private regulatory organizations in the securities, accounting, and auditing fields.

Coordinate U.S. securities regulation with Federal, state, and foreign authorities

Page 355 10-5.   

The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) establishes international accounting standards that have received widespread acceptance. The objectives of the IASB are: Bring transparency by enhancing the international comparability and quality of financial information, enabling investors and other market participants to make informed economic decisions.

Strengthen accounting ability by reducing the information gap between the providers of capital and the people to whom they have entrusted their money; Contribute to economic efficiency by helping investors to identify opportunities and risks across the world, thus improving capital allocation Page 356

10-6.

Both U.S. and international guidance for reporting income taxes follows a deferred tax asset and liability approach.

Page 356

Page 10-2

10-7.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

The FASB undertook the codification project in order to: (1) Simplify user access by codifying all authoritative U.S. GAAP in one spot; (2) Ensure that the codified content accurately represents authoritative U.S. GAAP; and (3) Create a codification research system that is up-to-date for the released results of standard-setting activity.

Page 357

10-8.

The codification is structured as followed: Highest level

Lowest Level

Area Topic Subtopic Section Subsection Paragraph

Page 358 10-9.

Industry topics represent a gathering of information from areas and topics that are specific to that particular industry and thus cut across a variety of areas.

Page 359

10-10. An intersection topic is a way of providing a cross reference between topics and allowing the codification to eliminate redundant guidance.

Page 359 10-11. Guidance provided by the SEC has an “S” before each section. Caution should be provided in that not all SEC guidance is provided in the codification.

Page 361 10-12. Searches in the codification can be narrowed by using either (1) related terms (like using an “and” function) or (2) by area to restrict search results to only the areas selected.

Page 365 10-13. Drop-down menus are available to assist in identifying the proper coding of the old standards. In addition, some legacy standards can be located at Pre-Codification Standards on the bottom left corner of the home page.

Page 367 10-14. Many of the major tax service providers also provide access to codification and financial accounting information including CCH, RIA and LexisNexis.

Pages 369-370

EXERCISES

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 10-3

The answers to the exercises are valid as of April 2017. It is likely that there will be changes in the legal services and the law after this manual is published. Further, it is likely that the services available to the students will not be identical to the services available to the authors of this manual. Consequently, the student responses may vary from those provided.

10-15. a. b. c.

Expenses.

The only topic under Equity is Equity (505).

Subtopics available under Liabilities (405) are (10) Overall; (20) Extinguishment of Liabilities, (30) Insurance-Related Assessments, and (40) Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements.

10-16. a.

Deferred Tax Asset, Deferred Tax Consequences, Deferred Tax Expense (or Benefit), and Deferred Tax Liability.

Business Combinations (805); Foreign Currency Matters (830); and Reorganizations (852).

Entertainment – Casinos (924); Extractive Activities – Oil and Gas (932); Financial Services – Depository and Lending (942); Financial Services – Insurance (944); Financial Services – Investment Companies (946); Healthcare Entities (954); Real Estate - Common Interest Realty Associations (972); Regulated Operations (980), and US Steamship Entities (995).

b. c.

10-17. a. b.

c.

10-18. a. b.

c.

The two basic principles for accounting for income taxes are in 740-10-05-5.

The easiest way to answer this question is by using the Join Sections tab and selecting Topic 740 and joining Section 55. Subtopics Overall (10), Intraperiod Tax Allocation (20) and Interim Reporting (270) contain sections on implementation guidance.

The Master Glossary contains the definition of Valuation Allowance as: the portion of a deferred tax asset for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.

A Join Sections on Topic 740 Income Taxes and Section 25 Recognition results in the following subtopics: Overall (10), Other Considerations or Special Areas (30) and Interim Reporting (270).

The result is 205-10-S99. Note that the actual guidance for push down accounting can be found in 805-50-S99 and requires the search term “push down accounting” to be entered using quotes to find the exact term.

Student results may vary depending on the timing of the search. In 2016, there are 5 paragraphs: 305-10-05-1, 305-10-15-2 and -2, 305-10-55-1 (which was superseded and is blank), 305-10-S501.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 11-1

CHAPTER 11 COMMUNICATING RESEARCH RESULTS

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 11-1.

The research memo is designed to: 

organize the facts, issues and conclusions of the project



Facilitate a review of the research activities by the practitioner’s supervisors or colleagues



Allow for a subsequent examination of the research issue by the original researcher or by his or her successor, with respect to the same or another client’s identical or related fact situation Page 378

11-2.

The following writing tips were discussed in this chapter:



Be organized



Consider the reader



Be professional and courteous



Use correct grammar and punctuation



Be brief and to the point



Write in direct, active voice and use short sentences Page 386

11-3.

The primary parts of a tax research memo:



Summary of the facts



Summary of the issues



Conclusion



A list of authorities relied upon



Analysis and summary Page 378

Page 11-2

11-4 

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Key points that the tax researcher must consider with respect to evaluating court cases as part of a research project: The hierarchy of the court, similarity of the fact situation and the date of the court decision. In addition, relevant information may be discovered in dissenting and concurring opinions in a court case.

Page 382

11-5. 

Key points that the tax researcher must consider with respect to evaluating administrative sources of law as part of a research project: The hierarchy of the administrative sources of law particularly with regards to revenue rulings and revenue procedures compared to regulations Page 382

11-6.

Major elements of a client letter include a salutation, objective and scope of the research, general summary of the research project results, statement of the facts as presented by the client, summary of critical sources of law, the implications of the results, any assumptions and limitations, closing including references to any required follow-up messages, closing including references to any required follow-up meetings, and attachments, if any.

The difference between a letter to a sophisticated client and to an unsophisticated client is the degree of sophistication that is possessed by the receiving party. The tone of the letter should still be professional.

Page 384

11-7.

Gathering pertinent facts that can be a challenging task for tax researchers because initial documentation of the facts is likely to be incomplete for the following reasons, including: taxpayers may only see the issue from their side so that facts and circumstances may be hidden or forgotten f they would case doubt on the ability to determine or document the pro-taxpayer position, taxpayers are not rained in the entails of the technical law, and there may be no clearly controlling tax statute or precedent, which could render the facts incomplete.

Page 379

11-8.   

Key points include: The hierarchy of the court decisions and their relevance for the taxpayer given the taxpayer’s jurisdiction.

The recency of the court decision and administrative rulings The hierarchy of the administrative ruling. While regulations are seldom held to be invalid by a court, revenue rulings and revenue procedures are more likely to be successfully challenged.

11-9. 

The key take aways regarding the use of visual aids in oral presentations: General preparation for the talk should include a thorough, frank examination of the following set of questions by the presenter Be prepared in the technical aspects of your discussion.

Direct your remarks to the highlights and general results of the research and leave time for a questions-andcomments period in which more detailed subjects can be addressed Use visual aids effectively.

For text in visual displays, use the sis and six rule, and keep the font style simple Before the presentation, find out how long your time is suppose to be and do not exceed the time limit Rehearse your presentation at least once Get physically close to the audience as you can, in all but the very largest presentation venues Eliminate nervous habits Vary the pitch of your voice

        

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

      

Page 11-3

Do not be afraid of silence Do not read directly from your outline Be enthusiastic and positive about your comments Rehearse the logistical aspects of the presentation Do not take the risk of boring or offending the audience with a joke Have a “Plan B” ready to go Observe audience body language and use signals conveying interest, enthusiasm, boredom, or restlessness to your advantage Pages 390-391

EXERCISES 11-10.

Information on the tax gap can be found in a variety of sources including the Tax Policy Center at: http://www.taxpolicycenter.org/briefing-book/what-tax-gap

11-11.

A good source for information on the distribution of household income and federal taxes in the Congressional Budget Office: www.cbo.gov

11-12.

Information on the estate tax can be found in a variety of sources including the IRS’s Statistics of Income program: https://www.irs.gov/uac/soi-tax-stats-statistics-of-income

11-13.

Sources of data and answers will vary by state.

11-14.

Information on the U.S. system of taxing worldwide income of both individuals and corporations can be found at the IRS website: www.irs.gov

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 12-1

CHAPTER 12 TAX PLANNING DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 12-1.

Taxes represent an additional cost of doing business or of accumulating wealth. Taxpayers employ tax-planning techniques to accomplish an overall goal of wealth maximization, specifically, by reducing the net present value of the lifetime tax liability.

Page 396

12-2.

Tax planning is not the simple reduction of nominal tax liabilities. Example 12-1 illustrates how a higher nominal tax charge can produce a lower present value of the tax liability, because of the period of deferral and the return on investment during that time.

Page 397

12-3.

Proportional Progressive Regressive

Federal excise, Social Security Medicare, local property Federal income, estate, gift State sales, Social Security retirement

Pages 399-400 12-4.

Tax planning between a corporation and a shareholder/employee is illustrated by the following examples: When a corporation pays dividends to an owner-employee, the owner-employee recognizes gross income, but the corporation receives no deduction. To the extent the owner-employee is paid a reasonable salary, he or she recognizes gross income and the corporation receives a deduction. To the extent that the owner-employee receives certain employee fringe benefits, he or she is not required to recognize taxable income, and the corporation is allowed an ordinary business expense deduction.

Therefore, to take advantage of this inconsistency, the owner-employee should receive all allowable fringe benefits and be paid a reasonable salary, rather than be paid dividends.

Employer-furnished meals and lodging are not included in the gross income of the receiving employee under §119, if certain requirements are met. Moreover, the costs are deductible by the employer.

Therefore, an employee-owner of a corporation might both deduct the costs and avoid income recognition.

Page 411

12-5.

A taxpayer might convert ordinary income into capital gains by providing a special financing arrangement for the sale of capital assets to another party. For example, the taxpayer could structure the terms of the sale to include a $6,000 sales price to be paid in a number of installments at 5 percent interest, rather than a $5,000 sales price with a 10 percent interest rate. Consequently, the seller would recognize more capital gain and less interest income. However, the transaction would have to be structured in a manner that would not change the character of the income under the below market rate loan rules or the original issue discount rules.

A second method of shifting ordinary income into capital gains would be to purchase capital assets

Page 12-2

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

(that will be retained for more than one year) instead of earning interest in a saving account. The market value appreciation on the asset would be recognized as a capital gain, but only when it is realized upon the sale of the asset. If the capital asset is the taxpayer's residence or is used in his or her trade or business, and it is purchased with borrowed funds, the taxpayer will be allowed an interest deduction. Thus, the taxpayer's current taxable income would be reduced and, upon the sale of the asset, a capital gain would result.

Pages 409-414 12-6.

Tax traps may be classified as either statutory or judicial. An example of a statutory tax trap is §482 of the Code. Under this Section, the IRS is given the power to reallocate both income and deductions among certain related taxpayers, so as better to reflect "true taxable income." Another statutory tax trap is the Code provision that prohibits accrual-basis taxpayers from taking deductions for accruals to related taxpayers, unless paid to a minority shareholder, within two and one-half months after the close of the taxable year.

Two pervasive judicial doctrines that often limit the taxpayer's ability to employ effective planning techniques are the concepts of business purpose and substance over form.

Pages 412-414

12-7.

For most tax practitioners, the bulk of time is spent on compliance activities. To a lesser extent, planning and research activities are required. Tax litigation is available only to attorneys.

Page 402, Exhibit 12-3

12-8.

Over the course of several years, individual clients will require all of the following types of planning consulting. The tax practitioner is in the best position to initiate and execute many of these varied and interesting engagements. He or she must make all of these services available to the existing client base, and use such planning services to recruit and retain new clients.       

Tax planning Investment planning Estate planning Education planning Cash planning Retirement planning Risk planning

Page 403, Exhibit 12-4 12-9.

The most important tax services offered by the typical tax professional include the following.    

Tax Compliance Tax Research Tax Planning Tax Litigation

Page 402, Exhibit 12-3 12-10.

Marginal tax rates are of prime interest in a tax planning analysis because they concern the incremental change in the tax liability due to an additional dollar of gross income or deduction. The

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 12-3

execution of a tax plan also affects the nominal and effective tax rates, but it is the marginal rate that indicates the direct and immediate effect on the taxpayer's levy for the planning period.

Pages 405 12-11.

Departing from the tax planning fundamentals, for example, by accelerating income recognition or by deferring the timing of a deductible expenditure, might be appropriate where a taxpayer is subject to the alternative minimum tax, large loss or credit carryforwards are available on the current-year return or when tax rates are expected to increase in the future.

Page 408, Examples 12-21

12-12.

Higher-income taxpayers tend to engage in tax planning more than do lower-income taxpayers because higher-income taxpayers potentially are subject to more tax for two reasons. First, their incomes are greater. Second, the progressive nature of the income tax results in a higher rate of tax being applied against their incomes. Consequently, the higher-income taxpayer has more to gain from tax planning because there is more tax to save.

In addition, his or her after-tax cost of tax planning is less (assuming that the taxpayer is able to deduct such costs), since, at the higher tax rate, the deduction for tax planning costs is worth relatively more in reduced taxes. Therefore, tax planning both costs less and produces greater benefits for higher-income taxpayer than is the case for lower-income taxpayers.

Pages 397-389

12-13.

No, taxpayers employ tax planning techniques to accomplish the overall goal of wealth maximization.

Because taxes deplete the wealth of the taxpayer, planning behavior is designed to reduce the net present value of the tax liability, which is not the same as a simple reduction of taxes in current, nominal dollar terms.

Page 396

EXERCISES 12-14.

a. b. c. d. e.

AR and CC CC and CT RP and AR AR and CC AR and CC

Exhibit 12-5, Pages 405-412 12-15.

a. b. c. d.

CJ and CT CC and RP AR CJ

Exhibit 12-5, Pages 405-412 12-16.

Answers will vary by student.

Exhibit 12-5, Pages 405-412

Page 12-4

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

PROBLEMS 12-17.

The two alternatives would be economic equivalents at a 32.63% marginal tax rate.

X = excess of after-tax payoff over after-tax cost for Alternative 1 Y = excess of after-tax payoff over after-tax cost for case Alternative 2 X = $1,280 - [$2,000 (1 - MTR)] Y = [$1,785 (1 - MTR)] - [$1,700 (1 - MTR)] The problem's requirement is that X = Y, thus: $1,280 - [$2,000 (1 - MTR)] = [$1,785 (1 - MTR) - [$1,700 (1 - MTR)] Solve for MTR -$720 + $2,000 MTR = $85 - $85 MTR $2,085 MTR = $805 MTR = $805 ÷ $2,085 MTR = 38.609%

Verification

Alternative A

Alternative M

Before-tax cost Tax reduction (38.609%) After-tax cost

$2,000.00 - 772.18 $1,227.82

$1,700.00 - 656.35 $1,043.65

Expected pre-tax payoff Tax (38.609%)

$1,280.00 ----

$1,785.00 - 689.17

Expected after-tax payoff

$1,280.00

$1,095.83

Excess of after-tax payoff Over after-tax cost

$ 52.18

$ 52.18

Page 397-398, Example 12-2 and 12-3 12-18.

Structuring the transaction to include 50% debt will provide two tax advantages for Ben and his 100 percent owned corporation. First, the interest that is paid by the corporation on the debt is deductible, whereas dividends that are paid on equity capital are not. The second advantage is that the subsequent repayments of the debt allow the shareholder to withdraw cash from the corporation without recognizing taxable income.

Generally, securities received in a §351 transaction are treated as boot, and accordingly, gain must be recognized to the extent of the lesser of gain realized or boot received. Since the transfer of cash in exchange for stock and securities will not result in a realized gain, no gain will be recognized on such a transfer. However, a transferor that transfers appreciated property to a corporation in exchange for stock and a debt obligation of the corporation generally must recognize a gain.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 12-5

Page 412, Example 12-34 12-19.

If alternative one is chosen, the effects on the seller and buyer are: Seller

Total capital gain ($51,726 - 10,000) Interest income ($60,000 - 51,726)

$41,726 $ 8,274

Buyer

Basis Interest deduction

$51,726 $ 8,274

Under alternative 2, the effects on the seller and buyer are: Seller

Total capital gain ($39,380 - 10,000) Interest income ($60,000 - 39,380)

$29,380 $20,610

Buyer

Basis Interest deduction

$39,380 $20,610

Assuming that the original issue discount rules do not apply, the seller would prefer alternative 1.

Under this alternative, the seller would recognize a larger amount of capital gain income, which can be offset against capital losses and may subject to a lower tax rate, and would recognize less interest income, which is fully taxable.

The buyer would prefer alternative 2, because the contract terms would result in a greater amount of interest deduction and a lesser cost for the land. Assuming that the investment interest deduction limitations are satisfied, the interest is deductible against ordinary income when it is paid. In contrast, the cost of land is capitalized and can be deducted only against capital gain income when the land is sold.

Pages 403-404, Example 12-7 12-20.

A gift of the income only from the bonds is not effective for tax purposes. To shift the gross income to Debra, George must give her the bonds themselves. Debra is old enough then to avoid the Kiddie Tax, and the income shift is tax effective if George’s marginal income tax rate exceeds Debra’s.

Page 410, Example 12-29 and 12-30

12-21

a. If the taxpayer takes the bonus now (at the end of year 1), the after-tax amount received is $10,000(1-.31) =$6,900. The taxpayer can invest this amount to earn 10 percent before-tax (6.9 percent after-tax) for the year which will accumulate to $6,900(1.069) = $7,376.10 at the end of next year.

If the taxpayer defers the bonus for one year, the after-tax amount received is $11,000(1-.31) = $7,590 and the taxpayer is better off deferring receipt of the bonus for one year. b. If the taxpayer can earn a 10 percent after tax return on his money (a 14.4928 percent before-tax return), he will be indifferent to choosing the bonus at the end of year 1 or the end of year 2. c. If the taxpayer’s marginal tax rate increases to 35 percent in year 2, the $10,000 bonus in year 1 will accumulate to $6,900 (1.065) = $7,348.50. If the bonus is deferred until the end of year 2, the taxpayer will have ($11,000 (1 - .35) = $7,150 and the taxpayer is better off taking the $10,000 bonus at the end of year 1.

Page 12-6

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

d. Assuming a 10 percent before tax return, if the taxpayer’s tax rate in year 2 is equal to 33.07 percent, the two alternatives are equal. $10,000(1-.31)(1+.10(1-t2)) = $11,000(1-t2), $6,900(1+.10(1-t2)) = $11,000(1-t2), 1+.10(1-t2) = 1.594203(1-t2), 1.10 - .10 t2 = 1.594203-1.594203t2, t2 = .494203/1.494203 = .330747 or 33.07% Page 407, Example 12-17 12-22.

The 6 percent annual interest earned on the taxable bond is taxed annually. After paying tax at a rate of 25 percent on the interest income, the bond accumulates to $10,000(1 + .06(1 - .25))10 = $15,529.69.

The gain on the land is taxed in 10 years. In 10 years, the land is worth $10,000(1 + .04) 10 or $14,802.44. After paying tax of $960.49 on the $4,802.44 gain, the taxpayer is left with an after-tax accumulation of $13,841.95.

Page 410

12-23.

As with many tax problems, the answer depends on Greg’s marginal tax rate. If Greg limits the rental to 14 days, none of the income will be taxable under the Code Sec. 280A de minimis rule (i.e., rentals of less than 15 days). His after-tax cash flow from this option will be $5,000. If he rents the property for 16 days, the rental income will be taxed. Even though he would have more gross income ($6,400 vs. $5,000), after-tax cash flow will be reduced. If Greg faces a marginal tax rate of 15 percent, he would be left with $5,440 after paying tax on his rental income. However, if his marginal tax is greater than 21.875 percent, he will be better off renting for the shorter period of time. I can’t tell if you have changed the numbers on this problem?

Page 405

12-24.

The NOL will be used up in 3 years. The marginal tax rate is equal to the 34% future tax rate discounted back to today using a discount rate of 6%. Using the present value table at the end of the book: .34 x .840 = 28.56%.

Page 402, Example 12-6

12-25.

Decision Rule: Forgo the carryback if the present value of the taxes saved by the resulting carryforward is greater.

A.

B.

C.

Value of carryback to 2016:

$60,000 deduction × 34% tax rate × 1.00 present value factor = $20,400

Value of carryforward to 2018:

$60,000 × 34% × 0.862 = $17,585

Value of carryback to 2016:

Value of refund [($20,000 ×.25) + ($40,000 × .15)] × 1.00 = $11,000

Value of carryforward to 2018:

$60,000 × 34% × 0.862 = $17,585

Value of carryback to 2016:

Value of refund [($20,000 ×.25) + ($40,000 x .15)] × 1.00 = $11,000

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Value of carryforward to 2018:

Page 12-7

$60,000 × 34% × 0.641 = $13,076

Page 402, Example 12-6 12-26.

Decision Rule: Accelerate the recognition into the AMT year if that choice reduces the present value of the tax liability on the income. Generally, acceleration of income recognition is not supported.

The recommendation depends upon the type of income that is the subject of the acceleration. Let us use these examples throughout the solution, and a $100,000 amount of potential income recognition, which may be accelerated from 2017 into 2016. The taxpayer is a C corporation, so any incidence of the AMT creates an AMT credit.

Sales income

Regular gross income, no AMT preference or adjustment, no AMT credit created. Subject to AMT because it remains in regular taxable income.

Private Activity Bond Interest income

Never subject to regular tax, subject to tax only in an AMT year, as an AMT preference item. Creates an AMT credit.

Installment Method income

AMT adjustment, creates AMT credit. But subject to regular tax as well, subject to deferral rules. Here assume a one-payment arrangement, which could be deferred one year. Accelerate = Close in year 1, collect in year 2. Do not accelerate = Close in year 2, collect in year 2.

Case A

Sales

Private Activity

Installment

Acceleration

Tax = $100,000 gain × 20% AMT rate = $20,000

Tax = $20,000 paid this year less the present value of the $20,000 AMT Credit used the next year ($20,000 ×.877) = $17,540.

Net Tax cost = $2,460

Tax = $20,000 paid this year + regular tax paid net of AMT Credit in one year = ($100,000 ×.14 × 877) = $32,278

No Acceleration

Tax = $100,000 ×34% ×.877 value of one year deferral = $29,818

Tax = $0

Tax = $29,818

Recommendation

Accelerate

Do not accelerate

Do not accelerate

Case B

Sales

Private Activity

Installment

Acceleration

Tax = $100,000 gain × 20% rate × 1.00 present value factor = $20,000

Tax = $20,000 paid this year - present value of AMT Credit used in two years ($20,000 × .769) =

Tax = $20,000 paid this year - present value of AMT Credit used in two years ($20,000 ×.769) =

Page 12-8

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

$4,620

$4,620

No Acceleration

Tax = $100,000 × 20% ×.877 = $17,540

Tax = $17,540 - present value of AMT Credit used in two years ($20,000 × .769) = $2,160

Tax = $17,540 - present value of AMT Credit used in two years ($20,000 × .769) = $2,160

Recommendation

Do not accelerate

Do not accelerate

Do not accelerate

Case C

Sales

Private Activity

Installment

Acceleration

Tax = $100,000 gain × 20% rate × 1.00 present value factor = $20,000

Tax = $20,000 paid this year - present value of AMT Credit used in five years ($20,000 × .519) = $9,620

Tax = $20,000 paid this year - present value of AMT Credit used in five years ($20,000 × .519) = $9,620

No Acceleration

Tax = $100,000 × 20% × .877 = $17,540

Tax = $17,540 - present value of AMT Credit used in five years ($20,000 × .519) = $7,160

Tax = $17,540 - present value of AMT Credit used in five years ($20,000 × .519) = $7,160

Recommendation

Do not accelerate

Do not accelerate

Do not accelerate

Page 407 12-27.

Decision Rule: Choose the alternative that produces the lowest present value of the tax liability.

Since the loss carryforward is in its last year, non-acceleration of the gain by one year is at the cost of the entire shelter of the carryover. a.

b.

c.

If $40,000 carryforward Accelerate gain Net gain $60,000 × 40% tax rate × 1.00 PV factor

$24,000

Do not accelerate $100,000 × 40% × .877

$35,080

If $10,000 carryforward Accelerate gain Net gain $90,000 × 40% tax rate × 1.00 present value factor

$36,000

Do not accelerate $100,000 × 40% ×.877

$35,080

If $40,000 carryforward Accelerate gain Net gain $60,000 × 40% tax rate × 1.00 PV factor

$24,000

Do not accelerate $100,000 × 40% × .943

$37,720

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 12-9

If $10,000 carryforward Accelerate gain Net gain $90,000 × 40% tax rate × 1.00 present value factor

$36,000

Do not accelerate $100,000 × 40% ×.943

$37,720

Page 408 12-28.

Value of credit $100,000 base × 10% rate × 1.00 present value factor

$10,000

Cost of using credit (reduced cost recovery deductions) Deductions lost Yr 1 Yr 2 Yr 3 Yr 4

($3,333 ÷ 2) deduction lost × 8% tax rate × 1.00 present value factor $133 $3,333 × 8% ×.877 234 $3,333 × x 8% ×.769 205 ($3,333 ÷ 2) × 8% ×.675 90

Net value of credit

- 662 $9,338

Pages 406-408 12-29.

12-30.

a.

Paying a bonus of $100,000 today would cost the employer $60,000 after considering the tax savings of $40,000. Investing that $60,000 for 3 years at an after-tax rate of return of 6% would accumulate to $71,460.96 allowing the employer to pay a deferred salary of $119,101.60 in 3 years ($71,460.96 / (1-.40).

b.

Paying a bonus of $100,000 today would leave the executive with $55,000 after paying a 45% tax. Investing this amount for 3 years would leave the executive with $66,437.23 ($55,000 x (1.065)3. Note that the executive’s tax rate goes down to 35% at the beginning of 2015. In order to end up with the same after-tax benefit, the executive would require a bonus in 3 years equal to $102,211.12. After paying tax at a rate of 35%, he would be left with the same $66,437.23.

c.

The employer is indifferent to paying $100,000 today or $119,101.60 in 3 years. At the same time, the executive is indifferent to receiving $100,000 today or $102,211.12 in 3 years. Why does this happen? The expected reduction in the executive’s tax rate makes it advantageous for the employee to defer the receipt of the bonus. Accordingly, the employer and employee should negotiate a deferred salary between the two numbers. Students should note that non-tax factors including the risk of uncertain tax rates and the risk of the employer going bankrupt should also be considered in making this decision.

From the employer’s perspective, the $8,000 reimbursement would result in a $4,000 deduction saving the company $1,400 in income taxes. The after-tax cost of the reimbursement would be $6,600.

The key in analyzing the decision is to note that if the company pays Rex additional salary, it would be fully deductible. Accordingly, the company should be indifferent to reimbursing Rex $8,000 or paying him additional salary with an after-tax cost of $6,600. That would allow the company to pay Rex

Page 12-10

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

$10,154 of additional salary ($6,600/(1 - .35)) vs. only an $8,000 expense reimbursement. Both result in an after-tax cost of $6,600.

The $8,000 reimbursement would not be taxable to Rex leaving him with an $8,000 after-tax benefit.

In this case, Rex would not get a tax deduction.

Paying Rex additional salary of $10,154 in lieu of an $8,000 reimbursement results in taxable income to Rex. His after-tax benefit would be $6,600 ($10,154 x .65). In addition, Rex would have a tax deduction equal to 50% of the expenses incurred. While on the surface, this might appear to be worth $1,400 in tax savings. ($8,000 x .5 x .35), the salary increase would increase Rex’s AGI and the total amount of miscellaneous itemized deductions he is allowed to deduct.

Without the salary supplement, Rex has $5,000 of miscellaneous itemized deductions. With an AGI of $100,000, Rex would end up deducting $3,000 of miscellaneous deductions ($5,000 – ($100,000 AGI x .02)). The salary supplement would increase Rex’s AGI to $110,154 and his deductible miscellaneous itemized deductions would only increase to $6,797 ($9,000 – ($110,154 AGI x .02)).

The additional tax savings would only be $1,329 not $1,400.

The total after-tax value of the salary supplement and the deductions is $7,929. Thus, the $8,000 expense reimbursement is preferred.

Students should note that the result could be different if the employer and employee had different tax rates.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 13-1

CHAPTER 13 WORKING WITH THE IRS DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 13-1

In counseling clients, the tax professional must be aware of the organization and inner workings of the IRS. Strategic and tactical decisions as to how and when to appeal within the administrative system of the IRS, assessing the strengths and weaknesses of the client’s case, and determining available remedies can be made only with a thorough understanding of the agency and its operating style.

Page 451

13-2.

The IRS National Office is responsible for developing broad nationwide policies and programs for the administration of the tax laws. In addition, it directs, guides, coordinates, and controls the activities of its field personnel. Major functions include agency administration, taxpayer service, modernization of operations, disposition of appeals, and control of taxpayer information.

Pages 422-423

13-3.

a.

The Commissioner is the IRS CEO and holds the responsibility for overall planning for the agency.

The Commissioner directs, coordinates, and controls the policies and programs of the IRS.

b.

The Chief Counsel is the attorney for the IRS. Rulings and other written determinations are prepared by the office of the Chief Counsel. The Chief Counsel represents the IRS in Tax Court cases and often assists in preparing proposed legislation, treaties, regulations, and executive orders.

c.

The National Taxpayer Advocate administers a taxpayer-intervention system designed to resolve tax administration problems that have not been remedied through the agency’s normal channels. At least one local Advocate is located in each state.

d.

A local Taxpayer Advocate works with the National Advocate to resolve tax administration problems that have not been remedied through the agency’s normal channels. At least one local Advocate is located in each state.

Pages 420-422

13-4.

These and other items were included as guaranteed to taxpayers in the various incarnations of the Taxpayers Bill of Rights.

• • • • •

Representation before the IRS Recording an audit proceeding IRS explanation of its position Notice sent to both spouses on an audited joint return Confidentiality between taxpayer and CPA

Page 450 13-5.

The Math/Clerical Error program directs computer-corrected notices to be sent to the taxpayer when an obvious computational error is found. The program is part of Electronic Filing, where the IRS computer will not accept a return with such an error. The Unallowable Items program makes the same type of correction

Page 13-2

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

where an item seems to be in error on its face, such as claiming a deduction for Federal income taxes.

Neither of these notices constitutes an “audit” for IRS statistical purposes.

Pages 424-425 13-6.

The answer varies by taxpayer status, income level, and other factors. For instance, an individual’s chance of audit is about one percent, but it increases significantly for high income taxpayers.

Page 428, Exhibit 13-2

13-7.

Tax returns are chosen for audit based upon statistical methods that attempt to identify those returns that possess the greatest revenue return for the IRS’ investment of audit resources. The mathematical/clerical error and unallowable items programs also are used to select returns for review, and a number of returns are selected manually by an examiner for review.

Pages 428-430

13-8.

Early settlement with an IRS auditor might be appropriate in the following circumstances.

• • •

To limit the issues that can be brought up by the agency.

To limit the time during which the agency can keep a tax return open.

To accept a settlement offer that is perceived to be favorable to the taxpayer’s case.

Page 447 13-9.

Answers will vary by reader. Responses should incorporate some of the issues identified on page 430, including the following.

• • • • • •

Conduct yourself courteously and professionally.

Cooperate with the auditor and respond to all requests in a timely fashion.

Provide the auditor with adequate work accommodations.

Don’t impede the audit process.

Don’t volunteer comments or information not specifically requested by the auditor.

Control the auditor’s access to taxpayer records and personnel.

Page 430-431

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 13-3

13-10.

Audit Selection Method

Criteria

Comments

DIF Formula

Scope of review Probability of selection

Broad Based on likely net return to government Protected as the formula is applied, but potentially put under stress when the formula is updated

Taxpayer rights

National Research Program

Scope of review Probability of selection Taxpayer rights

Broad Equal among taxpayers (random) Protected

Other Selection Methods

Scope of review Probability of selection

Narrow Varies greatly among taxpayers, in an unpredictable manner Potentially subject to abuse by examiners

Taxpayer rights Math/Clerical Error and Unallowable Items programs

Scope of review Probability of selection Taxpayer rights

Broad Equal among taxpayers Protected

Under the Taxpayer Bill of Rights, taxpayers are guaranteed various rights to representation before the IRS, such as the right to know why the IRS is requesting information, exactly how the IRS will use the information it receives, and what might happen if the taxpayer does not submit the requested information.

Pages 428-430 13-11.

Answers will vary. A list of suggested guidelines for dealing with an auditor are discussed on pages 430 and 431.

Pages 430-431

13-12.

Answers will vary. The Information Document Matching Program (IDMP) matches information on a return with corresponding data received from third parties such as W-2s and 1009s. One of the most controversial suggested additions to the program is matching K-1s from partnerships and S corporations.

Page 424-425

13-13.

Answers will vary. A number of different DIF formulas exist, but the exact makeup of the formula is not publicly disclosed. It is believed that there are 200 to 250 variables in the DIF formula. The formula probably includes the following variables.

• • • • • •

Amount of income Source of income Number of dependents Size of certain itemized deductions Type of certain itemized deductions Marital status of the taxpayer

Page 13-4

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Page 426 13-14.

About .8 percent of all individual income tax returns are audited in a given tax year. However, certain types of both taxpayers and income – including, for instance, high-income individuals, estate tax returns and highincome business returns – are subject to higher probabilities of audit. If Carol raises enough red flags with the IRS, she could be chosen for an audit of her returns.

Page 428

13-15.

Answers will vary. Recent data show that the IRS expects to earn significant returns on investment on a number of new enforcement initiatives including reducing the tax gap attributable to international activities, improving compliance of small business and self-employed taxpayers, expansions of the document matching program and addressing nonfiling/underpayment and collection coverage.

However, political pressures keep the agency from getting “too large,” Real budget dollars appropriated to the IRS decline every year. And concerns about a Big Brother society may be the ultimate constraint on the size of the agency and the visibility of its audit activities. But this down-sizing of various sorts does not excuse unethical or illegal behavior on the part of the taxpayer and the tax advisor.

Pages 428-429

13-16.

Answers will vary.

13-17.

Statutes of limitations fix the latest date upon which taxes can be assessed and collected, and all refund claims must be made. Such provisions implement Congress’ belief that, at a certain point, the right to be free of stale claims must prevail over the government’s right to pursue them.

Page 438

13-18.

The Code establishes a specific period of time, commonly referred to as a statute of limitations, within which all taxes must be assessed and collected, and all refund claims must be made. Although the statute of limitations appears to be a legal loophole that rewards delinquent taxpayers who avoid detection, Congress believes that, at some point, the right to be free of stale claims must prevail over the government’s right to pursue them.

The statute is extended when: • The taxpayer significantly understates gross income.

• No return is filed, or the return is fraudulent.

• Additional time is needed to process a return.

• The dispute goes into litigation.

• The IRS and the taxpayer otherwise agree to extend the date.

The statute of limitations is suspended and will not begin until missing information is supplied to the IRS. It is also suspended in the following instances: • The taxpayers assets are in the custody of the court.

• The taxpayer’s is outside the United States for six or more consecutive months.

• The taxpayer’s assets are wrongfully seized.

• A fiduciary or receiver is appointed in a bankruptcy case.

Pages 438-446

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

13-19.

Page 13-5

Recent articles that students may find helpful include: “Top Ten Tips to Prepare for an Efficient Audit” from https://www.irs.gov/retirement-plans/top-ten-tips-toprepare-for-an-efficient-audit (May 2016) “How to Prepare for a Business Tax Audit” from https://www.thebalance.com/how-to-prepare-for-abusiness-tax-audit-398971 (November 2016)

13-20.

Recent articles that students may find helpful include: Burquest, Patti (2015), New Procedures Designed to Restore Confidence in Appeal’s Independence, Improve Efficiency, The Tax Adviser. Retrieved from http://www.thetaxadviser.com/issues/2015/apr/tax-clinic-10.html “Preparing a Request for Appeals” (2016) from https://www.irs.gov/individuals/preparing-a-request-forappeals-1 “Are You Ready to Request an Appeals Conference or Hearing?” (August 2016) from https://www.irs.gov/individuals/are-you-ready-to-request-an-appeals-conference-or-hearing “The Tax Appeals Conference- How to Prepare” (2013) from http://thetaxlawyer.com/taxappeal/information/tax-appeals-conference-how-to-prepare

13-21.

Students can find the most recent audit rates in the annual IRS Data book, found online at: https://www.irs.gov/uac/soi-tax-stats-irs-data-book

EXERCISES 13-22.

All of these methods are used to select returns for audit.

Pages 426-427

13-23.

c

When IRS personnel question only one or two items on a selected return, especially on a return with only wage income, a correspondence examination typically is conducted. The IRS examiner will request that the taxpayer verify the questioned item of income, deduction, or credit, by mailing copies of receipts, canceled checks, or other documentation to the district office or service center.

Page 429

13-24.

b

Although a revenue agent technically has no settlement authority, in practice the agent may exercise limited discretion in a number of areas. However, a revenue agent does not have authority or discretion in areas where the Commissioner has indicated that he will not follow a Court decision or has issued adverse regulations or revenue rulings. Consequently, it is important to determine whether the issues raised by the agent are of a factual or legal nature.

The Appeals Division has the exclusive and final authority to settle cases that originate in a district

Page 13-6

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

that is located within its jurisdiction. The Appeals Officer has the authority to settle all factual and legal questions that are raised in the revenue agent's report. Moreover, only the Appeals Officer can settle a tax dispute based upon the hazards of litigation. A revenue agent's case is never closed until his or her report is reviewed and accepted by the district office review staff. Therefore, it is possible that an agreement that is worked out with the agent may not be accepted by the Service.

Although it would appear that the revenue agent has no authority to settle an unresolved legal issue, in reality he or she can interpret the facts in a manner that is favorable or unfavorable to the taxpayer. This ability enables the revenue agent to resolve certain issues before his or her audit report is completed.

Pages 432-433 13-25.

b.

Upon receipt of the 30-day letter, the taxpayer has thirty days from the date of the letter to request a conference with an appeals officer.

Pages 435

13-26.

c.

A statutory notice of deficiency ("ninety-day letter") gives the taxpayer 90 days (150 days if the letter is addressed to a taxpayer who is outside the United States) to file a petition with the Tax Court for a redetermination of the deficiency.

Pages 435

13-27.

A correspondence audit is conducted largely by telephone or mail. The IRS generally sends a letter to the taxpayer questioning a single tax issue, such as a charitable deduction. The letter indicates what item on the return is being questioned and requests that the taxpayer mail some form of supporting documentation to the IRS. Substantiation by the taxpayer might be a receipt or a cancelled check or a written explanation of how the amount entered on the return was calculated.

An office audit generally is conducted on a non-business return that requires some analysis and the exercise of judgment. The office examination is conducted by an interview with the taxpayer. Some of the typical issues covered at an office audit include: income from tips; capital gains; and, deductions for charitable contributions, dependency exemptions, travel and entertainment expenses, medical expenses, and bad debts.

Although the entire return technically is subject to audit, the IRS normally reviews only the items in question, unless an obvious issue arises during the examination.

The field examination is used for most business returns and the larger, more complex individual returns. A field audit normally is conducted on the premises of the taxpayer, but, in certain cases, it may be conducted at the office of the taxpayer's representative. A field audit involves a complete review of the entire financial workings of the taxpayer. The agent will study the history of the taxpayer and examine any pertinent business agreements or documents. In addition, the agent will examine the taxpayer's method of accounting, reconcile book income to taxable income, test gross receipts and seek verification of the taxpayer’s inventory. Compensation of officers, accumulation of earnings, and related party transactions are three other important issues that are examined during a field audit.

An NRP (or National Research Program) or research audit is the most exhaustive audit that a taxpayer may have to endure. Unlike the other examinations discussed above, the examiner does not have any discretion to accept the return without examination. An NRP return must be examined in detail, including an examination of all related returns. When an NRP audit is conducted, the return is subjected to a detailed and thorough audit in which every item entered on the return is examined regardless of its dollar amount. Much of the NRP work is done by IRS computers and personnel, and the taxpayer may not even know that s/he was chosen for this purpose. When face-to-face NRP dealings are required, the taxpayer often should hire a tax

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 13-7

advisor to help with the process.

Taxpayers generally have not been successful in refusing to comply with these in-depth audits on the basis that the results are generated for research purposes. See US v First National Bank of Dallas, 81-1 USTC ¶9159 (CA-5).

Pages 426-427

13-28.

The decision to litigate should not be made lightly. The costs thereof include the loss of privacy, a long information-gathering and decision-rendering period, and sizable attorney and accountant fees. Other direct costs include those to find and coach expert and other witnesses, travel to the site of the hearing, and the reproduction of appropriate documentation to support the taxpayer's position. "Odds of winning" statistics do not take into account the strength of one's legal arguments, the abilities of one's witnesses and counsel under pressure, and the policy of the government only to litigate cases that it thinks it can win.

Pages 433-434

13-29.

One's chances of being selected for an income tax audit increase when the claimed itemized deductions are deemed to be excessive for the income level. However, a taxpayer should not hesitate to claim all legitimate deductions.

Page 428

13-30.

Following the diagram in Exhibit 13-4, after the IRS agent concludes the audit, a RAR will be prepared and given to the taxpayer. If Amber disagrees with the auditor’s findings and the differences cannot be resolved at this stage, the taxpayer will be issued a 30-day letter giving the taxpayer 30 days to request an appeals conference. If Amber does not agree with the findings of the Appeals Conference or if Amber chooses to skip the appeals process, a statutory notice of deficiency (90-day letter) will be issued giving Amber 90 days to file a petition with the U.S. Tax Court. If a petition with the Tax Court is not filed within 90 days, Amber must pay the tax and file a claim for refund requiring the case to be heard in the appropriate U.S. District Court of the Court of Federal Claims.

Pages 434-437 and Exhibit 13-4

13-31.

The 30-day letter is issued by the IRS when the taxpayer does not agree with the IRS agent’s proposed adjustments following an audit and give the taxpayer 30 days to request a conference with an appeals officer.

If the taxpayer does not respond within 30 days or if the taxpayer and IRS cannot agree on the proposed adjustments after an appeals conference, a 90-day letter is issued to the taxpayer giving the taxpayer 90 days to file a petition with the U.S. Tax Court.

Page 435

13-32.

b

A Closing Agreement is a formal written agreement between the taxpayer and the IRS and is considered binding on both parties.

Page 446 13-33.

a.

Generally, a client should not be advised to challenge the IRS with a lawsuit unless the dispute involves a significant amount of tax and there is a good chance that the taxpayer will prevail. For example, a lawsuit may be recommended to resolve a dispute that involves an issue that previously was decided in another taxpayer's favor in a case that involved similar facts. Even though the IRS

Page 13-8

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

may have issued a nonacquiescence to the previous decision, the taxpayer presumably will prevail (assuming the issues and the facts involved are substantially the same), since a court ordinarily will follow its previous decisions. Moreover, if the case involves an issue that was decided in favor of another taxpayer by the appropriate appellate court, the Tax Court is bound to follow that decision under the Golsen rule.

13-34.

b.

An offer in compromise should be recommended when there is merit to the taxpayer's argument, but there is some doubt as to whether the taxpayer can prevail in a lawsuit, or when the amount of tax involved does not justify the cost of instituting a lawsuit. As a matter or practice, the IRS compromises a case only if there is doubt as to the liability or collectability of the assessed tax.

Most offers in compromise are based on inability to pay (or doubt as to collectability). However, hardship alone is not a basis for compromise; a kind of insolvency is required by the Service in order to compromise a tax. Therefore, an offer in compromise should be recommended to a taxpayer who does not have sufficient assets to satisfy his or her tax liability.

c.

A closing agreement should be recommended where a corporate taxpayer wishes definitely to establish its tax liability to facilitate a transaction, such as a sale of its stock. In addition, a corporation that is liquidating and wishes to wind up its affairs should request a closing agreement.

A closing agreement is ideal for these situations, because it is final and conclusive except upon a showing of fraud, malfeasance, or misrepresentation of material fact; thus, the matter will be permanently closed.

d.

An appeals conference should be requested when a case cannot be resolved at the Examination Division level. For example, an appeals conference may be helpful in dealing with a Revenue Agent who ignores a taxpayer's arguments because he or she "believes" that the taxpayer is a tax evader.

An appeals conference also should be recommended where the taxpayer has a good argument, or where the facts are similar to another case that previously was decided in a taxpayer's favor since an Appeals Officer can consider the "hazards of litigation" and compromise the issue with the taxpayer.

e.

The tax advisor should recommend that the taxpayer concede an issue at the examination level when the taxpayer's position is clearly incorrect, or when the amount of the tax involved is insignificant. Moreover, settling with an agent on a small matter may be advisable where larger potential issues exist, but have not been detected during the office examination. By agreeing to an additional assessment at the examination level, a taxpayer may be able to avoid further IRS scrutiny of the taxable year that is under examination.

f.

A taxpayer should concede an issue during a correspondence audit where his or her position clearly is incorrect or where the documents supporting his or her position are not available. For example, the taxpayer should agree to an adjustment in the amount of allowable entertainment expenses when he or she has lost the documentation that is necessary to support the deduction and the amount involved is insignificant.

a.

FALSE. Although the general rule is that assessment must be made within three years from the later of the date that the return actually is filed, or the unextended due date of the return, the three year period is extended when: • there is a substantial understatement of gross income (greater than 25 percent); • the taxpayer files a false or fraudulent return with the intent to evade tax; • the taxpayer files an amended return that shows an additional amount due; • the IRS and the taxpayer agree to extend the statute of limitations period with respect to a return that is under audit; or,

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

•

b.

Page 13-9

the three-year period is suspended because the IRS mails a statutory notice of deficiency, the taxpayer files a petition in the Tax Court; the taxpayer submits an offer in compromise; or for a variety of other reasons.

FALSE. A taxpayer who has filed a return must file a claim for credit or refund within three years of the date in which the return was filed, or two years from the date on which the tax was paid, whichever is later. This period may be extended when: • the IRS and the taxpayer agree to extend the period; • the overpayment results from a business bad debt, or from a discovery of a worthless security; or, • the claimed overpayment results from the carryback of a net operating loss, capital loss, or certain credits.

Pages 438-446

13-35.

a.

The statute of limitations never expires when no tax return has been filed.

b.

A seven-year statute of limitations applies in the case of bad debts and worthless securities.

c.

For a substantial (>25%) omission of gross income, a six-year statute of limitations comes into play.

d.

When fraud is involved, the statute of limitations never expires.

e.

The usual three-year statute applies. Unlike the case of a substantial omission of income, the six-year statute does not materialize.

13-36.

b.

Generally, assessment of any internal revenue tax must be made within three years of the later of the date that the return actually was filed, or the unextended due date of the return. Although Ace filed her return before its unextended due date, the statute will run for three years after April 15, 2017 until April 15, 2020.

13-37.

d.

Generally, a taxpayer who has filed a return must file a claim for credit or refund within three years of the date on which the return was filed, or two years of the date on which the tax was paid, whichever is later. However, a claim for refund or credit that is attributable to losses which are sustained from worthless securities or business bad debts may be filed within seven years from the date that the return was due, without regard to any extension for filing the return. Thus, Blanche has until April 15, 2024 to file her refund claim.

13-38.

e.

A tax may be assessed at any time, when a taxpayer files a false or fraudulent return, with the intent to evade tax liability. Once the fraudulent return is filed, the limitations period will remain open indefinitely. Because Carl purposely omitted the receipts from his tax return, the statute will remain open indefinitely.

13-39.

c.

The period in which a tax may be assessed is extended to six years, if the taxpayer omits from his reported gross income an amount that is greater than 25 percent of reported gross income. Since David inadvertently omitted the receipts, he has not filed a fraudulent return so the statute will not remain open indefinitely. However, the six-year statute will apply because he omitted more than 25 percent of his reported gross income (25% x $25,000 = $6,250).

Page 441

Page 13-10

13-40.

b.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

Michal did not file a fraudulent return, nor did she omit over 25 percent of the gross income reported on the return. Accordingly, the regular 3-year statute of limitations applies and the IRS can pursue Michal until April 15, 2020.

Page 441

13-41.

c.

An understatement of gross income by reason of an overstatement of basis is an omission of gross income. Thus, the period in which a tax may be assessed is extended to six years, if the taxpayer omits from his reported gross income an amount that is greater than 25 percent of reported gross income. Since Jenna and Sam inadvertently determined the incorrect basis, they have not filed a fraudulent return so the statute will not remain open indefinitely. However, the six-year statute will apply because he omitted more than 25 percent of their reported gross income (25% x $250,000 = $62,500).

Pages 439-440

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 14-1

CHAPTER 14 TAX PRACTICE AND ADMINISTRATION DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 14-1.

a.

Interest compounds on the amount due to the government in Tax Court cases, unless the taxpayer pays the liability at a time prior to the commencement of the litigation. Accordingly, the taxpayer does not get an advantage by postponing payment of the contested tax liability by going to Tax Court..

b.

Late payment penalties are avoided when withholding amounts are supplemented at any time during the year. Adjustments to estimated payment amounts, though, do not avoid underpayment penalties. The higher the prevailing interest rate, the more likely the taxpayer should adjust withholdings late in the tax year.

Pages 458-460 and 484-486

14-2.

The civil fraud penalty is 75 percent of the underpayment of tax that is attributable to fraud. The burden of proof in a fraud case is on the IRS. Fraud entails more than mere negligence by the taxpayer, often including a series of actions over time to evade a tax. Under the all-or-nothing rule, if the IRS establishes that any portion of an underpayment is attributable to fraud, the fraud penalty applies to the entire underpayment.

Underpayments of estimated tax are applied differently to corporate and non-corporate taxpayers. Key differences include the following.

▪ ▪ ▪

The “last tax year” exception is available only to large corporation for the first quarter payment.

The “current tax year” exception is 100 percent of the current tax for corporate taxpayers, but 90 percent for others.

The “prior tax year” exception applies for corporate taxpayers only if the prior year’s liability was a positive amount. This rule does not apply to other taxpayers.

A frivolous return is one that is blank, unreadable, or takes positions clearly contrary to the tax law. A $500 civil tax penalty is assessed of those filing a frivolous return.

Pages 465-469 14-3.

Criminal penalties are intended to punish the taxpayer for committing a serious, usually recurring act to understate the tax liability. They can entail misdemeanor or felony infractions. Ordinarily, criminal prosecutions are limited to flagrant offenses for which the IRS believes it certainly will obtain a conviction.

Criminal penalties are more severe than civil counterparts, and criminal penalties can include incarceration.

Tax crimes typically include willful and repeated violations, involving some form of tax evasion or lack of information disclosure.

Defenses to charges of a tax crime include illness, reliance on another party to pay or compute a tax, or ignorance of the law.

Pages 470-473

Page 14-2

14-4.

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

A tax preparer has completed a tax return and is compensated by another. Over one-half of all Forms 1040 employ a paid tax return preparer. One who does clerical work on a tax return, or who completes only an insubstantial portion of a return, is not a tax preparer.

Preparer penalties assure a high quality of professionalism in preparing tax returns. Penalties apply if the preparer did not sign the return or give a copy to the taxpayer. Preparer penalties apply if there is an unreasonable position on a tax return, or a disclosure of the unreasonable position is not made. Penalties also apply if the preparer assists in filing a false return, discloses confidential taxpayer information, or endorses a refund check that is not his/her own.

Pages 476-478

14-5.

An injunction is a judicial order that prohibits the named person from engaging in certain specified activities.

The IRS may seek an injunction against a TRP who is guilty of certain misconduct to prohibit him or her from engaging in such misconduct or from practicing as a return preparer.

Page 483

14-6.

To discourage the development of abusive tax shelters, Congress has enacted a civil penalty that may be imposed on any person who organizes or assists in organizing, or directly or indirectly participates in the sale of any interest in, a tax shelter, and who makes or furnishes, or causes another person to make or furnish, either a statement regarding an expected tax benefit that the person knows, or has reason to know, is either false or fraudulent, or a gross valuation understatement. In addition, the types of activities that are subject to injunction include aiding and abetting of tax understatements. The Service may obtain an injunction against a person who is guilty of promoting abusive tax shelters as well as a person who is engaging in non-promotional misconduct with respect to tax shelters.

Page 479

14-7.

a.

Fraud is not defined either in the Code or the regulations. However, the longstanding definition of fraud was promulgated in Mitchell v Comm, 118 F2d 308 (CA-5, 1941).

"Negligence, whether slight or great, is not equivalent to the fraud with intent to evade tax named in the statute. The fraud meant is actual intentional wrongdoing, and the intent required is the specific purpose to evade a tax believed to be owing."

For example, a taxpayer who falsely claims that her rare jewelry collection was stolen in order to take a large casualty deduction would probably be found guilty of fraud.

b.

Negligence is not defined either in the Code or the regulations. However, the court in Marcello v Comm, 380 F2d 509 (CA-5, 1967) defined negligence as "...lack of due care or failure to do what a reasonable and ordinarily prudent person would do under the circumstances." The Internal Revenue Manual defines negligence as "...the omission to do something which a reasonable person, guided by those considerations which ordinarily regulate the conduct of human beings, would do, or doing something which a prudent, reasonable person would not do." For example, failing to report income or overstating deductions generally is considered to be attributable to negligence.

c.

Reasonable cause is a means by which a taxpayer or preparer can be excused from an applicable penalty or other sanction. For example, if an individual failed to file an income tax return on a timely basis because he was told by a tax advisor that a return did not have to be filed, he likely would be excused from the failure to file penalty due to this reasonable cause.

d.

Lack of reasonable cause exists when the taxpayer does not have a valid reason or justification for

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 14-3

his or her conduct. For example, a taxpayer who does not pay an income tax when it is due because she did not have sufficient funds would not be able to avoid a failure to pay penalty, because she lacks reasonable cause for her actions. e.

A civil penalty conviction occurs when a taxpayer violates tax statutes without reasonable cause, as the result of negligence or intentional disregard, or through a willful disobedience or outright fraud.

A civil penalty conviction would likely occur if a taxpayer failed to file a tax return.

f.

A criminal penalty conviction occurs when a taxpayer is found guilty of a criminal penalty. Criminal tax penalties are imposed only after the usual criminal process, in which the taxpayer is entitled to the same constitutional guarantees that are given to nontax criminal defendants. A criminal penalty conviction would likely occur if a taxpayer was found guilty of willfully attempting to evade or defeat a tax (i.e., tax evasion).

Pages 459-460, 465, 470-471 14-8.

14-9.

a.

FALSE. The government is required to pay interest at the applicable Federal rate to any taxpayer who has made an overpayment of tax. Interest on the overpayment begins to accrue from the later of 45 days after the unextended due date of the return or 45 days after the return actually is filed.

However, if the refund is not made within this 45 day period, interest begins to accrue from the later of the due date of the return or the date on which the return actually was filed.

b.

FALSE. Tax penalties may not be deducted as itemized deductions on an individual's income tax return, because the Code characterizes them as additions to tax and Federal income taxes are not deductible.

c.

FALSE. The failure to pay and failure to file penalties are separate and distinct.

In this case, it is unlikely that any of the named individuals could be charged with a preparer penalty, since the taxpayer's position was acknowledged to have some statutory and judicial merit. The regulations provide that a preparer who does not follow a rule or regulation because he or she believes, in good faith and with reasonable basis, that the administrative provision does not accurately reflect the Code, has not acted negligently or with intentional disregard of the provision. Therefore, a good-faith dispute concerning the interpretation of a regulation or ruling will not subject the preparer to a penalty.

If the preparer merely was following the instructions of the taxpayer, he or she will not be relieved of liability for the penalty. If this were the case in this problem, the partner of the accounting firm and the staff member could be subject to a preparer penalty. Neither the taxpayer nor the secretary of the accounting firm could be charged, since they do not fit the definition of a tax return preparer. It is doubtful that the employee who supplied the information could be charged, because the facts of this problem do not indicate that he or she willfully aided or assisted in the preparation of a return or other document that was false as to any material matter.

Pages 476-483

14-10.

a.

§7216(a) provides that any tax return preparer who discloses or uses any tax return information other than for the specific purpose of preparing, assisting in preparing, or obtaining or providing services in connection with the preparation of, any tax return of the taxpayer by or for whom the information was made available to a tax return preparer, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and, upon conviction, shall be fined not more than $1,000, or imprisoned not more than one year, or both, together with the costs of prosecution. However, according to Reg §301.7216-2(k), the

Page 14-4

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

provisions of §7216(a) do not apply to the disclosure or use by any tax return preparer of any tax return information in the preparation or audit of, or in connection with the preparation or audit of, any tax return or declaration of estimated tax required of the taxpayer under the law of any state or political subdivision or possession of the United States. Therefore, the tax advisor could not be charged with this penalty. From the facts given, it appears that no other preparer penalties would apply. b.

The advisor might be charged with the criminal preparer penalty of disclosing information for other than return preparation purposes.

c.

The tax advisor could not be charged with the criminal preparer penalty of disclosing information for other than return preparation purposes under §7216(a), because Reg. §301.7216-2(n) provides that the provisions of §7216 do not apply to the disclosure of any tax return information to the proper Federal, state or local official in order, to the extent necessary, to inform the official of activities that may constitute, or may have constituted, a violation of any criminal law. Therefore, disclosure of the tax return information to the FBI appears to be allowable.

d.

The tax advisor is not subject to any return preparer penalties merely for suggesting to the client various means by which to acquire excludible income provided these means involve legal activities.

The tax advisor does not violate any disclosure requirements or rules governing improper conduct when he or she gives the client this information.

e.

The tax advisor could be charged with a criminal violation of the tax statutes. This criminal penalty would be levied under §7201 for attempting to evade or defeat tax. The advisor apparently could not be charged with some of the more obvious preparer penalties, such as willful understatement of liability because the problem does not state that this tax advisor assisted in the preparation of a return [therefore, we cannot determine if the advisor is a tax return preparer within the definition of §7701(a)(36)]. Moreover, the problem does not indicate whether the client followed the suggestions. The tax advisor could be charged with a civil penalty under §6701, because the scope of this statute is not limited to income tax preparers.

Therefore, if the tax advisor aids or assists, procures or advises with respect to, the preparation or presentation of any portion of a return, affidavit, or other document in connection with any matter arising under the internal revenue laws, he or she would be subject to the civil penalty provided in §6701 for aiding and abetting understatement. In addition, an individual who aids or encourages another in attempting to evade the other's tax also is subject to prosecution and punishment under 18 USC §2, which is referred to as the aider and abettor statute. The tax advisor presumably could be charged under this statute.

f.

The tax advisor would be subject to the civil tax preparer penalties since those penalties apply to preparers of all types of tax returns. Moreover, the tax advisor could be charged with a penalty for aiding and abetting understatement of tax liability, which is a civil penalty under §6701. Unlike the other civil preparer penalties, this penalty is not restricted to tax return preparers as defined in §7701(a)(36). In addition, the tax advisor presumably could be charged with a criminal penalty. A person who willfully aids or assists in the preparation of a return or other document that is false as to any material matter is guilty of a violation of §7206(2). The tax advisor also may be charged under the aid-and-abet statute: 18 US §2 (see discussion in e. above).

g.

The answer to this question is the same as that for f. above.

h.

The answer to this question is the same as that for e. above.

Pages 476-483

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

14-11.

Page 14-5

a.

A tax advisor cannot be charged with any type of penalties for simply suggesting that a client invest in a tax shelter. However, the advisor could be subject to a penalty for organizing an abusive tax shelter if the advisor either makes or furnishes a false statement as to the allowability of the tax benefits sought from the shelter or makes a gross valuation overstatement regarding the shelter.

b.

The tax advisor could be subject to a civil penalty for promoting an abusive tax shelter if he or she makes a statement as to the allowability of any deduction or credit, the excludability of any income, or the securing of any other tax benefit by reason of holding an interest in the entity or participating in the plan or arrangement which the person knows or has reason to know is false or fraudulent as to any material matter or makes a gross valuation overstatement as to any material matter. For a statement concerning the tax benefits to be the basis for the penalty, the person must either make or furnish a false statement as to the allowability of the tax benefits sought from the shelter or make a gross valuation overstatement regarding the shelter. This question does not state whether the prospectus is incorrect as to any material matter. If it is not, the tax advisor could not be charged with this penalty.

c.

To be subject to the penalty for promoting abusive tax shelters, the person must either help organize the tax shelter or participate in its sale. It is likely that selecting a specific accounting technique constitutes helping to organize. Consequently, the tax advisor presumably could be charged with a civil penalty for promoting an abusive tax shelter if the prospectus was incorrect as a result of adopting the suggested accounting method.

d.

If any part of an understatement of liability with respect to an income tax return is due to a position for which there was not a realistic possibility of being sustained on its merits, a tax return preparer who knew or should have known of such a position is subject to a penalty of the greater of $1,000 or one-half of the preparer’s fees for the engagement. Accordingly, if the return contained an undisclosed position that was not more-likely-than-not to be sustained on its merits, and this unreasonable position would have been discovered by the tax return preparer had he or she conducted the usual review of the return, the IRS could levy this penalty on the preparer.

e.

The penalty for understatements due to unreasonable positions would not apply, since the mathematical error was not the result of an unreasonable position being taken on the return.

Pages 476-483 14-12.

Maggie may be subject to a $500 civil false-information penalty. If the required degree of willfulness (and an underpayment) is present, an additional criminal penalty could be made up of a fine of up to $1,000, or imprisonment for not more than one year, or both.

Page 469

14-13.

Married taxpayers often choose to file a joint income tax return because of benefits that the filing status provides. However, when joint returns are filed, both taxpayers are jointly and individually responsible for the tax as well as any interest and penalties due on the joint return—even if they later divorce and even if the income is only attributable to one of the taxpayers.

Page 473

14-14.

Relief from joint and several liability can be requested by a spouse under the provisions of IRC § 6015.

Under § 6015, there are three ways that a requesting spouse can obtain relief: 1. Request “innocent spouse” relief under the provisions of § 6015(b),

Page 14-6

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

2. Request an allocation of liability between the spouses under § 6015(c) or § 6015(d), and 3. Request equitable relief under § 6015(f).

Page 473

14-15.

To obtain relief from joint and several liability on a joint return under § 6015(b), the requesting spouse must show that: 1. A joint return has been made for a taxable year; 2. There is an understatement of tax attributable to erroneous items of one individual filing the joint return; 3. The other individual filing the joint return establishes that in signing the return, he or she did not know, and had no reason to know, that there was such understatement; 4. Taking into account all the facts and circumstances, it is inequitable to hold the other individual liable for the deficiency in tax for such taxable year attributable to such understatement; and 5. The innocent spouse seeks the benefits of this subsection not later than the date which is two years after the date the secretary Page 474

14-16.

If relief is unavailable under § 6015(b) or (c), a taxpayer may be eligible for relief under § 6015(f) if it would be otherwise inequitable to hold the taxpayer liable for the underpayment or deficiency considering the facts and circumstances. Unlike § 6015(b) and § 6015(c), which only provide relief from a proposed or assessed deficiency (i.e., an understatement of tax as previously defined), § 6015(f) also provides relief from under payments of tax. The innocent spouse can be relieved of all the year’s liability or a pro rata percentage. In granting this relief, the IRS has wide latitude when looking at the facts and circumstances.

Page 475

14-17.

The regulations define an erroneous item as “any item resulting in an understatement or deficiency in tax to the extent that such item is omitted from, or improperly reported in an individual income tax return.”

Page 474

14-18.

No, because to obtain relief from joint and several liability on a joint return under § 6015(b), the requesting spouse must show that the other individual filing the joint return establishes that in signing the return, he or she did not know, and had no reason to know, that there was such understatement.

Page 474

EXERCISES

14-19.

Interest will be charged from April 15, 2018 until November 1, 2018. The failure to pay penalty applies for 8 months (April through November) and the failure to file penalty applies for 1 month. Remember, the penalties apply for each month (or fraction thereof) that the return is not filed or the tax is not paid.

Pages 459-461, 465

14-20.

The failure to pay penalty is equal to $100 per month ($20,000 x .005) for 7 months or $700.

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

Page 14-7

The failure to file penalty is equal to $1,000 per month ($20,000 x .05) for 1 month. The $1,000 failure to file penalty is reduced by the concomitant failure to pay penalty of $100 for a total failure to pay penalty of $900.

Pages 459-461 14-21.

The failure to pay penalty is equal to $25 per month ($5,000 x .005) for 8 months or $200.

The failure to file penalty is equal to $250 per month ($5,000 x .05) for a maximum of 5 months. The $1,250 failure to file penalty is reduced by the concomitant failure to pay penalty of $125 ($25 per month for 5 months) for a total failure to pay penalty of $1,125.

Pages 459-461

14-22.

None as the additional tax ($1,700) is less than $5,000. Pages 462-463

14-23.

Additional tax $23,800 × 20% penalty rate = $4,760. Pages 462-463

14-24.

$85,000 additional tax × 40% penalty rate for gross overvaluation = $34,000. Pages 462-463

14-25.

$170,000 additional tax × 40% penalty rate for gross overvaluation = $68,000. Pages 462-463

14-26.

None as the additional tax ($2,800) is less than $5,000. Page 463

14-27.

Additional tax ($24,500) × 20% penalty rate = $4,900. Page 463

14-28.

$60,000 additional tax × 40% penalty rate for gross undervaluation = $24,000. Page 463

14-29.

$160,000 additional tax × 40% penalty rate for gross undervaluation = $64,000. Page 463

14-30.

a.

$0. Reported valuation is not at least 150 percent of correct value.

b.

$0. Additional tax ($7,000) is less than $10,000.

c.

$0. Reported valuation is not at least 150 percent of correct value.

d.

$0. Reported valuation is not at least 150 percent of corrected value

e.

$35,000 additional tax × 20% penalty rate = $7,000 penalty assessed

f.

$262,500 additional tax × 40% penalty rate = $105,000 penalty assessed (reported value is overstated by at least 200 percent).

Pages 462-463 14-31.

a.

$0. Additional tax ($2,500) is less than $5,000

b.

$0. Valuation claimed is not less than 65 percent of correct value

c.

$50,000 additional tax × 20% penalty rate = $10,000 penalty assessed

d.

$175,000 additional tax × 40% penalty rate = $70,000 penalty assessed (reported value is 40

Page 14-8

SOLUTIONS MANUAL

percent or less than correct value) Pages 462-463 14-32.

$1,500 = 20% × $7,500.

Pages 462-463

14-33.

Penalty due to civil fraud Penalty due to negligence Total penalty due

$112,500 (75% × $150,000) 10,000 (20% × $50,000) $122,500

Pages 462-463 14-34.

Current-Year Method

$13,500 is due each quarter ($60,000 tax ÷ 4 payments × 90% required)

Prior-Year Method

$11,000 is due each quarter [($40,000 ÷ 4) × 110% required], the balance with the return

Pages 466-467

14-35.

a.

Exception One is not available, as the prior-year return did not show a positive tax liability. Each quarterly payment must equal $76,500 ($306,000 × 100% ÷ 4).

b.

Lesser of Exception One amount ($68,000 ÷ 4 = $17,000) or Exception Two amount $76,500.

c.

Kold is a large corporation and can use Exception One only on the first installment, with a full catch-up thereafter.

April 15 ................................................................................................................. $17,000 June 15.................................................................... $136,000 = [($76,500 × 2) - $17,000] September 15 ........................................................................................................ $76,500 December 15 ......................................................................................................... $76,500

Pages 466-467 14-36.

a.

An underpayment penalty will not apply as long as White Corporation pays in at least 100% of its 2017 tax liability of $238,000 or $59,500 per quarter.

b.

White Corporation cannot use the prior year exception since there was no tax liability in the previous year. In order to avoid an underpayment penalty, White must pay in 100% of the current year tax or $68,000 per quarter.

Pages 466-467 14-37.

a.

$0. The refund claim is timely filed, but the refund is limited in amount to the taxes paid by the taxpayer during the three years preceding the date of the claim

b.

$16,000 should be recovered. The three-year payment period includes any filing extensions obtained by the taxpayer.

Pages 462-463

Federal Tax Research, 11th Edition

14-38.

d. All of the above are examples of erroneous items.

Page 474

Page 14-9

Chapter 1 1. Tax compliance is the process of: a. filing necessary tax returns b. gathering the financial information necessary to report taxable income c. representing a taxpayer at an IRS audit d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:12 PM 2. Tax evasion is: a. a fraudulent act involving illegal nonpayment of taxes b. one of the objectives of tax planning c. an act of deferring tax payments to future periods d. the same as tax avoidance as both of them result in nonpayment of taxes ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 3. Tax litigation is a process of: a. participating in an administrative audit b. settling tax-related disputes in a court of law c. filing amended tax returns as prescribed by tax laws d. arranging a taxpayer’s affairs to minimize tax liabilities ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 4. Regarding open transactions, which of the following statements is INCORRECT? a. The transaction is not yet completed. b. The practitioner can suggest changes to achieve a better tax result. c. A tax practitioner has some degree of control over the client’s tax liability. d. The practitioner can fix the problem by amending the client’s tax return.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 1 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:15 PM 5. Which of the following statements best describes Circular 230? a. Circular 230 has been adopted by the AICPA as its set of rules of practice for CPAs. b. Circular 230 is a set of Treasury Department ethical and legal standards for those engaging in practice before the IRS. c. Circular 230 is a set of internal rules at the IRS designed to protect tax practitioners from unfair discipline by the IRS. d. Circular 230 is a set of ethical rules for taxpayers.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 6. Who can represent a taxpayer before the IRS Appeals Office under Circular 230? a. a CPA b. an officer of a corporation may represent the corporation c. an attorney d. all of these are correct e. both a CPA and an attorney ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:19 PM 7. In a closed transaction, the scope of tax planning is: a. more limited as compared to an open transaction b. limited by the IRS rules of practice c. limited to presenting the taxpayer’s facts to the government in the most favorable, legal manner d. more limited as compared to an open transaction and limited to presenting the taxpayer’s facts to the government in the most favorable, legal manner ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 1 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:21 PM 8. Circular 230 includes rules on all of the following topics EXCEPT: a. who is authorized to practice before the IRS b. standards for “covered opinions” c. compliance with state ethical requirements d. a set of best practices to guide practitioners ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 9. Statements on Standards for Tax Services (SSTS) contain advisory guidelines for: a. CPAs b. enrolled agents c. attorneys d. IRS authorities e. all of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:31 PM 10. An EA must renew his or her enrollment card on a: a. 5-year cycle b. 3-year cycle c. 2-year cycle d. Renewal is not required once an EA gets a card ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 1 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 11. Under Section 10.3, Subpart A, of Circular 230, the following individuals may practice before the IRS EXCEPT: a. unenrolled agents b. enrolled agents c. enrolled actuaries d. enrolled retirement plan agents ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:00 PM 12. Due diligence, in essence, means a tax practitioner: a. must be efficient in performing his duties b. must give due respect to IRS officials c. should use reasonable effort to comply with the tax laws d. should charge reasonable fees for work performed for a client ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 13. A contingent fee is: a. always allowed by Circular 230 b. a fee that is out of line with the value of the service provided c. a fee based on a percentage of a taxpayer’s refund on a tax return d. all of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:20 PM 14. According to Circular 230, the “best practices” rules are: a. mandatory for all tax practitioners Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 1 b. restricted only to attorneys and CPAs c. aspirational, to act as goals for tax practitioners d. enforced by disbarment from practice before the IRS ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 15. The six principles of professional conduct under the AICPA Code include: a. responsibilities b. public interest c. integrity d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:20 PM 16. Under 2-2b rules, which of the following actions would constitute deceptive advertising? a. advertising too frequently b. implying that the CPA had the ability to influence an IRS official c. promising a favorable result without justification d. implying that the CPA had the ability to influence an IRS official and promising a favorable result without justification ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:25 PM 17. Under Statements on Standards for Tax Services No. 3 (SSTS No. 3), a CPA preparing a tax return should perform all of the actions EXCEPT: a. independently confirm the accuracy of the taxpayer’s information b. obtain additional information if the taxpayer’s information appears to be incorrect or incomplete c. review the prior year’s return when feasible d. determine when conditions for a deduction have been met Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 1 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:26 PM 18. Which of the following is CORRECT about a CPA’s responsibility with regard to tax return positions under Statements on Standards for Tax Services No. 1 (SSTS No. 1)? a. A CPA may not base his or her position on authority that is not approved by the IRS under Section 6662 (accuracy-related penalty). b. A CPA may sign a return which has a tax position that has a realistic possibility of being sustained on the merits. c. A CPA may not sign a return which has any tax position that is not fully disclosed. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:02 PM 19. The Statements on Standards for Tax Services (SSTS) are issued by: a. the Internal Revenue Service b. the FASB c. the AICPA d. the American Bar Association e. the AICPA and the American Bar Association jointly ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 20. The Statements on Standards for Tax Services are: a. part of the ABA Code of Professional Responsibility b. intended to replace Circular 230 c. intended to supplement the AICPA Code of Professional Conduct and Circular 230 d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 1 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:21 PM 21. Which of the following statements best explains the need for tax practitioners to understand nonregulatory ethical models of behavior? a. Competing ethical solutions must be resolved by the courts. b. There is more to ethical behavior than just following the rules of professional organizations. c. Practitioners must always choose the action with the greatest benefit for their client. d. Ethical choices are clearly spelled out by IRS regulations.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 22. The primary change made by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act which affects the practice of public accounting is: a. Public accounting firms may no longer provide any actuarial services. b. Accounting firms may no longer offer tax shelters. c. Auditors may never do tax compliance work for their clients. d. Public accounting firms may provide some nonaudit services to their audit clients if the services are approved in advance by an audit committee.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 23. The Lowell Bar Association v. Loeb case addressed the issue of: a. unauthorized practice of law by nonattorneys engaged in tax practice b. legal research by taxpayers c. attorneys and CPAs working together in a practice d. all of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 1 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:22 PM 24. In which of the following situations would a CPA be engaged in the unauthorized practice of law? a. The CPA drafts a contract for his small business client. b. The CPA files a client’s state tax return. c. The CPA answers estate tax questions for his client. d. The CPA represents his client before the IRS. ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 25. Which of the following statements is CORRECT regarding unauthorized practice of law? a. Taxpayers may not draft their own contracts. b. Taxpayers may not represent themselves in Tax Court. c. A CPA cannot express a legal opinion on a non-tax matter. d. A CPA cannot express a legal opinion on a tax matter.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:33 PM 26. Tax avoidance and tax evasion are both illegal. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 27. Tax research is required only for tax planning, not preparing returns. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 1 ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:34 PM 28. Tax planning has a higher likelihood of success when a tax practitioner is dealing with an open transaction instead of a closed transaction. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:35 PM 29. Paid tax return preparers must register with the IRS and obtain a PTIN. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 30. Enrolled actuaries are allowed to practice before the IRS. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 31. Tax practitioners (as defined by the IRS) are regulated by Circular 230. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 1 b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:07 PM 32. Circular 230 bans tax practitioners from giving written advice on a federal tax issue based on the likelihood of an audit. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:32 PM 33. CPAs may never disclose confidential taxpayer information under the AICPA rules. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 34. A member of the AICPA is not allowed to prepare tax returns that involve the use of the taxpayer’s estimates. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 35. State Boards of Accountancy are the organizations with responsibility to license public accountants in each state.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 1 a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 36. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act addresses issues of corporate governance as well as the independence of auditors. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 37. The ABA Model Code of Professional Responsibility has the force of law and covers all attorneys practicing in the United States. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 38. An attorney, CPA, or enrolled agent may use advertising to obtain clients under Circular 230. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 1 39. If a CPA becomes aware of an error in a tax return, he or she must immediately notify the IRS. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 40. A CPA can rely without verification on information given to the CPA by a taxpayer unless the information appears to be incorrect. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 41. An ethical dilemma occurs when someone is faced with a situation for which there are no clearly defined answers. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 42. The three categories of modern tax practice include tax planning, tax compliance, and tax research. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 1 43. To become an enrolled agent, a person must either pass a special IRS examination or must work for the IRS for at least five years. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 44. Drafting wills is a part of a CPA’s professional duties. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 45. Tax practice can be defined as the application of the tax laws to specific accounting situations. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 46. Who may represent a taxpayer before the IRS in cases which go beyond the examination of the return?

ANSWER: Under Circular 230, the following individuals may represent taxpayers before the IRS beyond the examination stage: • Attorneys • CPAs • Enrolled agents • Enrolled actuaries

POINTS:

The above individuals must be in good standing and have a current license. Also, certain authorized individuals may represent taxpayers in special situations under the “limited practice without enrollment rules” of Section 10.7.

1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 47. Taxation and tax practice are comprised of the interaction of several disciplines. What are those disciplines? Briefly discuss their impact on the tax system.

ANSWER: Tax practice involves a blend of accounting and law. The tax law itself is a product of economics, political science, and sociology. Each of these disciplines influences taxation in a different way.

Economics provides input about how the tax law will affect the economy. Political science is the process by which laws are made, and sociology provides the framework to determine the equity and societal goals of the tax law.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 48. What standard must tax practitioners meet under Section 6694 (preparer penalties) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to undisclosed positions taken on tax returns?

ANSWER: Tax return positions which are not disclosed on the tax return must meet the standard of “substantial authority” to avoid the penalties under Code Section 6694, relating to understatement of taxpayer's liability by tax return preparer.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 49. Does the IRS regulate unenrolled tax preparers? Explain your answer.

ANSWER: Yes, unenrolled preparers are now regulated by the IRS under proposed amendments to Circular 230 and recent IRS regulations. Tax return preparers who prepare returns for compensation and sign the return are authorized to conduct “limited practice” before the IRS. The tax return preparer may only make an appearance before the Examination Division of the IRS. All paid preparers must register for a Preparer Tax Identification Number (PTIN) and include that number on all returns submitted to the IRS. In addition, tax return preparers are subject to competency testing and are required to take continuing professional education courses. They also are subject to the Circular 230 ethical standards.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 1 50. Explain the AICPA guidelines under SSTS No. 3 for relying without verification on taxpayer or third-party information when preparing a tax return.

ANSWER: In preparing or signing a return, an AICPA member ordinarily may rely without verification on information that the taxpayer or a third party has provided, unless such information appears to be incorrect, incomplete, or inconsistent. A more formal, audit-like review of documents or supporting evidence is generally not required for a member to sign the tax return. Where material provided by the taxpayer appears to be incorrect or incomplete, however, the member should obtain additional information from the taxpayer. In situations where the tax law requires that specific conditions be met, the member should determine, by inquiry, whether the conditions have been met. For example, the Code and Regulations impose substantiation requirements for the deduction of certain expenditures. In such a case, the member has an obligation to make appropriate inquiries regarding the client’s recordkeeping.

Although members are not required to examine supporting documents, they should encourage the taxpayer to provide such documents when deemed appropriate; for example, in the case of deductions or income from a pass-through entity, such as a partnership, the entity’s documents might be useful in preparing the owner’s tax returns.

The member should make proper use of the prior year’s tax return when feasible to gather information about the taxpayer and to help avoid omissions and errors with respect to income, deductions, and credit computations.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:42 PM 51. What should an AICPA member do upon learning about an error in a prior year’s tax return?

ANSWER: A member must advise the taxpayer promptly, regardless of whether the member prepared or signed the return in question, when he or she learns of an error in a previously filed tax return, an error in a return that is the subject of an administrative proceeding, or a taxpayer’s failure to file a required

return. Such advice should include a recommendation for appropriate measures the taxpayer should take. However, the member is neither obligated to inform the IRS of the situation, nor may he or she do so without the taxpayer’s permission, except as provided by law.

The term “error” includes any position, omission, or method of accounting that, at the time the return is filed, fails to meet the standards set out in SSTS No. 1. An error also includes a position taken on a prior year’s return that no longer meets these standards due to legislation, judicial decisions, or administrative pronouncements having retroactive effect. However, an error does not include an item that has an insignificant effect on the taxpayer’s tax liability.

POINTS:

If the member is requested to prepare the current year’s return, and the taxpayer has not taken action to correct an error in a prior year’s return, the member should consider whether to proceed with the preparation of the current year’s return. If the current year’s return is prepared, the member should take reasonable steps to ensure that the error is not repeated. A member should advise a taxpayer, either orally or in writing, as to the correction of errors in the prior year’s return. In a case where there is a possibility that the taxpayer may be charged with fraud, the taxpayer should be referred to an attorney.

1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 52. Explain which types of services a CPA can and cannot provide to avoid engaging in the unauthorized practice of law.

ANSWER: Frequently, legal and accounting questions are so intertwined in tax practice that they are difficult to distinguish. Over the years, a number of court cases have addressed the issue of unauthorized practice of law by accountants and other tax preparers. Though state and federal court cases have some inconsistent results, the current belief is that CPAs and other nonattorneys who practice law before the IRS do not engage in the unauthorized practice of law if they are careful not to provide any general legal services. Thus, the following types of general law activities should be avoided by nonattorneys: • Expressing a legal opinion on any non-tax matter.

• Drafting wills or trust instruments.

• Drafting contracts.

• Drafting incorporation papers.

• Drafting partnership agreements.

As long as CPAs and other nonattorneys stay within the practice of tax and do not cross over into the practice of general law, they can avoid the problem of unauthorized practice of law.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 53. Explain the concept of “limited practice without enrollment” under Circular 230 and list several of the special situations in which the IRS allows this type of representation.

ANSWER: Under Section 10.7 of Circular 230, certain individuals are authorized to represent a taxpayer before the IRS without being an attorney, CPA, or enrolled agent. These special situations include the following types of representation: • An individual may represent a member of his or her immediate family.

• A regular, full-time employee of an individual employer may represent the employer.

• A general partner or a regular, full-time employee of a partnership may represent the partnership.

• A bona fide officer or a regular, full-time employee of a corporation (including a parent, subsidiary, or other affiliated corporation), association, or organized group may represent the corporation, association, or organized group.

• A regular, full-time employee of a trust, receivership, guardianship, or estate may represent the trust, receivership, guardianship, or estate.

• An officer or a regular employee of a governmental unit, agency, or authority may represent the governmental unit, agency, or authority in the course of his or her official duties.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 1 • An individual may represent any individual or entity who is outside the United States before personnel of the Internal Revenue Service when such representation takes place outside the United States.

• An individual who prepares and signs a taxpayer's tax return as the preparer, or who prepares a tax return but is not required (by the instructions to the tax return or regulations) to sign the tax return, may represent the taxpayer during an examination of the taxable year or period covered by that tax return, but this right does not permit such individual to represent the taxpayer before Appeals Officers, Revenue Officers, Counsel, or similar officers or employees of the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Treasury.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:50 PM 54. Explain the standards for professional services that involve tax return positions under SSTS No.1. What is the level of authority for disclosed or undisclosed positions and what types of authority can be relied upon?

ANSWER: Under SSTS No. 1, a member should determine and comply with the standards, if any, that are imposed by the applicable taxing authority with respect to recommending a tax return position, or preparing or signing a tax return. If the applicable taxing authority has no written standards with respect to recommending a tax return position or preparing or signing a tax return, or if its standards are lower than the standards set forth in the SSTSs, then the standard in SSTS No. 1 applies. This standard provides that, in providing professional services that involve tax return positions, a member should have a good-faith belief that the position has at least a realistic possibility of being sustained administratively or judicially on its merits if challenged. In addition, a member may recommend a tax return position if the member concludes that there is a reasonable basis for the position and advises the taxpayer to appropriately disclose that position. Thus, a member may prepare or sign a tax return that reflects a position if a member has a reasonable basis for the position and that position is appropriately disclosed.

A member may reach a conclusion that a position is warranted based on a well-reasoned construction of the applicable statute, well-reasoned articles or treatises, or pronouncements issued by the applicable taxing authority, regardless of whether such sources would be treated as authority under Internal Revenue Code Section 6662 (the accuracy-related penalty on underpayments). A position would not fail to meet these standards merely because it is later abandoned for practical or procedural considerations during an administrative hearing or in the litigation process.

In cases where the member believes that the taxpayer may have some exposure to a penalty, the statement suggests that the member advise the taxpayer of such risk. Where disclosure of a position on the tax return may mitigate the possibility of a taxpayer penalty under the Internal Revenue Code, the member should consider recommending that the taxpayer disclose the position on the return.

Additionally, a member should not recommend a tax return position or prepare or sign a tax return reflecting a position that the member knows could exploit the audit selection process of a taxing authority, or serves as a mere arguing position advanced solely to obtain leverage in a negotiation with a taxing authority.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 1 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 2 1. All of the following are goals of tax research EXCEPT: a. to balance the need for efficiency against the need for thoroughness b. to balance the client’s tax goals with the client’s nontax, personal considerations c. to find a defensible solution to a client’s problem d. to find a perfect solution to a client’s problem, no matter how long it takes ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:34 PM 2. Which of the following statements describes the tax research process? a. It is strictly linear. b. It requires mechanical skills combined with critical thinking. c. It requires the ability to use complex mathematical techniques to identify and locate tax authorities. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:34 PM 3. Collateral estoppel is a legal concept which: a. allows relitigation on the same facts or same issues b. bars relitigation on the same facts or same issues c. requires that the court resolve factual issues in a taxpayer’s favor d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:35 PM 4. The first step in the tax research process is to: a. establish the facts b. identify the issues c. locate authority d. evaluate authority Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 5. Once the initial facts have been gathered and the issues defined, the tax researcher must: a. develop conclusions and recommendations b. evaluate the authority c. contact the IRS d. locate the authority ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 6. In a closed-fact problem, the main goal of tax research is to: a. determine several alternative courses of future action for the taxpayer b. find support for an action the taxpayer has already taken c. determine several alternative courses of future action for the taxpayer and find support for an action the taxpayer has already taken d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:47 PM 7. The final step of the tax research process is to: a. develop conclusions and recommendations b. communicate recommendations c. document conclusions and recommendations d. litigate the tax-related dispute ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 2 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 8. Which of the following statements is CORRECT regarding online tax research? a. The method of constructing queries is the same for all databases. b. Most online tax services allow the use of connectors and wild cards. c. If a query generates too little information, the researcher should add more unique keywords. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:36 PM 9. Tax research issues can be divided into two main categories. These are: a. fact and law issues b. primary and secondary issues c. major and minor issues d. internal and external issues e. tax and nontax issues ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:48 PM 10. Which of the following are basic connectors you can use to construct a search query? a. google b. not c. or d. * e. both not and or ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:49 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 2 11. Which of the following represents a law issue? a. intent of the transaction b. definition of a term used in the code c. date of transaction d. location of the transaction e. all of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:37 PM 12. The amount of a transaction represents a: a. law issue b. social issue c. fact issue d. political issue ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 13. Which of the following is an example of secondary authority? a. tax treaties b. tax journals c. U.S. Constitution d. tax laws by Congress ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 14. A statutory source of federal tax law is: a. various rulings of the Treasury Department and the IRS b. collected rulings of the various courts on federal tax matters Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 2 c. textbooks d. tax treaties ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:35 PM 15. Which of the following is an administrative source of primary authority? a. U.S. Constitution b. collected rulings of the various courts on federal tax matters c. revenue rulings d. newsletters ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:35 PM 16. A reference source that enables the researcher to follow the judicial history of court cases is known as: a. a case reporter b. a judicial directory c. the Cumulative Bulletin d. a citator ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 17. CCH’s annotated or code-based commercial tax service is: a. the United States Tax Reporter b. the Tax Coordinator 2d c. the Thomson Reuters Checkpoint d. the Federal Tax Library ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:51 PM 18. The Tax Management Portfolios are published by: a. CCH b. RIA c. Bloomberg BNA Tax and Accounting d. LexisNexis ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:27 PM 19. Once the research question has been stated, the researcher must next: a. gather the facts b. identify the keywords c. select a database and execute the search d. interpret and refine the search ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 20. Secondary sources are useful when: a. conflicting primary authority exists b. the issue is a closed-fact problem c. a researcher does not have access to primary sources d. a researcher disagrees with the client ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:52 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 2 21. The IRS website can be used to perform which of the following tasks: a. obtain downloadable forms b. keyword search IRS tax publications c. file your tax return d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:38 PM 22. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT regarding the CPA exam? a. The National Association of State Boards of Accountancy administers the test. b. Each state has its own test. c. CPA exam candidates must pass all four sections of the exam. d. The Regulation section requires tax research.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:53 PM 23. Which of the following forms the basis for all tax provisions? a. secondary authority b. the administrative authority of the IRS c. judicial interpretation of the law d. the statutory authority of Congress ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 24. The distinction between primary and secondary authority is important for which of the following reasons? a. to meet the accuracy threshold of "substantial authority" b. to avoid penalties under Section 6662 of the Code c. to search properly with connectors and wildcards d. to meet the accuracy threshold of "substantial authority" and to avoid penalties under Section 6662 of the Code Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:55 PM 25. Tax journals perform which of the following functions: a. offer researchers expert analysis of unclear tax issues b. keep researchers aware of current developments c. suggest tax planning techniques d. all of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:39 PM 26. Skilled tax research requires a combination of reasoning and creativity. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 27. A tax researcher can rely on tax journals as substantial authority under Section 6662 of the Code. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 28. The tax research process should be approached in a structured, step-by-step manner.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 2 a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 29. After the researcher has located authority that deals with the client's problem, he or she must develop conclusions and recommendations. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 30. A tax researcher should ignore the personal preferences of a client and concentrate only on minimizing the client’s tax liability. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 31. If a computer search generates too much information, the search may use fewer libraries or more unique keywords. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:58 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 2 32. “Wildcards” such as an asterisk can be used to search for word variations in most tax services. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 33. Commercial databases are ideal sources for having the most up-to-date information on tax laws and scenarios. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:28 PM 34. Google Scholar is an example of an online, free tax-related internet site. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 2:59 PM 35. The power of Congress to implement and collect taxes is summarized in the Internal Revenue Code, the official title of U.S. tax law. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 2 36. Tax researchers should not consider the client’s potential liability in determining how much time to spend on a client’s problem. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:00 PM 37. The Tax Adviser journal is published by the AICPA. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 38. Thomson Reuters Checkpoint is a web-based tax research service that contains research material on federal, state, local, and international taxation. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:37 PM 39. FindLaw includes links for federal and state laws and a searchable database of summaries of published opinions from selected federal and state courts back to 2000. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 2 DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:37 PM 40. The search “stock or securities” would find documents that contain both the term “stock” and the term “securities.” a. True b. False ANSWER: False RATIONALE: FEEDBACK: This search would find documents that have either the word “stock” or the word “securities.”

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 41. The IRS website is a full-service, tax research resource. a. True b. False ANSWER: False RATIONALE: FEEDBACK: The IRS website, while containing much useful information, is not a full-service tax research resource.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 42. One of the issues a tax researcher should be concerned about is how definitive a research result must be. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 43. The CPA exam is prepared by the AICPA. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 2 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 44. All primary source material has the same precedential value. a. True b. False ANSWER: False RATIONALE: FEEDBACK: Different types of primary authority have different value as precedent. The researcher must understand the hierarchy of primary sources.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 45. The U.S. Constitution is a statutory source of tax law. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 46. List in sequential order the major steps involved in the tax research process.

ANSWER: The tax research process can be broken down into six major steps, each an essential part of the overall research methodology. The steps in tax research are as follows. o Establish the facts o Identify the issues o Locate authority o Evaluate authority o Develop conclusions and recommendations o Communicate the recommendations POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 2 47. Explain the difference in primary and secondary sources of tax information and give several examples of each.

ANSWER: Primary authority consists of original pronouncements that come from government sources, including statutory, administrative, or judicial sources. Statutory authority comes out of the legislative branch of government, the U.S. Congress, and includes the Internal Revenue Code, legislative history, and tax treaties. Administrative documents come out of the IRS, including regulations, rulings, taxpayer publications, and other guidance documents. The judiciary releases court opinions which are a judicial primary source.

Secondary sources consist of interpretations of primary authority and are an unofficial source of tax information. Secondary authority includes tax services, journals, textbooks, treatises and newsletters.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 48. List the significant tax facts that often influence the client's situation: ANSWER: Significant facts that often influence the client’s situation include the following: • The client’s tax entity, for example, individual, corporation, or trust.

• The client’s family status and stability.

• The client’s past, present, and projected marginal tax rates.

• The client’s place of legal domicile and citizenship.

• The client’s motivation for the transaction.

• The relationships among the client and other parties who are involved in the transaction.

• Whether special tax rules apply to the taxpayer due to the type of business in which the taxpayer is engaged (i.e., he or she is a farmer, fisherman, or long-term contractor).

• Whether the transaction is proposed or completed.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 49. Tax research has been described as an “iterative process.” Explain what this means to the researcher and give an example of how this process might work with a hypothetical client.

ANSWER: The process of tax research is iterative in the sense that, once an answer is found, it often causes a new issue to appear, which then requires the gathering of more information. After the researcher has more information, he or she has to go back to the research materials to reevaluate the problem. For example, if a client comes in asking if he or she can deduct alimony, the researcher can look up the general federal tax rules for alimony. When looking at those rules, the researcher finds that the alimony must be made under a divorce or separation instrument. When the researcher goes back to the client to question him or her about the details of the divorce instrument, the client explains that it was not a divorce, but an annulment. Now the researcher must go back and research the issue of whether an alimony deduction is allowed for payments made under a decree of annulment. The researcher then finds that if an annulment has the same effect for support purposes as a divorce under local law, payments under an annulment decree qualify as deductible alimony.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 2 In conclusion, the tax research process is not a linear process. Rather, the direction the research takes is dependent on how the facts and issues develop as the researcher gathers more information.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 3:07 PM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 3 1. Regarding the taxing powers of the federal government, the U.S. Constitution requires that: a. taxes imposed by Congress must apply uniformly throughout the United States b. no direct taxes may be imposed on income c. all revenues from the federal income tax must be apportioned to the population of the states from which they were collected d. all of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:10 PM 2. Which of the following is an administrative source of the federal tax law issued by the IRS? a. court rulings b. Internal Revenue Code c. tax treaties d. revenue rulings e. none of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:39 PM 3. The first Internal Revenue Code was: a. the Internal Revenue Code of 1939 b. the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 c. the Revenue Act of 1913 d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:11 PM 4. The first federal income tax law was passed as a result of the: a. Civil War b. Mexican-American War Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 3 c. Spanish-American War d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:11 PM 5. A “tax protester” is: a. a person who files a “frivolous” return with the IRS b. a person who brings a “frivolous” matter before the Tax Court c. a person who may be subject to a penalty for frivolous Tax Court petitions d. all of these are correct e. none of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:16 PM 6. The overriding purpose of tax treaties is to: a. create "tax havens" b. minimize tax liability of multinational corporations c. require business taxpayers to file returns in all countries in which they operate d. eliminate the "double taxation" that a taxpayer would face if his or her income were subject to tax in both countries ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:17 PM 7. Which of the following issues is NOT addressed by tax treaties? a. what tax disclosures must be made by a visitor to a host country b. treatment of business and investment income earned by a foreign visitor in the United States c. treatment of business and investment income earned by a foreign citizen in his home country d. how to compute the taxable amount in the host country Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 3 e. all of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:17 PM 8. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT regarding tax treaties? a. They are authorized by the U.S. Constitution. b. They are usually initiated by the State Department, not the Treasury. c. The United States can have multiple types of tax treaties with one country. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:41 PM 9. P.L. 107-16 is the citation for: a. the Conference report on the 16th public law enacted in the 107th Congress b. the 16th public law enacted in the 107th Congress c. a public law enacted by Congress but not signed by the President d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:59 PM 10. In the House of Representatives, tax law changes are primarily considered by: a. the Finance Committee b. a Conference Committee c. the Budget Committee d. the Ways and Means Committee ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:22 PM 11. If any differences exist between the House- and Senate-passed versions of a tax bill, the bill is referred to: a. the Finance Committee b. the President c. a Conference Committee d. the Supreme Court ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:21 PM 12. Each Congress lasts for: a. 2 years b. 1 year c. 3 years d. 4 years ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 13. Which of the following statements is CORRECT regarding the enactment into law of a tax bill? a. A tax bill must always be signed by the President to become law. b. A tax law must be approved by the Treasury Department. c. A tax law must either be signed into law by the President or Congress must override a presidential veto of the proposed law. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:23 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 3 14. Which of the following statements is CORRECT regarding Committee Reports? a. They are published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. b. They can be found in most subscription online tax services. c. They explain the elements of proposed tax law changes and reasons for the changes. d. All of these are correct. e. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:29 PM 15. Which of the following is CORRECT regarding the Floor Debate Report? a. It is contained in the Congressional Record. b. Technical or detailed information excluded from the committee report(s) may be included. c. It summarizes the discussions made in the House or the Senate concerning a proposed tax bill. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:31 PM 16. A subtitle of the Internal Revenue Code: a. is indicated by a capital letter, such as “Subtitle A” b. relates to a well-defined area of the law c. is used as a short-hand reference to describe types of corporations d. is indicated by a capital letter, such as “Subtitle A,” and relates to a well-defined area of the law e. all of the above ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:34 PM 17. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT regarding the structure of the Internal Revenue Code? a. Code section numbers start over in each chapter.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 3 b. Each Code section is used only once in the Internal Revenue Code. c. Code sections inserted between existing section numbers are indicated by adding a capital letter to the Section number (e.g., Section 25A) d. The Internal Revenue Code is Title 26 of the United States Code.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:42 PM 18. The current Internal Revenue Code is the: a. Internal Revenue Code of 2011 b. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 c. Internal Revenue Code of 1954 d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:36 PM 19. Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code deals with: a. estate and gift taxes b. employment taxes c. income taxes d. excise taxes ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 20. Which of the following sections of the Internal Revenue Code deal with partnerships? a. the 700s b. the 300s c. Section 162 d. Section 501 ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 3 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 21. Code Section 61 relates to: a. deductions for adjusted gross income b. the definition of gross income c. corporate tax rates d. the deduction for state taxes ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 22. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT regarding the reasons tax researchers may have difficulty in interpreting the Internal Revenue Code? a. Code sections can appear to conflict. b. Definitions can be significantly different from the common use of a term. c. All exceptions to a Code section are addressed within that same section. d. Frequently, phrases modify percentage or dollar amounts.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:42 PM 23. A “technical corrections act” is: a. a set of changes made by IRS to fit new tax law provisions into the Code b. an act passed by Congress to remove errors in implementing and interpreting the new provisions of a tax law c. the act that provides the effective dates for a new tax law d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 3 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:39 PM 24. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT regarding effective dates in the Internal Revenue Code? a. All sections of a new tax law go into effect at the same time. b. New Code provisions may not go into effect immediately upon adoption by Congress. c. Some effective dates can precede passage of the act. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:43 PM 25. Which of the following statements is CORRECT regarding the definition of terms in the Internal Revenue Code? a. All definitions are included in Section 7701. b. Definitions are always included within the Code section to which they apply. c. Definitions are written into the Code by the IRS rather than included in tax laws passed by Congress. d. Sometimes, a researcher may need to consult the regulations to find a complete definition of a term.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 26. The 16th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution authorized the imposition of a Federal income tax. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 27. Statutory sources of federal tax law come out of the legislative branch of the U.S. government. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 3 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:40 PM 28. Circuit Courts are administrative sources of the federal tax law. a. True b. False ANSWER: False RATIONALE: FEEDBACK: Circuit Courts are judicial sources of the federal tax law.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:42 PM 29. In Pollock v. Farmers’ Loan and Trust Co., the Supreme Court held that the income tax was unconstitutional because it was a constitutionally prohibited "direct tax." a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:45 PM 30. Historically, the 1913 income tax was a tax on wealthy and high-income taxpayers. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:45 PM 31. Taxpayers who file frivolous returns are subject to a $25,000 fine. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 3 b. False ANSWER: RATIONALE:

False FEEDBACK: The frivolous return penalty is $5,000. The Tax Court penalty for frivolous actions is $25,000.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 32. Congress cannot override a Presidential veto of a tax bill. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 33. The North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) is a non-tax international treaty that addresses some tax-related issues. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:46 PM 34. Treaties may expire because of a specific Congressional time limitation. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:47 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 3 35. Subparagraphs are the major divisions of the Internal Revenue Code covering such broad topics as Income Taxes, and Estate and Gift Taxes. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 36. When a Code provision and a provision under a treaty conflict, the one adopted earlier in time generally rules. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 37. Tax treaties are agreements negotiated between countries concerning the treatment of entities subject to tax in both countries. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 38. The Joint Conference Committee is called on to resolve differences between the House Ways and Means Committee version and the full House version of tax legislation. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 3 DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 39. Section 121(B)(2)(a)(b)(iii) would be a correct type of Code citation. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 40. Most tax legislation begins in the House of Representatives. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 41. The “General Explanation” of tax legislation, called the “Blue Book,” is prepared by the Joint Conference Committee. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:50 PM 42. Trade or business deductions are contained in Code Section 62. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 3 DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 43. Whenever a major new tax law is passed, CCH and RIA both publish the related Committee Reports. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 44. A report of Floor Debate is included in the Congressional Record and may include some detailed or technical information that is excluded from a Committee Report. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:51 PM 45. The term "not less than 50" represents only those numbers which are more than 50. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:52 PM 46. List several issues that tax treaties commonly address.

ANSWER: Any tax matter may be covered in a tax treaty with another country. Types of issues commonly covered by treaties include: • How to treat the business and investment income of a visiting taxpayer.

• When the visitor is subject to the host country’s tax laws.

• How to offset the possibility of taxing the same income or assets more than once.

• How to compute the taxable amount in the host country.

• To what extent the host-country withholding and taxes are applied to a visitor’s transactions.

• How taxes levied by a state/province/canton are treated by the taxpayer.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 3 • What tax disclosures must be made by a visitor.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 47. What is a tax protester and what types of sanctions are tax protesters subject to?

ANSWER: A tax protester is someone who refuses to cooperate with the tax laws or pay tax based on frivolous or groundless legal positions. Frequently, tax protesters challenge the constitutionality of the federal income tax. Congress has passed several laws to discourage tax protesters. A taxpayer is subject to a $5,000 fine if he or she files a “frivolous” tax return as a form of protest against the IRS or the U.S. budgetary process. Also, the Tax Court can impose a penalty of up to $25,000 if the taxpayer brings a frivolous matter before the Court.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:42 PM 48. What information is included in the history of a Code section?

ANSWER: The history of a Code section includes a list of Public Laws that have altered or amended the section.

This listing generally includes a reference to the section as it existed prior to amendment as well as the effective date of the amendment to the law.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM 49. Describe the steps in the legislative process by which a tax bill becomes law.

ANSWER: Most tax legislation originates in the House of Representatives. In the House, tax law changes are considered by the House Ways and Means Committee. Upon approval of a bill by the Committee, the bill is sent to the full House for a vote. If it is passed, it goes to the Senate. In the Senate, the bill is referred to the Senate Finance Committee. When the Finance Committee approves the bill, it goes to the Senate floor for a vote. If the Senate passes a different version than the House version, the bill is sent to the Joint Conference Committee where the differences are resolved in negotiations. The compromise bill from the Joint Conference Committee must then be approved by both the House and the Senate. If approved, the legislation is sent to the President for his signature. If the President signs the measure, it becomes a Public Law and the new provisions are incorporated into the Internal Revenue Code. If the bill is vetoed by the President, Congress can override the veto with a sufficient revote.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 3 QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:37 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 4:57 PM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 4 1. The IRS, as an administrative agency, is responsible for: a. formulating and interpreting the tax laws b. interpreting and enforcing the tax laws c. formulating and evaluating the tax laws d. planning and formulating the tax laws ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 2. Most official IRS pronouncements are written by: a. The IRS Office of Chief Counsel b. The IRS Commissioner c. The Treasury Secretary d. IRS Field Office Staff Members ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 3. The Commissioner of the IRS is appointed by the: a. The Treasury Secretary b. The President of the United States c. The Chief Counsel of the IRS d. General Counsel of the Treasury Department ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 4. Which statement is INCORRECT regarding Proposed Regulations? a. They do not have the same effect as law. b. Proposed Regulations are useful for understanding the IRS's current position on an issue but generally should not be relied on by a taxpayer unless the IRS provides explicit advice on doing so. c. Proposed Regulations carry the same authority as Final Regulations.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 4 d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:48 PM 5. Which of the following IRS pronouncements has the highest weight of authority? a. IRS Revenue Rulings b. IRS Taxpayer Publications c. IRS Announcements d. All of these IRS pronouncements have equal weight of authority.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:49 PM 6. Treasury Decisions are published first, officially, in: a. the Internal Revenue Bulletin b. first in the Internal Revenue Bulletin and then in the Federal Register c. the Federal Register d. Congressional Committee Reports ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 7. The IRS’s general authority to issue binding rules and regulations comes from which source? a. the U.S. Constitution b. an Executive Order of the President c. a section of the Internal Revenue Code itself d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 4 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:51 PM 8. Which of the following Regulations bears the greatest precedential value? a. Legislative Regulations b. Proposed Regulations c. General Regulations d. Income Tax Regulations ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 9. Temporary Regulations expire: a. after an IRS hearing on the regulations b. at the end of the public comment period c. five years after issuance pursuant to the statute d. three years after issuance pursuant to the statute e. Temporary Regulations never expire ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:52 PM 10. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT regarding the effective date of Regulations? a. A Regulation becomes effective 18 months after the statute on which it is based was enacted. b. A Regulation is effective on the date on which the Regulation is filed with the Federal Register. c. Temporary Regulations are effective immediately upon publication. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:53 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 4 11. Which of the following Regulations deals with estate taxes? a. Reg. §1.162-21(a)(2) b. Reg. §20.2503-4 c. Reg. §1.6662-5T d. Reg. §31.3121(a)-2 e. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:53 PM 12. Regulations may have retroactive effect in which of the following circumstances: a. The Regulation is designed to prevent abuse by taxpayers. b. The Regulation relates to internal Treasury Department policies, practices, or procedures. c. The Regulation may apply retroactively by Congressional directive. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:15 PM 13. In the citation Reg. §1.162-2(a)(1), the number "162" stands for the: a. type of Regulation b. related Code section c. Code of Federal Regulations d. Regulation paragraph ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:55 PM 14. All of the following types of tax documents are published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin EXCEPT: a. IRS Revenue Procedures b. IRS Letter Rulings c. Treasury decisions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 4 d. new tax treaties e. all of these documents are published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:58 PM 15. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT with regard to IRS Revenue Rulings? a. Revenue Rulings apply the Code and Regulations to a specific factual situation. b. Revenue Rulings are published chiefly to give guidance to taxpayers. c. A Revenue Ruling is an official pronouncement of Congress. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:17 PM 16. In the citation Rev Rul. 87-90, 1987-1 CB 198, the number "90" is the: a. ruling number for the year b. year of ruling c. paragraph number in the CB d. volume number in the CB ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 6:00 PM 17. Revenue Procedures deal with: a. specific taxpayer requests for the IRS’s position on a tax issue b. applying the Code and Regulations to a specific factual situation c. the internal practice and procedures of the IRS in the administration of the tax laws d. all of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 6:01 PM 18. Which of the following is CORRECT with respect to Private Letter Rulings? a. They are issued by the IRS National Office in response to a specific taxpayer request. b. They can be cited as precedent by other taxpayers. c. They are published weekly by the IRS in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. d. They are also known as Technical Advice Memoranda. e. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 6:02 PM 19. Determination Letters are: a. issued by the National Office of the IRS on proposed transactions b. issued by a local IRS office, usually on completed transactions c. published first in the Internal Revenue Bulletin d. issued to IRS field agents as audit guidance ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 6:02 PM 20. Which citation represents the CORRECT numbering scheme for identification of IRS written determinations? a. 9538005, where “95” is the year, “38” is the week of the year, and “005” is the number of the ruling/memoranda that week b. LTR 2010-43, where “2010” is the year and “43” is the number of the ruling or memoranda for that year c. 1996 C.B. 6, where 1996 is the year and 6 is the page number for the ruling or memoranda d. 200917024 where “2009” is the year, “17” is the week of the year, and “024” is the number of the ruling/memoranda for that week ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 4 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 6:03 PM 21. An acquiescence indicates that a court decision will be: a. appealed by the IRS b. followed in similar situations only if it favors the IRS c. followed in similar situations, even if it is adverse to the IRS d. ignored by the IRS ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 6:04 PM 22. Which of the following IRS pronouncement citations is INCORRECT? a. Notice 07-10, 2007 C.B. 324 b. Publication 519 c. Rev. Proc. 2011-14, 2011 I.R.B. 532 d. Action on Decision 2010-002 e. all of these citations are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 6:05 PM 23. IRS General Counsel Memoranda: a. convey the IRS decision to acquiesce/nonacquiesce in a court decision b. summarize and explain published IRS Regulations c. have been replaced with chief counsel advice after 2002 d. have only short-term value ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 6:06 PM 24. The Internal Revenue Bulletin would include: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 4 a. new tax laws issued by Congress b. actions on decisions c. tax treaties d. IRS notices e. all of these are correct ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:21 PM 25. A _____ indicates that the IRS disagrees with the adverse decision in the case and will follow the decision only for the specific taxpayer whose case resulted in the adverse ruling. a. nonacquiescence b. acquiescence c. noncommittal d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:25 PM 26. The U.S. Treasury Department is a part of the Internal Revenue Service. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 27. Proposed Regulations have the effect of law. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 4 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:27 PM 28. The IRS issues General Regulations under the general authority granted to the IRS to interpret the language of the Code, usually under a specific Code (or committee report) directive of Congress. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:28 PM 29. Temporary Regulations must be followed by taxpayers until they are superseded or until they expire. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 30. A Regulation can never be made effective retroactively. a. True b. False ANSWER: False RATIONALE: FEEDBACK: There are certain situations in which a Regulation can be effective retroactively.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 31. The IRS disclaims responsibility for damages that a taxpayer may suffer in erroneously relying on its taxpayer publications. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 4 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 6:08 PM 32. If a taxpayer disagrees with the scope or language of a Regulation, he or she has the burden of proving that the Regulation is improper. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 33. Field Service Advice (FSAs) are binding guidance provided by the IRS National Office to IRS service centers. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 34. The Internal Revenue Bulletin also is published in twice-yearly, bound volumes as the Cumulative Bulletin. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 35. IRS publications are published in the monthly Internal Revenue Bulletin as well as on the IRS website. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 4 ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 6:10 PM 36. The IRS, under no circumstances, has the authority to decline to issue Letter Rulings. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 37. An IRS Technical Advice Memorandum applies strictly to the taxpayer for whose audit it was requested and cannot be relied upon by other taxpayers. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 38. Technical Advice Memoranda are issued in response to a request by an IRS agent. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 39. T.D. 9479 refers to a Treasury Determination letter. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 4 b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 40. Both Revenue Rulings and Letter Rulings have the same precedential value as far as authority in tax matters is concerned. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 41. IRS Technical Memoranda summarize and explain regulations. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 42. A nonacquiescence indicates that the IRS disagrees with the adverse decision in the case and will follow the decision only for the specific taxpayer whose case resulted in the adverse ruling. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 43. Actions on Decision are published by the IRS in the Internal Revenue Bulletin and before 2009 in semiannual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 4 Cumulative Bulletins. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 44. The IRS’s official publication for its pronouncements is the Internal Revenue Manual. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 45. The courts may invalidate IRS Regulations if they are found to conflict with the Code. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 46. Define General and Legislative Regulations and explain the distinction.

ANSWER: General Regulations are issued under the general authority granted to the IRS to interpret the language of the Code. Legislative Regulations are issued by the IRS as directed by the Congress to effectively perform a law-making function and to specify the substantive requirements of a tax provision. Legislative Regulations bear the greatest precedential value of any IRS pronouncement.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 4 47. List the three types of IRS written determinations and briefly explain the differences.

ANSWER: The three types of IRS written determinations are Private Letter Rulings, Technical Advice Memoranda, and Determination Letters. Private Letter Rulings are issued by the National Office of the IRS in response to a taxpayer’s request for the IRS’s position on a specified tax issue, usually a proposed transaction. Technical Advice Memoranda are issued by the IRS National Office in response to a request by an IRS agent when a question arises during an audit. Thus, Technical Advice Memoranda deal with completed transactions. Determination Letters are similar to Private Letter Rulings, but they are issued by a local IRS office such as a District Director, to a taxpayer, generally on the tax treatment of a completed transaction.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 48. Describe the Internal Revenue Bulletin and identify the types of documents published in the Bulletin. Explain when it is published and the citations used to reference the Bulletin.

ANSWER: The Internal Revenue Bulletin (IRB) is the IRS’s primary publication used to communicate with the public. It is issued weekly on Mondays and is available on the IRS website. Every six months, it is bound into the Cumulative Bulletin (CB), which is the official print publication of IRB documents.

Many, but not all, of the IRS’s administrative pronouncements are published in the IRB, including IRS Regulations, Revenue Rulings, Revenue Procedures, Actions on Decisions, Announcements, and Notices. IRS Letter Rulings, Technical Advice Memoranda, and Determination Letters are not published in the IRB. Other types of documents besides IRS pronouncements are published in the IRB, including Congressional tax acts and committee reports, procedural rules, tax treaties, and other notices.

Internal Revenue Bulletin citations: 2010-17 I.R.B. 609 or 2008-1 C.B. 310 The first citation is to the weekly Internal Revenue Bulletin in 2010. The IRB citation indicates the 17th weekly I.R.B. in 2010, page 609. For the Cumulative Bulletin, the citation above indicates the first volume of the C.B. for 2008 beginning on page 310.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 6:15 PM 49. Compare and contrast IRS Proposed Regulations, IRS Temporary Regulations, and IRS Final Regulations. Explain the weight of authority and citations for each type of regulation.

ANSWER: Regulations are issued by the IRS and Treasury Department and constitute official interpretation of the Code. Regulations are intended to provide guidance on new legislative tax law or perhaps to address issues that have arisen related to existing Code. Regulations are not law but rather rules issued by an agency (in this case the Treasury) to provide the IRS’s position on the meaning of the law and give directions on how taxpayers might comply. Although not law, Regulations retain significant authority and must generally be followed.

Regulations are largely drafted by the Office of the Chief Counsel inside the Treasury. Issues to Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 4 consider for Regulations are identified from various sources such as comments from the Commissioner of the IRS, the Chief Counsel and other Treasury Department staff, taxpayers, practitioners, outside organizations, and other comments on tax law directed at professionals or the taxpaying public. The Regulations may also be issued to deal with recent court decisions, common issues dealt with in private letter rulings, and of course, recently enacted legislation.

Regulations often begin as an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) which indicates the Treasury’s consideration of an issue for publication of guidance and will seek input from the public about the tax issue. Once the Regulations are drafted, a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) is issued announcing the Proposed Regulations. The NPRM will include a preamble explaining the purpose of the Regulations, asking for public input, announcing a public hearing (if one is to be held), and the text of the Proposed Regulations themselves. Before and during the hearings process, the NPRMs are referred to as Proposed Regulations and, unlike Final Regulations, do not have the effect of law. Proposed Regulations are useful for understanding the IRS’s current position on an issue but generally should not be relied on by a taxpayer unless the IRS provides explicit advice on doing so.

Although Proposed Regulations do not carry the same authority as Final Regulations, Temporary Regulations have the same authority as Final Regulations. Temporary Regulations are not subject to the public hearing procedure that typifies the development of a Final Regulation, and they are effective immediately upon publication. Until a Temporary Regulation is replaced with the Final Regulation under a Code section, the tax researcher should treat the Temporary Regulation as though it were final. Thus, Temporary Regulations are fully in effect and must be followed until they are superseded.

Regulations can have retroactive effect in certain circumstances: • Within 18 months of enactment of the underlying Code section.

• To prevent taxpayer abuse.

• To correct a procedural defect.

• If it relates to Treasury and IRS internal policies.

• By specific Congressional directive.

• The Commissioner can allow taxpayers to elect to apply new regulations retroactively.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/20/2017 5:46 PM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 5 1. An appeal from the Tax Court is to the: a. U.S. Court of Appeals where the taxpayer is located b. District Court where the taxpayer is located c. U.S. Court of Federal Claims d. Supreme Court ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:47 PM 2. If taxpayers choose NOT to pay a tax deficiency, then they must petition which court? a. the District Court b. the U.S. Court of Federal Claims c. the Tax Court d. the U.S. Court of Appeal ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:47 PM 3. In which of the following courts does the taxpayer have to pay first and then sue for a refund? a. the Tax Court Small Cases Division b. the District Courts and U.S. Court of Federal Claims c. the U.S. Courts of Appeal d. all of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:54 PM 4. A decision of which of the following court(s) CANNOT be found in RIA's American Federal Tax Reports (AFTR or AFTR2d)? a. the District Courts b. the Tax Court c. the Supreme Court Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 5 d. the U.S. Court of Federal Claims e. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:50 PM 5. In Francis T. Foster, et ux. v. Commissioner, 138 T.C. ___ (2012), No. 4, "138" stands for the: a. year of decision b. page number c. volume number d. paragraph number ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:30 PM 6. Decisions of which court(s) are published by West Publishing Company in its Federal Supplement (F.Supp.) Series? a. District Courts b. U.S. Court of Federal Claims c. U.S. Courts of Appeal d. all of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:51 PM 7. In which of the following courts would a taxpayer want to argue an “emotional issue” rather than a “technical” issue? a. the Supreme Court b. the District Courts c. the U.S. Court of Federal Claims d. the U.S. Tax Court ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 8. Which statement is CORRECT regarding the United States Tax Court? a. The Tax Court will hear any federal case. b. The Tax Court is an appeals court. c. The Tax Court must follow decisions of the District Court with jurisdiction over the taxpayer. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:46 PM 9. A taxpayer who loses in the Small Cases Division of the Tax Court may appeal directly to the: a. Appellate division of the IRS b. District Court in the taxpayer’s circuit c. U.S. Court of Appeals in the taxpayer’s circuit d. Decisions in the Small Cases Division cannot be appealed ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:53 PM 10. Which of the following is a secondary court reporter? a. AFTR b. U.S. c. F.Supp. d. F.2d. e. none of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:31 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 5 11. Examples of instances where the burden of proof is on the government, rather than on the taxpayer, include: a. when the IRS uses statistics to recreate income b. when the taxpayer introduces credible evidence c. when the liability is a penalty or addition to tax d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:34 PM 12. Under the Golsen rule, the Tax Court must: a. compute the tax liability due the government b. reach the same decision in each region of the county c. follow the Court of Appeals that has direct jurisdiction over the taxpayer d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:54 PM 13. Tax Court Memorandum decisions can be located in which of the following reporters? a. CCH b. AFTR2d c. the Tax Court of the United States Reports (T.C.) d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:36 PM 14. Which reporter is the official, government reporter for U.S. Supreme Court tax cases? a. S.Ct. b. U.S. c. AFTR2d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 5 d. The government does not print Supreme Court cases.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 15. When a Tax Court decision is said to be entered under Rule 155, it means: a. the Court computed the refund due the taxpayer b. the Court reaches a decision without calculating the tax c. the Court must follow the Court of Appeals that has direct jurisdiction over the taxpayer d. the case cannot be appealed ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:57 PM 16. An appeal from any of the Circuit Courts of Appeals is to the: a. U.S. District Court b. U.S. Court of Federal Claims c. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit d. U.S. Supreme Court ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:57 PM 17. In a court case, “dictum” or “dicta” is: a. a statement or remark that is not necessary to support the court’s decision b. the legal concept that bars relitigation on the same set of facts c. a judgment that reverses the determination of a jury d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 5 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:58 PM 18. A “writ of certiorari” is: a. the process by which the Supreme Court agrees to review a lower court decision b. a judgment notwithstanding the verdict c. the procedure for determining if the authorities can hold an individual in custody d. a reversal of the prior decision of a court ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:58 PM 19. The United States Tax Cases reporter is published by: a. RIA b. CCH c. West Publishing d. the Government Printing Office (GPO) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:58 PM 20. The citation ABC v. U.S., 375 F.2d. 456 (1992) tells the tax researcher that this is a decision by which court? a. a U.S. District Court b. the Tax Court c. a U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:59 PM 21. The citation ABC v. U.S, 967 U.S. 567 (2012) tells the tax researcher that this is a decision by which court?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 5 a. District Court b. Tax Court c. Supreme Court d. Court of Appeals ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 22. Which of the following statements is CORRECT regarding the U.S. Court of Federal Claims? a. It hears monetary claims against the federal government, including tax refund claims. b. It is composed only of judges who are specialists in technical tax law. c. It must apply the law of the U.S. Court of Appeals in the taxpayer’s circuit. d. All of these are correct. e. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:47 PM 23. In which of the following courts is a jury trial available? a. U.S. District Courts b. Tax Court c. U.S. Court of Federal Claims d. All of the above.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 24. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT regarding headnotes and case briefs? a. Headnotes are usually inserted at the beginnig of a case by the court reporter editors. b. Headnotes help researchers quickly determine if a case is relevant. c. Case briefs are a summary of a case identifying the facts, issue, holding and analysis. d. All of the above statements are correct.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 5 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 25. Where are current U.S. Court of Federal Claims decisions published? a. West’s U.S. Court of Federal Claims reporter (Fed. Cl.) b. West’s Federal Reporter, Third Edition (F.3d.) c. West’s Federal Supplement series (F. Supp.) d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 5:08 PM 26. Either the taxpayer or the IRS may initiate legal proceedings in the federal court system. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:48 PM 27. Judicial decisions constitute a primary source of the tax law. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:36 PM 28. The common form of legal citation is as follows: case name, volume number, page number, reporter abbreviation.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 5 a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 29. The two levels of appellate courts in the federal court system are the U.S. Courts of Appeals and the U.S. Supreme Court. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:48 PM 30. In most tax cases, the Internal Revenue Code places the burden of proof on the taxpayer. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:37 PM 31. The Tax Court was formerly known as the Board of Tax Appeals. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 5 32. District Court judges hearing tax cases are tax specialists. a. True b. False ANSWER: False RATIONALE: FEEDBACK: District Court judges hearing tax cases are generally not tax specialists. Tax Court judges are tax specialists.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 33. A regular Tax Court decision generally involves a new or unusual point of law, as determined by the Chief Judge of the Court. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 34. The Small Cases Division of the Tax Court can hear only cases involving a disputed deficiency, including penalties, of $15,000 or less. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 5:10 PM 35. The U.S. Court of Federal Claims is a trial-level court. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 5 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 36. There are 11 Circuit Courts of Appeals in the federal court system. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:49 PM 37. The appellant is the party who appeals a decision to a higher court. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 38. Each U.S. Court of Appeals is independent and need not follow other Circuit Courts in making its decisions. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 5:11 PM 39. En banc refers to a court case heard by the full court. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 5 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 40. Tax Court Summary Opinions are published in a printed reporter by the Government Printing Office (GPO). a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 41. District Courts hear cases based on the entire U.S. Code, not just the Internal Revenue Code. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 42. The U.S. Tax Court may examine the entire return of a taxpayer whose case it is hearing. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 43. If the Supreme Court refuses to review a lower case, it doesn't mean that the Supreme Court is upholding the lower court decision. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 5 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:38 PM 44. If the taxpayer’s Circuit Court of Appeals has not yet ruled on an issue, a researcher should consider a decision on the same issue by a Court of Appeals outside of the taxpayer’s circuit. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:40 PM 45. District Court decisions can vary significantly among the districts. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 46. Identify the publisher, citation abbreviation, and types of cases that can be found in two of the three reporters given below.

U.S. Tax Cases Federal Reporter American Federal Tax Reports ANSWER: U.S. Tax Cases Published by Commerce Clearing House Citation Abbreviation: USTC Decisions included: Supreme Court tax cases Courts of Appeal tax cases District Court tax cases U.S. Court of Federal Claims and Court of Claims tax cases Federal Reporter Published by West Publishing Company Citation Abbreviation: F. F.2d. and F.3d.

Decisions included: All Court of Appeals decisions Pre-1982 Court of Claims decisions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 5 American Federal Tax Reports Published by RIA Citation Abbreviation AFTR and AFTR2d Decisions included: Supreme Court tax cases Courts of Appeal tax cases District Court tax cases U.S. Court of Federal Claims and Court of Claims tax cases POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 47. Why would a taxpayer want to bring a case in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims?

ANSWER: The U. S. Tax Court and District Court of Appeals limit their cases to a geographic appellate circuit while the Federal Claims Court appeals its actions to the Federal Circuit Court of Appeals. The different circuits may have different precedent on similar tax issues. A taxpayer would want to bring a case in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims if the Court of Appeals in the taxpayer’s circuit has decided the issue adversely to the taxpayer, and the Federal Circuit Court of Appeals, which establishes precedent for the U.S. Court of Federal Claims, has established a rule favorable to the taxpayer.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 5:18 PM 48. Briefly explain how the burden of proof concept is applied.

ANSWER: As a general rule, in most litigation the plaintiff (the party initiating the case) has the burden of convincing the court that he or she is correct. Because the taxpayer is the plaintiff (called the petitioner in the Tax Court) in civil tax cases, he or she initially bears the burden of proof. The taxpayer’s burden includes two prongs: (1) providing prima facie evidence to support a finding contrary to the IRS and (2) proving that the IRS’s determination is wrong by a preponderance of the evidence. However, in a wave of anti-IRS sentiment in 1998, § 7491 was introduced, serving to shift the burden of proof to the IRS if the taxpayer “introduces credible evidence” on any factual issue relevant to the tax liability. The shift to the IRS is conditional on the taxpayer being able to substantiate the item and on the taxpayer having maintained all records and having cooperated with the IRS’s reasonable requests for witnesses, information, documents, meetings, and interviews.

The shift of burden under § 7491 is not available to corporations, partnerships, or trusts with net worth exceeding $7 million or more than 500 employees. Section 7491 also leaves the burden with the IRS in instances where income has been reconstructed using statistical information, or when the liability is a penalty or addition to tax. There are a small number of other situations in which the burden of proof remains with the IRS, such as the accumulated earnings tax, expatriation, hobby classification when the three-out-of-five rule of § 183(d) is met, and fraud.

The burden of proof always remains with the IRS in criminal actions. When reading a published Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 5 opinion, the tax researcher should note whether the decision was based in part on the IRS’s or the taxpayer’s failure to meet a needed evidentiary burden, or whether the IRS or the taxpayer established the position with sufficient proof. The first situation should be considered a weaker precedent than the second. Understanding the “strength” of a court decision is an important part of tax research.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/21/2017 4:46 PM 49. Describe the federal court system and its jurisdiction over tax issues. Identify the appeals and trial-level courts. Then, describe the factors that would go into a taxpayer’s decision to bring his or her case in a particular federal court. Finally, explain the basic rules of precedence for tax cases in the federal court system.

ANSWER: The U.S. ederal court system has five courts in total: three trial courts and two appellate-level courts.

The trial courts are the U.S. Tax Court, the District Courts around the country, and the U.S. Court of Federal Claims. The two appellate-levels are the 13 Courts of Appeal and the U.S. Supreme Court.

An appeal from the Tax Court and District Court is to the Court of Appeals where the taxpayer resides or is located. An appeal from the U.S. Court of Federal Claims is to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Decisions from the U.S. Circuit Courts of Appeal can be appealed to the Supreme Court, which may not choose to hear the case.

A taxpayer would choose the Tax Court if the taxpayer did not want to pay the deficiency first. The Tax Court is the only trial court in which the taxpayer does not have to pay first and sue for a refund.

The taxpayer may also want to choose the Tax Court if the issue is highly technical, since Tax Court judges are tax specialists while District Court judges are generalists. If the taxpayer has an “emotional” issue, the taxpayer could request a jury trial in the U.S. District Court where the taxpayer lives or is located. Jury trials can only be brought in the U.S. District Courts.

A taxpayer would want to bring a case in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims if the Court of Appeals in the taxpayer’s circuit has decided the issue in adversely to the taxpayer but the Federal Circuit Court of Appeals, which establishes precedent for the U.S. Court of Federal Claims, has established a rule favorable to the taxpayer.

The Tax Court, under the Golsen rule, must apply the rule established in the taxpayer’s Circuit Court of Appeal. If that Circuit has not decided the issue, the Tax Court may make its own decision. Each U.S. Court of Appeals is independent and need not follow the precedents set by other circuits. All courts must follow a Supreme Court precedent.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 1:50 PM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 6 1. Which statement is CORRECT regarding commercial tax services? a. They provide free access to all primary source tax materials. b. They eliminate the need for reading primary tax law source materials. c. They act as an index for and explanation of primary tax law. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 4:54 PM 2. If you want to retrieve documents relating to amortizing legal fees paid for organization of a partnership, which search query would yield the best results in Thomson Reuters Checkpoint? a. amortizing and legal fees b. amortiz* “legal fees” partnership c. amortization organization not corporations d. amortize and “legal fees” or partnerships ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 3. Which statement is CORRECT regarding annotated tax services? a. They are organized by Internal Revenue Code section. b. They provide annotations, which are comprehensive, detailed analyses of related court cases and administrative rulings. c. They divide the tax law into transactions and related subject matter with underlying tax principles as an organizing format. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:41 PM 4. The starting point in approaching any tax research problem is to: a. browse the Table of Contents b. formulate relevant tax questions and identify the issues associated with them Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 6 c. evaluate the tax problem and suggest solutions to the taxpayers d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:43 PM 5. The key to effective tax research is: a. finding your answer in free Internet sources b. avoiding preparer penalties c. finding the pertinent material necessary to arrive at an informed conclusion about the best treatment of a tax problem d. all of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:44 PM 6. The Federal Tax Coordinator (FTC) is published by: a. Thomson Reuters Checkpoint b. CCH c. Westlaw d. BNA ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 7. Topical tax services: a. provide annotations b. divide the tax law into transactions and related subject matter with underlying tax principles as an organizing format c. have explanations that are organized by Internal Revenue Code section numbers d. all of these are correct ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 6 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:45 PM 8. Which strategy would be the most useful to a tax researcher unfamiliar with a particular tax topic? a. Read the editorial explanation of the topic and the overview of the applicable law. b. Perform a Google™ or Bing™ search. c. Select a database to search. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:46 PM 9. In some tax services, quotation marks are placed around the keywords to: a. reduce the number of documents retrieved b. indicate that the words should be searched separately c. maximize the number of documents retrieved d. indicate that the words should be searched as an exact phrase ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:49 PM 10. Checkpoint’s annotated service, which formerly was known as PH Federal Taxes, is known by the following acronym: a. the U.S. Master Tax Guide b. AFTR c. USTR d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 6 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:50 PM 11. The tax research platform "Checkpoint" is a product of which publisher? a. CCH b. Thomson Reuters c. BNA Tax & Accounting d. none of the these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:51 PM 12. Checkpoint’s flagship editorial content tax service is entitled the: a. Federal Tax Coordinator b. Federal Tax Handbook c. Standard Federal Income Tax Reporter d. United States Tax Reporter ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:52 PM 13. Which service of Checkpoint is an annotated tax service? a. Standard Federal Income Tax Reporter b. USTR c. Tax Research Consultant d. Federal Tax Coordinator ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 14. One of the greatest benefits of Checkpoint and any Internet service is: a. the lack of information available Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 6 b. only published IRS documents can be researched c. the currency of the information provided d. only a few Courts are covered ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:54 PM 15. Which of the following is INCORRECT regarding Checkpoint? a. Access to its entire library is available from one screen. b. It's a free research service. c. It is owned by Thomson Reuters. d. All of these are incorrect.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 4:57 PM 16. If you performed an intuitive search that returned 1000 documents, what could you do to narrow your search? a. Reduce the number of databases searched. b. Search within results. c. Use terms and connectors to better define the relationship between keywords. d. All of the these actions would help narrow the search results.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:00 PM 17. The database which is organized by the numerical structure of Code is the: a. topical database b. IRS database c. Court cases database d. annotated database ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 6 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 18. Which of the following statements best describes Checkpoint? a. It has little value to accounting professionals. b. It organizes information by database. c. It has a limited database of cases. d. None of these statements accurately describe Checkpoint.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:01 PM 19. Primary source materials are important to the researcher because they are: a. easily found b. the source of "substantial authority" c. listed in all publications d. difficult to understand ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:56 PM 20. Which is an editorial service provided by Checkpoint? a. Federal Tax Coordinator b. United States Tax Reporter c. Federal Tax Handbook d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:56 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 6 21. Boolean connectors are used: a. when the researcher is unsure as to which keywords would be most effective in a search b. to define the relationship between keywords c. in intuitive searches d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:17 PM 22. Commercial tax services provide editorial explanations and expert analysis of primary tax law. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:19 PM 23. The advantage of an index search is that the tax meanings of the words are considered as well as the context in which the words are found. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 24. Thomson Reuters Checkpoint will NOT automatically use its Thesaurus and look for synonyms when you put in a search query. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 6 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:20 PM 25. Thomson Reuters Checkpoint offers two main types of keyword searches: Terms & Connectors and Intuitive Search. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:21 PM 26. The "Terms & Connectors" type of keyword search is useful when a researcher is unsure as to which keywords would be most effective. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:57 PM 27. The Federal Tax Coordinator is a topical service. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 28. The only support recognized by the IRS and courts are primary sources and not the editorial explanations of a tax service. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 6 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 29. It is imperative that a citator be examined to determine how later legal sources have considered the document of interest. a. True b. False ANSWER: True RATIONALE: POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 30. Keyword searches are not available when a researcher enters a tax service through the Table of Contents in Thomson Reuters Checkpoint. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 31. The footnote links in Checkpoint editorial services are not important to tax researchers. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 32. A Checkpoint Contents search can be difficult to use. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 6 RATIONALE:

New researchers may find it difficult to use the index search and the contents search because of their relative lack of experience with the language and structure of the existing tax law.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:22 PM 33. A citator is a tool through which a tax researcher can learn the history of a legal source and evaluate the strength of its holdings. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 5:22 PM 34. An Index search can be more effective than a keyword search because the researcher has the benefit of the tax expertise of the indexer. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 35. There are four primary search methods in Checkpoint: (1) keyword, (2) contents, (3) index, and (4) citation. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 36. The Federal Tax Coordinator (FTC) is generally considered the most comprehensive of the three editorial sources in Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 6 Checkpoint. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 37. Checkpoint (formerly RIA Checkpoint) is a commercial tax and accounting research service offered by CCH. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 38. Explain the difference between an annotated tax service and a topical tax service. Give an example of each.

ANSWER: An annotated tax service is organized following the order of the Internal Revenue Code. First the Code is presented, then committee reports, Regulations, explanations, and lastly annotations of related court cases and administrative rulings. A topical service divides the tax law into transactions or subjects with underlying tax principles as an organizing format. It integrates a discussion of the primary and secondary sources of the tax law into its editorial analysis. Examples of annotated services include Thomson Reuters Checkpoint's United States Tax Reporter (USTR). Examples of topical services include Thomson Reuters Checkpoint's Federal Tax Coordinator (FTC).

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 39. Why would a researcher use a Table of Contents or Index search instead of a keyword search?

ANSWER: A search in the Table of Contents or in the Index is sometimes a very effective method of limiting the number of documents retrieved and guaranteeing their pertinence to the research project. Drilling down in the Table of Contents is a method that should be used when the researcher has an idea of the location within the tax service where the relevant documents may be located but is having a hard time selecting keywords.

An Index search also can assist a researcher who is unfamiliar with a tax issue because the researcher can get the benefit of the expertise of the indexer in locating the primary documents of interest.

Because individuals do indexing, the tax meaning of terms in the index is considered and the tax Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 6 terms are put in context. It also is beneficial to start with an Index search to help researchers identify effective terms for their general keyword searches.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 40. Describe the four common search methods used in Thomson Reuters Checkpoint.

ANSWER:

The four primary ways to search in Checkpoint are: (1) keyword, (2) contents, (3) index and (4) citation. A keyword search is similar to using a search engine on the Internet such as Bing or Google. One additional step that distinguishes a Checkpoint search from a typical search is the selection of the databases from which to search. Simply enter the keywords and search the selected databases. A contents search is similar to flipping through the table of contents in a printed book. Each of the databases in Checkpoint (both primary and editorial) contains a table of contents that can be browsed through to identify the “chapter” that contains the relevant information. An index search is similar to a contents search except instead of the table of contents, the alphabetically organized index of the database can be browsed for the topics of import. A citation search is used when the source document of importance is already known and the researcher simply wants to go directly to that document.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 6:11 PM 41. Select three different primary sources, one from each area of tax law (legislative, administrative, and judicial), and provide a specific example of a source that is available in Checkpoint.

ANSWER:

Legislative: Internal Revenue Code, various other statutes that affect tax, Public Laws that affect taxes, archived Code, the US Constitution.

Administrative: Regulations (final proposed and temporary); Circular 230; Administrative rulings such as Revenue Rulings and Revenue Procedures; IRS Notices, Announcements and Releases; Letter Rulings and Memoranda.

Judicial: Trial level (Tax, District) court decisions, Appellate-level decision and Supreme Court decisions that are tax related.

POINTS: DIFFICULTY: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES: DATE CREATED:

1 Challenging Subjective Short Answer False 3/30/2017 11:38 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 6 DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 42. What is the difference between a Terms & Connectors search and an Intuitive Search in Thomson Reuters Checkpoint? Give an example of each.

ANSWER: In Thomson Reuters Checkpoint, a Terms & Connectors search allows the researcher to use Boolean connectors, punctuation, and other special search syntax to define the relationship between keywords. To perform an effective Terms & Connectors search, the researcher must understand the search rules and Boolean connectors available in the Thomson Reuters Checkpoint system. For example, a space between words is treated as an “and.” Quotation marks must be used for a phrase search.

Example: To search for documents relating to the treatment of guaranteed payments to a partner, you could enter the following Terms & Connectors search in Thomson Reuters Checkpoint: • partner and “guaranteed payments.”

To search in Thomson Reuters Checkpoint using the Intuitive Search feature, a researcher can enter the relevant tax question in standard English without using Boolean connectors, punctuation, or any other special search syntax. The program will determine the key terms for searching and the relationships among the words (i.e., connectors to apply). This type of search is useful when a tax researcher is unsure as to which keywords would be the most effective.

Example: To search for documents relating to the treatment of guaranteed payments to a partner, you could simply enter the following question: • What is the tax treatment of guaranteed payments made to a partner POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 6:14 PM 43. Why would a practitioner need a commercial, subscription tax service when most tax sources are available on the Internet for free?

ANSWER: A tax practitioner needs a subscription, commercial tax service even though many primary tax sources are available on the Internet for free because subscription tax services organize the large assortment of primary and secondary tax law sources into an expert collection with numerous, valueadded features. Commercial tax services include not only primary source documents, but also such features as editorial explanations of the tax law, expert analyses, summaries and headnotes of court opinions and rulings, an expert index, and a Thesaurus function. The collection and organization of tax research materials facilitates more efficient, effective, and comprehensive searches for solutions to tax problems, resulting in much faster and accurate searches. Also, because tax practitioners are being more closely scrutinized by the IRS and the SEC, conducting quality tax research that is carefully documented has become much more crucial. Commercial tax services allow you to save your search history, create folders of relevant documents, and check your knowledge of tax issues by consulting editorial explanations and expert analysis.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 6 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/25/2017 6:15 PM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 7 1. Why do tax practitioners use a commercial tax service when most primary sources are available for free on the Internet? a. Commercial tax services provide editorial explanations and expert analysis of primary tax law. b. Practitioners are able to provide faster, more accurate solutions to clients' tax problems. c. Tax services facilitate more efficient, effective, and comprehensive searches. d. Commercial tax services organize tax law source materials into a single database system. e. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:32 PM 2. Which statement is CORRECT regarding commercial tax services? a. They provide free access to all primary source tax materials. b. They eliminate the need for reading primary tax law source materials. c. They act as an index for and explanation of primary and secondary tax law source materials. d. All of the these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:33 PM 3. What is the starting point in approaching any tax research problem? a. Form a conclusion. b. Interpret editorial data. c. Identify issues associated with the questions. d. Access IntelliConnect.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:34 PM 4. A broad knowledge of tax law, a reasonable level of experience, and persistence are necessary for: a. passing the Bar Exam b. looking at Google c. researching the tax law Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 7 d. contracting tax law researchers ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 5. What is one of the advantages of using CCH IntelliConnect? a. IntelliConnect has to be shut down every time it is not in use. b. Researchers can start searching effectively with little training. c. It allows opening up to three searches simultaneously. d. Its library is available using a few screens.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:35 PM 6. Most tax services, including IntelliConnect, offer four primary ways to search for information: keyword search, contents search, index search, and: a. a one-to-four star system that indicates the extent to which citing cases discuss the case of interest b. headnotes that address only the tax issues in a case c. case evaluation symbols such as warning flags to indicate how the later court has treated a cited case d. citation search ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:36 PM 7. IntelliConnect, like most tax services, organizes information by: a. the list of cases that are cited by the case of interest b. full-text documents for legal citations c. database d. all of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:36 PM 8. IntelliConnect offers access to a bevy of primary source materials under which heading? a. Key Numbers b. Federal Tax Editorial Content c. Federal Tax Primary Sources d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:43 PM 9. New researchers will appreciate IntelliConnect's three editorial sources of interest. They are the U.S. Master Tax Guide, the Tax Research Consultant, and the: a. Technical Memoranda b. Current IRS Publications c. Standard Federal Tax Reporter d. Consultant Topical Organization ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:44 PM 10. The search in IntelliConnect that is very similar to performing a search on the Internet is called the: a. index search b. citation search c. keyword search d. contents search ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 7 11. The IntelliConnect search for which you must know the Code section, regulation, ruling, paragraph, or other source document is called the: a. citator search b. citation search c. keyword search d. index search ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:46 PM 12. The precedential value of a case refers to: a. whether it was appealed b. the monetary value at stake in that case c. the legal authority established by that case d. all of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:46 PM 13. A case making reference to another case is called the: a. cited case b. citing case c. precedent d. local citation ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 14. Which of the following statements is CORRECT regarding the CCH Citator? a. The CCH Citator lists paragraph references where a case is examined in its Standard Federal Income Tax Reporter. b. Only selected cases which the editors have determined most affect a case’s precedential value are included in Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 7 the citator listing. c. The CCH Citator uses a general, not a local citation for citing cases. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:54 PM 15. The paragraphs in which the editors of the court reporter summarize the court’s holdings on each issue of a case and the CCH Citator does not reference are called the: a. Lexcites b. headnotes c. footnotes d. table of authorities ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 16. The CCH annotated service is the: a. Federal Tax Coordinator b. Federal Tax Expert c. Standard Federal Tax Reporter d. United States Tax Reporter ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:54 PM 17. Editorial analyses that provide in-depth coverage of a particular tax area are called: a. tax periodicals b. tax treatises c. citators d. tax research ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 7 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:55 PM 18. Publications which contain articles and news briefs that are designed to keep readers up to date in specific or general areas of the tax law are called: a. tax periodicals b. tax treatises c. the Worldwide Tax Daily d. The Tax Adviser ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 1:59 PM 19. The CCH Federal Tax Weekly is an example of what type of tax periodical? a. a weekly newsletter b. a professional and practitioner journal c. a scholarly review d. an annual proceeding ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:00 PM 20. Which search is used in IntelliConnect to search TAXES--The Tax Magazine, The CCH Federal Tax Weekly, the CCH Tax Briefings and other newsletters and periodicals? a. index search b. contents search c. citation search d. keyword search ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 7 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 21. Tax treatises and periodicals are: a. controlling authority b. secondary sources c. primary sources d. updated daily ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:01 PM 22. The major difference between tax treatises and periodicals or journals is that tax treatises: a. are published less often b. publish articles not likely to be encountered in practice c. provide more comprehensive coverage d. are not written by prominent experts ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:02 PM 23. Practitioners may use the author of a treatise or article as a research associate thereby: a. using them as primary sources b. waiting for the right article to be found c. learning how to research IntelliConnect d. saving hours of research time ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:02 PM 24. Charts that provide quick access to tax rates, deduction limits, depreciation tables, and other frequently used tax Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 7 information are available from IntelliConnect at the: a. Browser b. Newswire c. TOOLS/SMART CHARTS tab d. Wordpress ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:04 PM 25. The case that is referred to in the opinion of another case is called the “precedent.” a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 10:22 AM 26. A citator is a service that indexes cited cases, gives their full citations, and lists the citing cases and where each citing case can be found. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 27. A citation search is different from a citator. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 7 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 10:25 AM 28. A typical IntelliConnect subscription will contain a maximum of two editorial sources of interest: U.S. Master Tax Guide and Standard Federal Tax Reporter. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 10:27 AM 29. Performing a keyword search in IntelliConnect is equal to performing a search on the Internet using a search engine. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 10:28 AM 30. Citators provide all information related to a case. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 10:29 AM 31. The CCH Citator provides parallel citations to most other court reporters, including RIA’s court reporter. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 7 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 32. All commercial citators allow the researcher to retrieve entries by entering either the case name or case citation. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 33. Tax journals and newsletters are generally not cited as authority in professional tax research. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 10:29 AM 34. Headnote numbers are the same in all of the various case reporters. a. True b. False ANSWER: False RATIONALE: FEEDBACK: Since headnotes are written by the editorial staff of each publisher, the headnote numbers for cases differ from publisher to publisher depending on which reporter series you are using.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 35. In a citator, the highest level court to address the case is listed first, and the trial-level court is listed last. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 7 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:07 PM 36. Contents search is one of IntelliConnect's primary ways of searching for information. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 37. The CCH Citator lists journal articles published by WG&L. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 38. Tax treatises are editorial analyses that provide in-depth coverage of a particular tax area. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 39. Coverage of treatises by IntelliConnect is as comprehensive as would likely be found in a periodical or journal article. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 7 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 10:30 AM 40. Treatises provide a compromise between comprehensive coverage of a topic and the ability to locate relevant information quickly. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 41. Distinguish between the following terms: “cited case” and “citing case.”

ANSWER: When one case refers to another case, it cites the case. The case making reference to the other case is called the citing case. The case that is referenced is the cited case. The citing case will contain the name of the cited case and where the cited case can be found.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 42. The four primary ways to search in IntelliConnect are: (1) keyword, (2) contents, (3) index, and (4) citation. Briefly describe each one.

ANSWER:

A keyword search is similar to using a search engine on the Internet such as Bing or Google. One additional step that distinguishes an IntelliConnect search from a typical search is the selection of the databases from which to search. Simply enter the keywords and search the selected databases.

A contents search is similar to flipping through the table of contents in a printed book. Each of the databases in IntelliConnect (both primary and editorial) contains a table of contents that can be browsed through to identify the “chapter” that contains the relevant information.

An index search is similar to a contents search except instead of the table of contents, the alphabetically organized index of the database can be browsed for the topics of import. Not all databases in IntelliConnect have an index, but the three primary editorial products and the Code all do.

A citation search is used when the source document of importance is already known and the researcher simply wants to go directly to that document.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 7 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:10 PM 43. Select three different primary sources, one from each area of tax law (legislative, administrative, and judicial), and provide a specific example of a source that is available in IntelliConnect.

ANSWER: Legislative: Internal Revenue Code, various other statutes that affect tax, Public Laws that affect taxes, archived Code, the U.S. Constitution.

Administrative: Regulations (final proposed and temporary); Circular 230; Administrative rulings such as Revenue Rulings and Revenue Procedures; IRS Notices, Announcements and Releases; Letter Rulings and Memoranda .

Judicial: Trial level (Tax, District) court decisions, Appellate-level decision, and Supreme Court decisions that are tax-related.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:11 PM 44. Describe the Boolean connectors, proximity connectors, and wildcard characters available in IntelliConnect.

ANSWER: The Boolean connectors are: AND – Finds results that contain both terms OR – Finds results that contain either term NOT – Finds results that contain the first term but not the second term The proximity connectors are: W/n – Finds results where the second term is within n words of the first term (max. n=127) W/sen – Finds results where the second term is within 20 words of the first term W/par – Finds results where the second term is within 80 words of the first term F/n – Finds results where the first term follows the second term by no more than n words P/n – Finds results where the first term precedes the second term by no more than n words Wildcard characters: * – any character or number of characters can follow the string ? – any character can appear at that position in the string POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:13 PM 45. Identify the different types of tax periodicals. Explain how tax periodicals are used in tax research and why they are Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 7 valuable to a tax researcher.

ANSWER: Tax periodicals contain a variety of articles and news briefs that are designed to keep researchers up to date on changes, developments, and analyses of the tax law. Tax periodicals include annual proceedings, scholarly reviews, professional journals, and newsletters. Tax articles can suggest new viewpoints on tax issues, give guidance for solving complex problems, or explain a new law. Tax articles also can lead a researcher to pertinent primary sources.

Tax practitioners researching a topic can capitalize on an outside author’s expert judgment to save research time. Tax periodicals also are useful when primary sources are unclear or primary sources do not address an issue. A secondary source or editorial article by an expert in the field may suggest a possible answer. Annual proceedings and scholarly reviews offer considerable depth of coverage of tax issues. Professional journals offer practical insights by the authors and “how-to” practice tips.

Tax newsletters keep tax practitioners abreast of the current changes and trends in the tax law. While tax researchers cannot rely on secondary sources such as tax periodicals for controlling authority, tax periodicals can help lead a practitioner to the correct answer.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:15 PM 46. What roles does a citator play in tax research?

ANSWER: Tax practitioners are required to rely on tax law that is constantly evolving. They must determine if subsequent events have affected the legal standing of the sources upon which they rely. Thus, they need a tool to help them ascertain which legal sources are still good law, which primary sources provide strong precedents, and which have little or no value. A citator is a legal reference tool through which a tax researcher can learn the history of a legal source and evaluate the strength of its holdings. Basically, a citator can help a researcher ascertain whether a particular primary source document is still good law.

Before a researcher relies on the opinion in a case or the analysis in a ruling, it is important to ascertain its legal standing. Thus, when a case or ruling relevant to a client’s tax situation is found, a researcher should examine its citator entry to determine how later legal sources have treated the document of interest. Citators index cases, give their full citations, and list other cases that have cited the case and where each citing case can be found. Given the tremendous number of court cases and rulings issued annually, the citator is a vital tool in the research process. If the primary sources have not been checked through a citator, the research process is not complete. It is important for a researcher to consider a case in context, to trace its judicial history, and to monitor the reaction of subsequent courts. By using a citator properly, a researcher can review subsequent courts’ reactions and determine the strength of the precedent established by the earlier opinion. Similarly, citators indicate when a ruling has been made obsolete, superseded, or cited favorably or discredited by a court case.

In short, a tax practitioner’s research is not complete until a citator is consulted to determine if the relevant primary source material found by the research still represents good law.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 7 DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:18 PM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 8 1. BNA Bloomberg is best known in the tax community as the publisher of the: a. BNA Collections b. BNA Tax Management Portfolio c. BNA Bloomberg Tax & Accounting Center d. BNA Citators ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 2. In addition to the portfolios, BNA also offers the following source(s): a. expert analysis b. events and training c. cases and decisions d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:08 PM 3. The more than 500 BNA Portfolios are classified into five series: Federal, International, State, Accounting, and: a. Citations b. Regulations c. Municipal d. Estate ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:10 PM 4. The BNA Portfolios can be accessed directly by clicking on the headings under: a. Cases and Decisions b. Practice Tools c. Expert Analysis d. Indexes and Finding Aids Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 8 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 5. BNA Portfolios are grouped by area of common topic into: a. Sub-Folders b. Collections c. Journals d. Guides ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 6. For which type of search does BNA offer four different ways to do a search in the tax databases? a. Keyword Search b. Quick Search c. Go To Search d. Guided Search ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:14 PM 7. The choice to search just a selected portfolio or collection is made available under the: a. Advanced Search box b. Index box c. Quick Search box d. Portfolio & Collections box ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 8 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:16 PM 8. The search technique similar to browsing and then searching within the browsed documents organized according to type or content area is called a: a. Keyword Search b. Topic Search c. Wildcard Search d. Guided Search ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:17 PM 9. The BNA Portfolios most unique and useful feature is called the: a. Keyword Section b. Guided Section c. Working Papers Section d. Topical Section ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:17 PM 10. The section of a portfolio that has a comprehensive listing of the primary and secondary sources of the tax law is called the: a. Bibliography Section b. Guided Section c. Keyword Section d. Working Papers Section ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:18 PM 11. The legal oriented services by the West Group designed by attorneys, for attorneys is called: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 8 a. Westlaw b. WestlawNext c. Tax Management d. Mertens Law of Federal Income Taxation ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:19 PM 12. The Westlaw service to which many schools and universities subscribe, which has a more limited range of data than WestlawNext is called: a. WestlawNow b. Westlaw Universal Research c. Westlaw Campus Research d. Westlaw Taxation Research ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:44 PM 13. The Westlaw search engine designed to tailor search results to the most relevant items based on the expertise of experienced law researchers is called the: a. WestSearch search engine b. Boolean Terms search engine c. Wildcard search engine d. Regulations search engine ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:00 PM 14. The search that uses the West Key Numbering System, which organizes key issues found in court cases into hundreds of numbered topics, is called: a. KeyCite b. KeySearch Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 8 c. WestlawNext d. Keyword Search ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:21 PM 15. The Westlaw research service which helps determine whether a case, law, or regulation remains good law is called: a. KeyCite b. KeySearch c. WestlawNext d. Campus Research ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:21 PM 16. The research source available in Westlaw that is very effective for validating statutes, regulations, and administrative rulings is called a(n): a. keyword b. citator c. inciter d. searcher ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:52 PM 17. Possibly the world's largest full-text information resource, accessible through mobile devices as well as conventional personal computers, is called: a. BNA Bloomberg b. Westlaw c. LexisNexis d. CCH ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 8 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:22 PM 18. The service developed by LexisNexis exclusively for tax practitioners is called the: a. LexisNexis Academic b. Tax Research Consultant c. Lexis Advance Tax d. Lexis Portfolios ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:53 PM 19. The service that presents the practitioner with databases that include primary sources and analytical materials is called: a. Lexis Advance Tax b. Sources Unlimited c. Federal Topical d. Business and News ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 2:19 PM 20. The service LexisNexis offers to academic institutions and public libraries which is a customized version of its services is called: a. KeyCite b. Tax Center c. KeySearch d. LexisNexis Academic ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 8 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:25 PM 21. The results of a LexisNexis Academic search may be listed either by relevance, chronological date, or: a. keyword b. search c. publication date d. publisher ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:26 PM 22. The process of evaluating the validity of a case and locating additional authority often is called: a. analyzing b. primary researching c. citating d. shepardizing ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:27 PM 23. The publications containing a variety of articles and news briefs that are designed to keep readers up to date in specific or general areas of the tax law are called: a. Law Publisher's best b. Tax Periodicals c. Law Review d. Taxation Legal ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:28 PM 24. The collection of papers, seminars, lectures, panel discussions, and demonstrations presented at yearly conferences of tax professionals is called the: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 8 a. annual proceedings b. annual webinars c. annual awards d. annual law news ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:30 PM 25. All major law schools, as well as organizations such as the National Tax Association, and the American Taxation Association, produce publications referred to as: a. newsletters b. journals of multistate state taxation c. scholarly reviews d. tax analyses ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:31 PM 26. Tax Journals published for the purpose of keeping tax practitioners abreast of current changes and trends in the tax law are referred to as Professional Notes. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:54 PM 27. All major tax services include a publication as part of their service aimed at keeping the subscriber abreast of important tax law developments. These publications are called Newsletters. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 8 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 28. Tax Analysts produces a variety of comprehensive state, federal, and international news, analysis, and commentary publications for the public on a daily, weekly, monthly, and quarterly basis. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 29. One of the most important tax newsletters available to practitioners is the BNA Daily Tax Report (DTR). DTR is available online; through wireless devices, including iPhones; and in hard copy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 4:00 PM 30. Most search indexes and databases such as Google Scholar, JSTOR, Business Source Premier, Thomson Reuters Web of Science, and ABI/Inform, facilitate the locating of relevant tax articles by focusing on a guided search strategy. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:33 PM 31. The citation for a printed tax journal article should take the following standard format: Sanders, Debra, Susan Gill, and Jill Zuber. 2009. Deductibility of bankruptcy costs and the origin of the claim. The Tax Advisor 40 (8): at 528. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 8 b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:55 PM 32. Today, BNA is owned by Bloomberg, provides 350 news services, and is the largest independent publisher of business and government analysis for professionals. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:02 PM 33. BNA Portfolios are grouped by area of common topic into COLLECTIONS (e.g., there are multiple portfolios on income tax accounting that will be displayed if one clicks on that heading). a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 34. BNA offers four different ways to do a keyword search in the tax databases: Quick Search, Advanced Search, Go To, and Guided Search. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:58 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 8 35. The West Group, an authoritative legal publisher, offers tax research capabilities through its Westlaw and WestlawNext services. These services are administrative-oriented because they were designed by attorneys, for attorneys. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:36 PM 36. Virtually all law schools train their students using the Westlaw system. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 37. Like BNA, Westlaw is accessible via the Internet and through wireless mobile devices. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:02 PM 38. Perhaps the only tax services not available on LexisNexis are its competitors Checkpoint and Westlaw. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:39 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 8 39. Realizing how important tax research has become, LexisNexis developed a service exclusively for tax practitioners called the Lexis Advance Tax. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 2:59 PM 40. BNA provides a State Tax Series of portfolios organized by individual state rather than by state tax issues. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 41. How can finding a BNA Portfolio on point with a practitioner’s tax issue be like hiring someone to do the research?

ANSWER: When a BNA Portfolio is on point with the tax issues, the practitioner can use the Portfolio’s authors as a research associate, by capitalizing on the authors’ expert judgments and references on the relevant topic thereby saving hours of research time. BNA Portfolios cover tax issues in a comprehensive manner.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:42 PM 42. How is each BNA Portfolio arranged?

ANSWER: Each BNA Tax Management Portfolio begins with a Portfolio Description, which gives a brief overview of the topic and the order in which the materials will be presented. The Table of Contents would follow this description. The remainder of the Portfolio contains three sections: (A) Detailed Analysis, (B) Working Papers, and (C) Bibliography and References. The letters (A, B, or C) indicate which portion of the Portfolio is being examined, and these letters precede the printed page numbers of these sections.

POINTS: DIFFICULTY: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

1 Challenging Subjective Short Answer False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 8 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:47 PM 43. What are KeySearch and the West Key Number System?

ANSWER: Westlaw KeySearch uses the West Key Numbering System, which numbers key issues

(topics) found in court cases into approximately 450 numbered topics. These topics are further subdivided with the result that there are more than 100,000 unique Key Numbers.

The KeySearch option, available on the Key Number screen, formulates a query for the researcher based on underlying terms for the topic selected by the researcher and adds the Key Numbers associated with the topic. This type of search is beneficial when the researcher is unfamiliar with the area of tax law and is having difficulty pinpointing keywords to use as search terms.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 44. Why might some researchers find the citators in Westlaw or Shepard’s superior to those found in Checkpoint or IntelliConnect?

ANSWER: Westlaw was built by attorneys for attorneys, and citations are the centerpiece of the service. Shepard’s is the oldest citation service. Both provide color-coded symbols to assist the researcher in identifying relevant citing cases. Additionally, both services produce a table of authorities allowing for a quick review of citing cases.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:51 PM 45. What are some of the Tax Analysts publications? Describe them briefly.

ANSWER: Tax Analysts produces a variety of comprehensive state, federal, and international news, analysis, and commentary publications for tax professionals on a daily, weekly, monthly, and quarterly basis.

In addition, Tax Analysts publishes its own tax services, Federal Tax Library and OneDisc.

However, what Tax Analysts is best known for in the tax community is its outstanding news publications Tax Notes and Tax Notes Today (TNT).

The daily Tax Analysts news services, available only online, offer up-to-the-minute coverage of federal (Tax Notes Today), state (State Tax Today), and international (Worldwide Tax Daily) tax news. The weekly print series includes Tax Notes, State Tax Notes, and Tax Notes International. The Tax Analysts newsletters also are available through LexisNexis. Tax Notes Today is updated continually throughout the day, not just once a day, so practitioners can be as up to date as they desire. The amount of information included in these newsletters is staggering.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 8 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:54 PM 46. What are Scholarly Reviews? Who contributes to the publications? Expand on this.

ANSWER: All major law schools and a few business schools produce publications referred to as law reviews or academic journals. These publications are edited either by faculty members or by students under the guidance of the school’s faculty. Most law reviews also use an outside advisory board comprised of practicing attorneys and law professors at other universities to aid in selecting and reviewing articles.

The articles appearing in these scholarly reviews are usually written by tax practitioners, academics, students, or noted commentators. Some law schools produce journals that are limited to a specific area of law, such as constitutional or labor law. Most of the general law reviews feature one to three tax articles per year; however, some law reviews are dedicated exclusively to tax matters.

Besides law schools, academic organizations such as the National Tax Association (NTA) and the American Taxation Association (ATA) publish scholarly journals and proceedings from their annual conferences.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM 47. What are some of BNA's publications? Describe each briefly.

ANSWER: One of the most important tax newsletters available to practitioners is the BNA Daily Tax Report (DTR). DTR is available online; through wireless devices, including iPhones; and in hard copy.

Subscribers may also receive notification of breaking tax news as soon as it occurs with DTR real time e-mail alerts. Showing both breadth in coverage and a quality of analysis similar to the Tax Analysts TNT, DTR offers up-to-date information concerning statutory, administrative, and judicial tax law developments that affect state, federal, and international taxation. In addition, the newsletter contains interviews with governmental officials, articles reviewing current events, and the full text of key documents discussed in the newsletter. Some of these documents are not available from other tax services. Monthly and quarterly indexes are provided.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 3:56 PM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 9 1. Tax practitioners need to expand their local service to clients to include: a. income tax b. state and local tax c. multijurisdictional taxation d. tax planning ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 9:42 AM 2. Generally, local governments are authorized to impose taxes by the: a. state statutory or constitutional provisions b. state Governor c. President of the United States d. Chairman of the U. S. Treasury ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 9:45 AM 3. Which of the following clauses of the federal Constitution immunizes the federal government from taxation by the states? a. Due Process Clause b. Commerce Clause c. Supremacy Clause d. Equal Protection Clause ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 2:00 PM 4. When deciding where to locate new plants or headquarters, businesses must consider the level of: a. revenues b. expenses c. diversions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 9 d. state and local taxation ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 9:47 AM 5. In today's expanding tax planning and compliance, tax practitioners need to service their clients by adding to federal tax planning: a. tax analysis b. investment planning c. state and local tax planning d. estate planning ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 9:48 AM 6. The federal clause most frequently providing the basis for state taxation disputes related to the states' power to tax outof-state individuals and entities is the: a. Supremacy Clause b. Federal Clause c. Commerce and Due Process Clause d. Legal Perspective Clause ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 2:07 PM 7. Which federal Constitutional clause limits the territorial scope of a state’s taxing authority? a. Supremacy Clause b. Commerce Clause c. Equal Protection Clause d. Due Process Clause ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 9 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 2:12 PM 8. The clause with a goal to create a national economy unencumbered by discriminatory, arbitrary jurisdictional standards of the states is called the: a. Supremacy Clause b. Due Process Clause c. Commerce Clause d. Equal Protection Clause ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 9:51 AM 9. The law that prevents the income taxation of interstate commerce if a company’s only business within the state is the solicitation of orders for sales of tangible personal property is called the: a. Interstate Commerce Law b. Interstate Income Law c. Legal Perspective Law d. Public Law 86-272 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 9:53 AM 10. Generally, state constitutions limit the rates and types of taxes that can be imposed, and they require that tax

laws show uniformity, provide equal protection, and have a: a. good background b. profitable end c. public purpose d. referendum ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 9 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 9:54 AM 11. The state entity responsible for enacting laws regarding state revenue sources and consequently passing bills amending and augmenting their state’s taxing code is called the: a. judicial agency b. administrative body c. state legislature d. state tax commission ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 9:56 AM 12. Once tax statutes are enacted, they must be interpreted and enforced. These duties usually fall to entities created by either statutory or constitutional provisions. These entities are called: a. state legislatures b. constitutional statutes c. judicial systems d. administrative agencies ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 9:57 AM 13. Most states in the United States use which type of judicial system? a. only superior courts b. one-tier judicial system c. two-tier judicial system d. three-tier judicial system ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 9:59 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 9 14. Companies conducting business in more than one state are subject to multistate taxation. In order to create uniformity and consistency in the measurement and determination of business and nonbusiness income, the following legislation was drafted: a. Uniform Division of Income for Tax Purposes b. Multilateral Income Agreement c. Income Treaty d. Multistate Accord ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:01 AM 15. Thomson Reuters Checkpoint State and Local Tax (SALT) service is a comprehensive analysis of: a. state imports and exports b. state and local taxes c. state and local tax issues d. international tax issues ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:02 AM 16. The backbone of the CCH IntelliConnect State service combines detailed explanations, primary source materials, and practical compliance guidance. CCH calls it: a. state TOC b. search states c. state tax reporters d. state tax unlimited ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:03 AM 17. The Bloomberg BNA service makes finding state tax information easy by the use of: a. citators b. keywords Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 9 c. state tax portfolios d. state topical indexes ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:05 AM 18. The tax service that provides state-by-state access to all the state-level tax laws and regulations as well as a host of analysis and other editorial materials is called: a. IntelliConnect State b. Bloomberg BNA State c. Checkpoint SALT d. Lexis Advance Tax ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:07 AM 19. The easiest way to access international documents on LexisNexis Academic is through the: a. sources tab b. search tab c. find tab d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 4:12 PM 20. The Tax Service that offers an extensive library of databases for state tax research reached through its State Materials tab is called: a. LexisNexis Academic b. Bloomberg BNA c. Westlaw Campus d. Checkpoint SALT ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 9 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:08 AM 21. The State Taxation treatise is published by: a. Bloomberg BNA b. WG&L c. CCH d. Westlaw ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:09 AM 22. From an economic perspective, the objective of the international tax rules of each country should be to: a. prevent other countries from copying it b. ease taxing system interactivity c. shelter profits d. discourage investments ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:09 AM 23. The conceptual model where a country imposes taxes on tax residents based on its worldwide income, regardless of its source, is called a: a. territorial model b. international model c. worldwide model d. continental model ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 9 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:12 AM 24. The OECD is an organization known for its: a. belief in democratic governments and market economies b. role in helping to obtain multilateral economic agreements for countries c. publication of economic and social data and statistics d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:16 AM 25. Foreign taxpayers (also known as nonresident aliens) generally are subject to federal taxes only on: a. average wages after taxes b. the tax wedge c. U.S. source income d. all income ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:20 AM 26. Tax treaties can prevent double taxation by: a. providing reduced tax rates and reduced withholding b. not allowing the exemption of certain types of income from taxation c. including a “savings clause” d. all of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:25 AM 27. The Checkpoint tax product which provides a comprehensive set of analytical treaties and texts is named: a. RIA International Taxes Weekly Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 9 b. Tax Management Portfolios c. RIA International Tax Library (ITL) d. Worldwide Tax Treaties ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:29 AM 28. Bloomberg BNA’s Premier International Tax Library includes: a. an international create-a-chart feature b. CCH’s Tax Treaties Reporter c. Tax Notes International d. Tax Management Portfolios ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:29 AM 29. The CCH International Tax Service includes the following: a. Worldwide Tax Rates and Answers b. International Tax Planning Library c. Transfer Pricing d. International Tax Treaty Expert Library e. all of these are correct ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:36 AM 30. CCH IntelliConnect offers numerous international tax products including the Global Daily Tax News and: a. WG&L treatises b. BNA international publications c. International tax system d. Law of federal taxation ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 9 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:39 AM 31. U.S. treaties can be accessed quickly in the BNA International Portfolio under which heading? a. Country Portfolios b. Global Tax Guide c. Tax Treaties d. International Tax Monitor ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:40 AM 32. Westlaw's two portals to international taxation material portals are limited to: a. foreign companies only b. all academic institutions c. only law schools d. free materials ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:41 AM 33. Which of the following statements describes the international tax services offered by LexisNexis? a. LexisNexis contains a Westlaw International Tab. b. Only primary sources are available. c. LexisNexis contains international publications by BNA, CCH, Wiley, and Tax Analysts. d. All of the these statements accurately describe LexisNexis international tax services.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 9 DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:42 AM 34. The Internet site www.taxsites.com which contains links to numerous tax resources is called the: a. E-mail Highlights b. Tax and Accounting Sites Directory c. Cyberspace Tax Research d. Complete Internet Tax Research ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:43 AM 35. A transaction country is a country where the taxpayer resides or an entity is located. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 36. The ultimate goal of a corporate tax director in international tax planning is to reduce the company’s overall global effective tax rate. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 37. In practice, most of the countries in the world do not use a pure worldwide model of taxation. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 9 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 4:13 PM 38. With a territorial model of taxation, a foreign tax credit is needed to ensure that the income is not taxed twice. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 39. The U.S. blended tax model encourages U.S. domestic corporations to retain earnings in foreign countries and postpone repatriation as long as possible. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:44 AM 40. The transfer pricing rules target multinational companies that use the price-setting process in intercompany transactions to report low taxable income in high-tax countries and high taxable income in low-tax countries. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:45 AM 41. Generally, inventory sales are sourced by the location of the transaction. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 9 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 4:13 PM 42. A native country’s taxation of its citizens’ foreign-source income involves inbound transactions. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 43. A “saving clause” in U.S. treaties prevents U.S. residents from using treaty provisions to avoid taxes on U.S. source income. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:46 AM 44. U.S. tax law uses a territorial approach for taxing non-U.S. taxpayers. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 45. BNA offers Country Portfolios covering the taxation of business operations in specific countries. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 9 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 46. Tax Notes International, published by the Tax Analysts, is a weekly publication. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/26/2017 4:14 PM 47. Originally, the International Bureau of Fiscal Documentation (IBFD) was simply a document repository, but now it provides expert research products. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 48. Westlaw offers the business primers, “Doing Business in…” for a variety of countries, which provide an overview of different countries’ tax environments. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:49 AM 49. Checkpoint offers the unique RIA International Create-A-Chart function that facilitates the creation of tax-comparison charts with links to controlling authority, detailed explanations, and analysis by WG&L treatises. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 9 b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 1:43 PM 50. Westlaw offers one portal to international taxation materials through the standard service, Westlaw Taxation. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:51 AM 51. U.S.-adopted tax treaties usually do not address state and local tax issues. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 52. The newsletter, International Taxes Weekly, is published by Westlaw. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 53. CCH IntelliConnect offers the International Tax Planning Library. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 9 b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:53 AM 54. Worldwide Tax Rates and Answers, a service of CCH IntelliConnect, provides corporate tax rates by country, including national and local tax rates, as well as current forms and instructions for countries around the world. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:53 AM 55. Why are taxpayers emphasizing multijurisdictional tax planning?

ANSWER: There are numerous reasons for the emphasis on state and local tax planning. State and local tax environment is becoming increasingly complex and challenging to navigate due to states' everincreasing expansion of their taxation systems. Taxpayers are finding it increasingly difficult to stay abreast of and comply with the evolving requirements. For many businesses this is an untapped planning opportunity in which practitioners can provide value-added services. While each of the various taxes paid to states may be small, the percentage of total state taxes paid by a business can be almost one-half of its tax bill. Coordinated state tax planning can substantially reduce this percentage, especially where the taxpayer operates in various state and local taxing jurisdictions and has some flexibility as to where its property and labor force are located. International taxation is experiencing the same increasing complexity, and compliance and strategy are becoming more commonplace as more firms expand into global markets.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 10:56 AM 56. How is the source of income determined for the purpose of taxation? Briefly identify the sourcing rules for the following types of income: dividends, services, sales of inventory and income from property.

ANSWER: Source determinations govern which country should properly be taxing income. The source determination of income is dependent on performance location and/or property location. Income from interest and dividends generally is sourced by the residency of the payor. Thus, dividends from a U.S. domestic corporation and interest from a state bond are sourced within the United States.

However, to attract foreign investment, the United States allows a tax exemption on interest paid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 9 from a U.S. bank to a nonresident. For income from property, such as rents, royalties, or gains from property sales, it is the location of the property that is relevant. Sales of inventory often are sourced by the location of the transaction, not by the origin of the inventory. Thus, inventory purchased in a foreign country but sold within the United States produces domestic sourced income. Income for personal services usually is sourced according to where the services are performed, not the residency of the compensating entity or the citizenship of the personal service provider.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:01 AM 57. Briefly explain the U.S. blended model of international taxation and the purpose of the foreign tax credit.

ANSWER: The United States uses a blended model of international taxation that follows the worldwide model for taxing its citizens and the territorial approach for taxing non-U.S. taxpayers. For instance, the United States taxes the worldwide income of domestic corporations and the income of foreign entities that is connected with U.S. business. However, U.S. tax is not collected from foreign subsidiaries of U.S. companies until it is brought back into the United States. Because the United States taxes its companies’ worldwide income that may be subject to tax in foreign jurisdictions, the United States allows a foreign tax credit for taxes paid to other countries. However, the credit cannot exceed the amount of U.S. taxes that would have been due on the income. Under the territorial part of the model, the United States taxes non-U.S. taxpayers only on income earned within the United States.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:00 AM 58. “The Code provisions always take precedence over treaty provisions.” Comment.

ANSWER: Sometimes, the Code and tax treaties may provide conflicting treatment of some types of foreign sourced income. Unlike most countries, in the United States, treaty provisions do not take precedence over the Code. Instead, efforts are made, to the extent possible, to apply these provisions in harmony with each other if a treaty provision and a Code provision are in conflict. If this is not possible, then the most recently issued provision generally prevails.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 59. Discuss in brief about some of the most useful resources offered within the CCH International Tax Service.

ANSWER: CCH offers numerous international tax products that provide primary documents combined with authoritative analyses written by experts in the field. To provide these products, CCH has teamed up with other publishers and outside authors. The following products are some of the most useful Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 9 resources offered within the CCH International Tax Service.

Worldwide Tax Rates and Answers: This service provides corporate tax rates by country, including national and local tax rates, as well as current forms and instructions for countries around the world.

Transfer Pricing: There are four publications on transfer pricing: (1) Tax Treatise: Transfer Pricing Rules Compliance and Controversy, (2) International Transfer Pricing, (3) U.S. Transfer Pricing Guide, and (4) Developing a Transfer Pricing Policy. All four are written by subject-matter experts.

U.S. International Tax Compliance and Planning: This library contains four outside-authored explanations of U.S. international tax rules: (1) International Taxation: U.S. Taxation of Foreign Persons and Foreign Income, (2) International Taxation: Corporate and Individual, (3) Practical Guide to U.S. Taxation of International Transactions, and (4) International Tax Commentaries.

International Tax Planning Library: This library consists of three comprehensive publications and a practical newsletter exploring tax-planning issues from around the world. The three publications cover international tax planning for corporations, expatriates, and migrants, and offshore financial centers, for more than 40 countries.

International Tax Treaty Expert Library: Thousands of treaties (with amended language in context) and related documents, such as diplomatic notes and protocols, are available, and all are in English.

The treaties cover income, estate and gift taxes, sea and air transport, and information exchange agreements. Some of the analytical works included in the service are Klaus Vogel on Double Taxation Conventions; International Taxation, U.S. Taxation of Foreign Persons & Foreign Income; The Compatibility of Anti-Abuse Provisions in Tax Treaties with EC Law; The Impact of Community Law on Tax Treaties—Issues and Solutions; and The 1996 United States Model Income Tax Convention, Analysis, Commentary and Comparison.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:13 AM 60. What is the International Bureau of Fiscal Documentation, and what is its mission?

ANSWER: The International Bureau of Fiscal Documentation (IBFD) is a not-for-profit organization organized in 1938 to provide authoritative expertise to tax practitioners around the globe with regard to crossborder taxation. The IBFD relies on independent tax research as well as its research specialists to contribute international tax information and education materials to its customers. Originally the IBFD was simply a tax document repository, but now it focuses on research products, which it distributes to both the private and public sectors. Because it is an independent agency, the IBFD strives to produce objective and unbiased products, including software, tax courses, personalized client research (for private and governmental use), daily newsletters, journals, and numerous books on international tax issues. Besides its publications, the IBFD has a library that is regarded as the world’s leading resource for international and comparative taxation. Free online access to this library is available at www.ibfd.org.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 9 DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:03 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 10 1. In the United States, GAAP comes under the purview of the: a. FINRA b. IRS c. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) d. none of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:23 AM 2. Deferred tax assets represent: a. future deductions b. contingent assets c. future includable income d. unearned revenue ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:24 AM 3. Which statement is CORRECT regarding accounting for income taxes in a financial statement? a. The income tax provision includes only the taxes paid for that reporting period. b. Items of income and expense are treated the same for book and tax purposes as reflected in the financial statement. c. Accounting for income taxes does not incorporate the deferred tax model. d. Accounting for income taxes must reflect the differences between financial statement and tax return reporting.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:25 AM 4. Which of the following are missions of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)? a. to contribute to economic efficiency by helping investors to identify opportunities and risks across the world b. to bring transparency by enhancing the international comparability and quality of financial information c. to strengthen accounting ability by reducing the information gap between the providers of capital and the Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 10 people to whom they have entrusted their money d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:36 AM 5. The main advantage of the FASB Codification is: a. convergence of national accounting standards and IFRS b. a shift from national accounting to international accounting c. a move away from a standards-based model of organization to one based on topical area d. all of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:37 AM 6. Which of the following represents the correct Codification structure? a. Sections-Subsections-Topics-Subtopics b. Topics-Subtopics-Sections-Subsections c. Code Sections and FASB Topics d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:37 AM 7. Which statement is CORRECT regarding the SEC? a. It has standards-setting authority over public companies. b. It is authorized to oversee the functioning of U.S. capital markets. c. It has issued a number of forms of guidance on accounting principles. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:38 AM 8. Which of the following International Accounting Standards deals with international guidance for accounting for income taxes? a. IAS 29 b. ASC 740 c. SFAS 109 d. IAS 12 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 12:23 PM 9. Which of the following statements is CORRECT regarding the FASB Accounting Standards Codification Research System (CRS)? a. Subsections represent a collection of related guidance for a specific area. b. A no-cost basic version is available that allows the user to browse but not search the Codification. c. Keyword searching is not available in the Codification Research System. d. No cross-referencing to older guidance documents is provided.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:39 AM 10. To assist with citation of the Accounting Standards Codification, the FASB created a numerical system that uses which of the following formats? a. topics that track Code section numbers b. standards with heading numbers based on release date c. topics identified by a three-digit number between 105-999 d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 10 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:40 AM 11. Most research using the Codification is expected to be performed using the: a. Browse function b. Search function c. Go To function d. Find function ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 12. While browsing through Codification structure, all of the two-digit subtopics and three-digit intersection topics are displayed on the: a. subsection page b. general topic landing page c. search screen d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:41 AM 13. Which of the following functions provides a printer-friendly version of a document in the Codification Research System (CRS)? a. Find function b. Go To function c. Search function d. Print function ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:42 AM 14. The Go To function works in a similar fashion to a: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 10 a. Cross-reference function b. Browse function in a typical tax service c. Join Sections function in FASB Accounting Standards CRS d. Search by citation in a typical tax service ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:43 AM 15. Pre-codification literature issued by various standard setters includes: a. Statements of Financial Accounting Standards b. Derivative Implementation Group Issues c. Accounting Research Bulletins d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 9:21 AM 16. Under the FASB Codification, guidance for income taxes is found in: a. ASC Statement 133 b. ASC 740 c. IAS 12 d. SFAS 109 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:47 AM 17. A position taken in a previously filed return or expected to be taken in a future return is known as: a. an audit position b. a tax position c. an uncertain tax position d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 10 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:48 AM 18. Subsequent to Codification, changes to guidance in the Codification are now made through: a. accounting standards updates b. XBRL elements c. issuance of a new statement of position d. all of the these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:50 AM 19. Accounting Research Manager, an online database to provide accounting, auditing, and other SEC authoritative literature, is a product of: a. Checkpoint b. WG&L c. CCH IntelliConnect d. Westlaw ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 20. As part of its Checkpoint series, Thomson Reuters offers: a. Audit and Accounting Disclosure Manual b. GAAP Practice Manual c. SEC compliance d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 10 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:53 AM 21. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT regarding the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)? a. The standards are promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board. b. IFRS takes into account the financial reporting needs of emerging economies and small and medium-sized entities. c. The United States has adopted IFRS, and U.S. companies are now subject to the international standards. d. All of the these statements are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:54 AM 22. Under both U.S. GAAP and IAS, the amount of tax expense reflected in the financial statements is made up of both current and deferred components. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 23. The deferred tax model of taxes applies to all federal, state, foreign and local taxes based on income. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:56 AM 24. Generally, nonincome taxes are recognized in the financial statements in the period in which they are incurred. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 10 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:56 AM 25. Prior to the 1970s, accounting standards were promulgated by groups formed under the umbrella of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA). a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 26. The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) was formed to deal with the proliferation of country- or jurisdiction-specific accounting principles. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 27. The Codification does not include material issued by the SEC applicable to public companies. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 28. The main difference between U.S. GAAP and IFRS is that IFRS is much lengthier, with over 25,000 pages. a. True b. False ANSWER: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 10 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 29. Using the Codification Research System (CRS), a researcher can join all related sections of a topic into a single document so that the guidance across all sections within a topic can be reviewed at one time. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 30. The FASB Codification "Join Sections" allows the related sections of a topic to be joined into a single document so that the guidance across all sections within a topic can be reviewed at the same time. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 11:59 AM 31. The Codification system provides a cross-referencing system that allows researchers to locate guidance in the Codification using the old guidance or to find the old guidance using the new Codification reference. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 32. Accounting Statements of Position (SOPs) were brought into the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC). a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 10 b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 33. ASC 740 requires taxpayers to examine each and every "tax position" taken. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 12:00 PM 34. Accounting Research Manager (ARM) is part of the Codification Research System (CRS) offering access to accounting, auditing, governmental, and SEC authoritative literature. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 12:01 PM 35. The application of ASC 740 to an uncertain tax position allows tax benefits to be recognized in financial statements only when it is determined that it is more likely than not that the tax position can be sustained or when the position is ultimately settled via an audit, a negotiation, or a court decision. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 12:03 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 10 36. Exposure drafts issued for proposed updates of accounting standards in the Codification are indexed alphabetically. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 37. What are the principal objectives of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)?

ANSWER: The principal objectives of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) are to: • bring transparency by enhancing the international comparability and quality of financial information, enabling investors and other market participants to make informed economic decisions • strengthen accounting ability by reducing the information gap between the providers of capital and the people to whom they have entrusted their money • contribute to economic efficiency by helping investors to identify opportunities and risks across the world, thus improving capital allocation.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 12:07 PM 38. How is the Codification Research System’s “Join Sections” function useful to tax researchers? Give an example of how it works.

ANSWER: The Codification Research System’s “Join Sections” function is useful to tax researchers because it allows the related sections of a topic to be joined into a single document so that the guidance across all sections within a topic can be reviewed at the same time. For example, if a review of all the disclosure requirements for Topic 740, Income Taxes, was desired, a researcher could select Topic 740 and Section 50 (Disclosure) and the system would generate a list of all the sections of disclosure available within Topic 740. The desired sections can then be selected and joined into a single document. Drop-down menus are available when selecting topic and section.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 39. Even with the Codification, the “Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) is not the only standard-setting authority in the United Sates.” Explain.

ANSWER: The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) is not the only standard-setting authority in the United Sates. While it is the single source of authoritative U.S. GAAP for private companies, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has authority over public companies. For Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 10 companies registered with the SEC, it has the primary standard-setting authority, although it continues to rely on the private standard setters. The SEC has issued a number of its own guidance pronouncements, such as Regulation S-X, Staff Accounting Bulletins and other documents that impact public company accounting standards. A portion of the SEC guidance is available in the ASC as supplemental material.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 12:11 PM 40. What is meant by “tax position”? Explain the requirements of ASC 740 for the reporting of tax positions.

ANSWER: A “tax position” is defined as a position taken in a previously filed return or expected to be taken in a future return. Transactions that create deferred tax assets and liabilities are tax positions.

Transactions that create permanent book/tax differences (or no differences at all) also are tax positions.

ASC 740 requires taxpayers to examine each and every “tax position” to determine the proper treatment in the financial statement. Under ASC 740, tax benefits may be recognized in financial statements only when it is determined that it is “more likely than not” that the tax position will be sustained on its technical merits or when the position is ultimately settled via an audit, negotiation, or a court decision. ASC 740 also requires that the taxpayer distinguish between “highly certain” and “uncertain” positions. In determining whether this threshold is met, taxpayers must assume that the tax position will be examined (audited) by the taxing authorities. Ultimately, the conclusion regarding the financial statement recognition takes into account the tax law technical merits, facts, and circumstances of the position.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 12:18 PM 41. Explain the basic principles of accounting for deferred taxes.

ANSWER: Many items of income and expense are not treated the same for financial statement or "book" purposes as they are for tax purposes. Intuitively, one might assume that a company would account for income taxes on an "as-paid" basis, reflecting the amount of income tax liability actually owed to all jurisdictions for a particular period of time. However, such an income tax number would not meaningfully reflect the income tax expense associated with the pretax income presented on the financial statements.

A corporation’s financial statements must follow the matching principle in which the expenses related to earning income are reported in the same period as the income, without regard to when the expenses are actually paid. Therefore, under both U.S. GAAP and the IAS, the amount of tax expense reflected in a financial statement is made up of both current and deferred components. While the current tax expense theoretically represents the taxes actually payable to (or a refund receivable from) the government, the deferred tax expense (or benefit) represents the future tax cost (or savings) connected with income reported in the current-period financial statements. Differences between the Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 10 book and tax basis of items affecting income tax are recorded as deferred tax assets (representing future deductions) or deferred tax liabilities (representing future includable income). Consequently, tax professionals need to be capable of identifying not only the tax treatment of income and expense items but also the financial statement treatment for those items.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 12:14 PM 42. “A sound understanding of financial accounting is essential for tax professionals.” Discuss.

ANSWER: For businesses that are required to prepare financial statements in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) or International Accounting Standards (IAS), the computation of income tax expense requires expertise in accounting for income taxes under these standards. Increasingly, tax professionals are finding that an understanding of financial accounting for income taxes is a required competency.

The likelihood of a tax professional being asked to prepare, review, or audit the income tax "provision" reflected in the balance sheet, income statement, and footnotes of financial statements has grown substantially since the passage of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Simply put, it is no longer enough to understand tax planning and compliance without also gaining a deeper understanding of accounting for income taxes under the financial reporting guidance framework applicable to businesses both in the United States and abroad.

It is important that the differences between financial statement reporting and tax return reporting be identified and reflected properly in the income tax provision. Consequently, tax professionals need an understanding not only of how to research the tax law but also how to research financial accounting rules related to businesses.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 12:22 PM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 11 1. The audience for tax research communication is primarily: a. the client b. the practitioner’s supervisor c. none of these are correct d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:39 PM 2. To effectively convey the results of a tax research project, the practitioner must: a. consult IRS officials b. apply professional judgment and communication skills c. have an informal discussion with the client d. all of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:40 PM 3. Tax-related communications can come in many forms, for example: a. a posting on a general, business, or tax-oriented blog b. a speech to a general audience c. an article for publication in a professional journal d. an appearance on a broadcast with more or less serious tone e. all of these are correct ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:41 PM 4. The heart of tax research communication is: a. the file memo b. primary source material c. secondary source material Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 11 d. network links ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:42 PM 5. Which of the following is CORRECT with respect to a file memo? a. It should include only the strengths of the client’s position. b. It should include a list of the tax issues that are in dispute and a matching conclusion for each identified issue. c. It should be prepared only in closed-fact situations. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:42 PM 6. Initial determinations of the facts of a tax issue are likely to be incomplete because: a. taxpayers tend to see the dispute only from their side b. taxpayers not being trained in the tax law may be unable to determine which facts are important to convey c. fact-gathering often depends on the reliability of the memory of taxpayers d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:43 PM 7. Which of the following statements is CORRECT with respect to conflicting tax laws? a. Revenue Rulings and Revenue Procedures seldom are held to be invalid by a court. b. Regulations are frequently held to be invalid by a court. c. The decisions of courts that are higher in the judicial hierarchy should receive additional precedential weight. d. All of the these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 11 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:44 PM 8. Other factors being equal, decisions of which of the following Circuit Courts should be given additional weight when evaluating sources? a. the Second and Ninth Circuits b. the Sixth and Ninth Circuits c. the Federal and First Circuits d. all the these courts have equal weight ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:44 PM 9. All of the following statements are CORRECT with regard to the weight of authority of tax documents EXCEPT: a. District and Circuit Court opinions have direct bearing on the taxpayer only if they were issued in the taxpayer’s jurisdiction. b. The opinions of the Court of Federal Claims and Tax Court are not binding on a taxpayer if they were issued with respect to a taxpayer who lives in a different jurisdiction. c. Revenue Rulings and Revenue Procedures are frequently modified or held to be invalid by courts. d. Older court decisions should be given a declining degree of importance unless they are Supreme Court cases.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:54 PM 10. By far the most common form of substantive communication between the tax professional and his or her client is a: a. file memo b. text message c. tax-oriented blog d. telephone call or e-mail ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 11 DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:46 PM 11. The best way for a practitioner to confirm his or her understanding of the discussion in a telephone conversation with a client is to: a. tape all client telephone calls b. take accurate notes during the conversation c. send a hard copy of a follow-up letter to the client d. ensure important discussions with clients only take place face to face ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:49 PM 12. All of the following are INCORRECT regarding the proper form for a client letter EXCEPT: a. client letters should be brief b. client letters should be lengthy and detailed in order to avoid malpractice problems c. client letters should not exceed four pages d. all of these statements are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:52 PM 13. The two major elements of a client file are: a. invoices and full-text court opinions b. internal firm memos and invoices c. a client letter and a research memo d. a written summary of telephone conversations and e-mails ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:52 PM 14. In client files, a practitioner should include all of the following types of underlying legal authority EXCEPT: a. underlined or highlighted portions of important legal documents Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 11 b. case, regulation, and ruling briefs that are pertinent to the file memo c. a listing of legal citations and computer files that would show a researcher’s analysis d. all of this information should be included in a client file ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:54 PM 15. Effective written business communication often makes use of which of the following guidelines? a. Write in direct, active voice and use short sentences. Organize your writing in paragraphs and use transition words to help the reader follow your logic and thought process. b. Consider the reader--all audiences are not the same. Writing for another tax professional is very different from writing for a client who is not skilled in tax law. c. Be organized. Make sure you understand the objective of your communication and organize your thoughts and your message before you start to write. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 4:58 PM 16. Sound writing tips include: a. be brief and to the point b. write in direct, active voice and use short sentences c. use correct grammar and punctuation d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 1:53 PM 17. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT regarding the use of visual aids in oral presentations? a. Visual aids should be used to illustrate ideas that are difficult to convey strictly with words. b. On average, allow at least three minutes of spoken presentation for each slide. c. Slides should be colorful with substantial amounts of text.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 11 d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:06 PM 18. An effective speaker should: a. not be afraid of silence b. get physically close to the audience c. vary the pitch of his or her voice d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:06 PM 19. In order to provide the greatest amount of information to the greatest number of listeners, the speaker should direct remarks to the: a. front of the room b. back of the room c. highlights and general results of the research d. the host or hostess ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:07 PM 20. Which of the following statements is INCORRECT regarding letters to unsophisticated clients? a. Citations to controlling authority should not be included. b. The letter should give the answer in the first paragraph. c. A practitioner should always attach a file memo to give the client more detailed information. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:09 PM 21. IRS agents are bound only by which types of authority? a. the Code b. the Code, administrative pronouncements and Supreme Court decisions c. Second and Ninth Circuit Court Decisions d. the Code and Regulations ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:09 PM 22. The tax researcher spends most of his or her time writing the memorandum to the client's file. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 23. The tone and nature of the file memo should recognize that its reader (the client) probably is not well versed in the federal tax law. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:10 PM 24. A file memorandum should include citations to secondary sources of tax law, such as commercial tax services. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 11 ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/14/2017 12:58 PM 25. Generally, the file memo should be accompanied in the file by briefs of one or more pertinent cases or administrative pronouncements. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 26. Generally, it is better to cite more recent court decisions than older decisions to support one’s position. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 27. Tax treatises and journal articles should not be used in the formation of the practitioner’s research schedule. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:16 PM 28. Even if all of the judicial precedent supports a taxpayer’s position, the court still may hold against the taxpayer. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 11 b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 29. IRS agents are not bound by District Court decisions. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/14/2017 12:58 PM 30. Consulting firms and tax departments do not use the same format for client files. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/14/2017 1:00 PM 31. In oral communications, a speaker should always aim the presentation at the audience members who have the least amount of knowledge. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 32. Well-written case opinions typically provide a summary of the evolution of the pertinent tax law and a discussion of the parties’ competing interpretations.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 11 a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 33. In slides and other visual aids, fancy fonts and many colors should be used to create a more sophisticated presentation. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 34. Public speaking is an important part of the tax practitioner’s professional life and can be an accurate predictor of success. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 35. More research engagements entail closed-fact settings than open-fact situations. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 11 36. Paper reduction should be the main goal in deciding whether or not to include duplications of controlling law in a client file. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 37. State the purposes for which a file memorandum is designed.

ANSWER: A file memorandum is designed to: • organize the facts, issues, and conclusions of the project; • facilitate a review of the research activities by the practitioner’s supervisors or colleagues; and • allow for a subsequent examination of the research issue by the original researcher or by his or her successor, with respect to the same or another client’s identical or related fact situation.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:18 PM 38. Identify the major elements of a client letter, and briefly discuss the difference between a letter to a sophisticated client and to an unsophisticated client.

ANSWER: In general, the client letter should be structured as follows: • Salutation/social graces/general conclusion.

• Summary of the research project results.

• Objective of the report.

• Statement of facts and disclaimer as to the scope of the tax professional’s knowledge base.

• Summary of critical sources of law that lead to result.

The “answer” to the client’s question should be in the first paragraph. A letter to an unsophisticated client should not include any detailed references to the controlling law, but should only discuss the research results in a general way. A letter to an unsophisticated client should not use technical tax terms, but instead should be written in a more conversational style. The file memo should not be attached to an unsophisticated client letter, but may be attached for a more sophisticated client.

POINTS: DIFFICULTY: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES: DATE CREATED:

1 Challenging Subjective Short Answer False 3/30/2017 11:39 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 11 DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:20 PM 39. Identify five types of tax-related communications.

ANSWER: Tax-related communications can include any of the following: • Telephone call or text message.

• Informal discussion in person or via e-mail.

• Letters prepared for someone familiar with the tax laws or someone unfamiliar with the tax laws.

• Tax articles for publication in a newspaper, magazine, or professional journal.

• Directed discussion among tax peers.

• Speech to general audience or to a conference of tax professionals.

• File memoranda to be read in the future by the author or by a peer with similar training.

• Appearance on a news broadcast or program.

• Posting on a general, business, or tax-oriented blog.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:21 PM 40. You are preparing for an audit with an IRS agent for an important client. Your research has uncovered several favorable rulings and court decisions. What are the key points that should guide you in evaluating sources of the law?

ANSWER: The following points must be considered in evaluating the research results relating to favorable rulings and court decisions: • The IRS agent is bound only by the Code, administrative pronouncements (Regulations, rulings, notices, etc.), and Supreme Court decisions. Support your best arguments by building on a use of those items.

• The most important Court of Appeals decisions are those from the taxpayer's circuit. If the taxpayer’s circuit has not ruled on the issue, then look to the Second, Ninth, and Federal Circuits.

• Regulations are seldom held to be invalid while Revenue Rulings and Revenue Procedures are frequently modified or held to be invalid by courts.

• Generally, taxpayers are bound by decisions of the national courts—the Tax Court and Court of Federal Claims—unless they are overturned in a pertinent appeal or the taxpayer’s Circuit has held differently.

• Higher-level court decisions are more important than lower-level court decisions.

• More recent decisions generally are better authority than older decisions.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:23 PM 41. Amy and Frank got married and they have approached you seeking your views about the gift tax and income tax consequences on the following facts.

As per the prenuptial agreement, Amy gave to Frank $100,000 of appreciated stock on the morning of their wedding.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 11 Amy’s basis in the stock was $35,000. Under the terms of the agreement, Frank surrendered all other marital rights and claims to Amy’s assets in exchange for these securities. Both Frank and Amy are residents of Arizona.

The file memo you prepared contains the following legal conclusions, based on controlling authority: • IRC Section 2501 imposes a tax on the transfer of property by gift, not when it is received by the donee, but upon the transfer. The donor is taxed, not the donee.

• The Supreme Court has held that prenuptial transfers in relinquishment of marital rights are not adequate and full consideration for the transfer of property. So, the transfer is treated as a gift.

• Since the prenuptial agreement is enforceable only after the marriage, the transfer has not taken place until after the marriage occurred. Thus, the transfer is eligible for the gift tax marital deduction.

• Although the transaction resulted in a gift, no gift tax is imposed due to the application of the annual exclusion and the unlimited gift tax marital deduction.

• Neither party recognizes gross income upon release of the marital rights. Gross income does not include the value of property acquired by gift.

• The donee takes the donor’s income tax basis in the transferred property.

Based on the information provided above, draft a client letter to an unsophisticated client explaining the gift tax consequences and the income tax consequences of the stock transfer.

ANSWER: Client Letter: Citi Tax Services Tucson San Luis AZ 85706 October 08, 20XX Amy and Frank Skyline Heights San Luis, AZ 85738 Dear Frank and Amy, Thank you for approaching me on the matter relating to the tax treatment of your prenuptial agreement. I understand that the transfer of appreciated stock that took place on the morning of the wedding is as per the prenuptial agreement. It is my pleasure to inform you that the transaction will not result in the imposition of any federal tax for either of you.

My research has uncovered that the Supreme Court has held that the transfer of property under a prenuptial agreement is not supported by "full and adequate consideration" because relinquishment of marital rights does not amount to "full and adequate consideration." Therefore, it is to be treated as a gift.

Fortunately, however, the treatment of your transaction as a gift will not result in the imposition of federal income tax or federal gift tax.

Federal income tax is not imposed upon the transfer because "gifts" do not form a part of gross income either for the donor or for the donee. Although a gift has occurred, no gift tax is due, because the unlimited gift tax marital deduction neutralizes the transfer.

This research has been restricted to the identical cases, that is, in which, pursuant to a prenuptial agreement, a taxpayer surrendered his or her other marital rights in exchange for a sum of money or other property.

My conclusion is based upon the facts that you have given me and upon the reliability of the court cases that I found.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 11 Sincerely, Good Student, CPA for Citi Tax Services POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/1/2017 5:26 PM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 12 1. Which of the following is a feature of a properly accomplished tax planning? a. It allows the tax professional to exercise a higher degree of creativity. b. It forces the client to identify financial goals and general means by which to achieve them. c. It affords the practitioner the greatest possible degree of control over the prescribed transactions and the tax consequences. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:17 PM 2. Which of the following tax law rules creates incentives for tax planning? a. The federal income tax itself is deductible in determining taxable income. b. Reducing the amount of income tax that is paid decreases a taxpayer’s allowable deductions. c. The federal income tax itself is not allowed as a deduction in determining taxable income. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:33 PM 3. Where ATC = after-tax cost, BTC = before-tax cost, and MTR = marginal tax rate, the after-tax cost of tax planning can be expressed as: a. ATC = BTC × (1 – MTR) b. a factor of the time value of money c. MTR × taxable income = ATC d. ATC = BTC ÷ (1 – MTR) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:25 PM 4. Which of the following is the basic formula for computing a taxpayer’s tax liability? a. Tax Liability = Tax Base ÷ Tax Rate b. Tax Liability = Tax Base × (1 – Tax Rate) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 12 c. Tax Liability = Tax Base × Tax Rate d. None of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:25 PM 5. Which of the following is the most common tax that is found in contemporary industrialized societies? a. a tax on consumption b. a proportional tax c. a tax on income d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:27 PM 6. A proportional tax rate system represents: a. a progressive tax rate structure b. a flat tax rate structure c. the U.S. federal income tax system d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:27 PM 7. Under a regressive tax rate structure, the applicable tax rate: a. increases as the tax base grows larger b. remains unchanged irrespective of the level of the tax base c. best reflects the capacity of the taxpayer to pay d. decreases as the tax base grows larger ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 12 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:29 PM 8. Under a progressive tax rate system, the applicable tax rate: a. is applied against the taxpayer’s net holdings of tangible assets b. decreases as the tax base grows larger c. increases as the tax base grows larger d. is independent of the tax base ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:31 PM 9. Which of the following tax rate systems is applicable to the U.S. individual income tax? a. proportional tax rate system b. regressive tax rate system c. progressive tax rate system d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:32 PM 10. Most sales and property taxes in the United States employ a: a. proportional rate structure b. regressive rate structure c. progressive rate structure d. consumption rate structure ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:33 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 12 11. Social Security Taxes are considered: a. progressive b. flat c. regressive d. proportional ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:34 PM 12. The tax rate that is the present value of the additional tax on one dollar of additional taxable income is referred to as the: a. nominal tax rate b. effective tax rate c. before-tax cost d. none of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:35 PM 13. The tax rate which is computed by simply dividing the total tax liability by the corresponding tax base is known as the: a. capital gains tax rate b. average tax rate c. effective tax rate d. marginal tax rate ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:35 PM 14. Tax planning: a. is a completely legal means for saving taxes b. is the same as tax evasion Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 12 c. endeavors to understate the taxpayer’s real wealth d. all of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:36 PM 15. Taxpayers often can legally reduce their exposure to taxation by: a. avoiding the recognition of taxable income b. deducting federal taxes c. not appearing before tax officials d. postponing deductions ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:37 PM 16. Jane owns land adjacent to her home that appreciated in value by $5,000 this year. She acquired the land five years ago for $25,000. Based on these facts alone, the amount that would be included in her taxable income for the current year is: a. $30,000 b. $25,000 c. $5,000 d. $0 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 17. Jeffrey Heinz, a salaried person, incurred a loss of $4,000 from passive activities. This loss can be applied as a deduction to offset taxable income from: a. his salary b. his long-term capital gains for the year c. passive activities d. any source Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 12 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:37 PM 18. Choosing tax-free fringe benefits instead of an equivalent hike in salary is an example of tax planning by: a. accelerating income recognition b. changing the timing of recognition of taxable income c. avoiding income recognition d. all of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:38 PM 19. Allowing an investment to increase in value without selling it is an example of tax planning by: a. changing the timing of recognition of taxable income b. changing the character of income c. spreading income among related parties d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:39 PM 20. Often, by moving assets or income out of one government authority into another, tax reductions can be affected. This process is called: a. changing the timing of recognition of income b. changing the timing of recognition of deductions c. deferring the payment of tax d. changing tax jurisdictions ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 12 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:40 PM 21. Investing in non-dividend-paying stock that is expected to appreciate yearly by 5 percent instead of investing in 5 percent corporate bonds is an example of tax planning by: a. spreading income through portfolio diversification b. avoiding income recognition c. changing the timing of recognition of taxable income d. changing the character of income ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:41 PM 22. What is the age at which children who are not full-time students are no longer subject to the “kiddie” tax? a. 24 b. 18 c. 19 d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:42 PM 23. For 2016, the amount of exemption that a child can enjoy on any interest, dividends, or capital gains income is limited to: a. $1,050 b. $1,900 c. $10,000 d. There is no exemption for this type of income.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:43 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 12 24. Which of the following are the two pervasive judicial doctrines that often limit the taxpayer’s ability to employ effective planning techniques? a. the progressive tax rate requirement and marginal rates b. business purpose and substance over form c. business purpose and changing tax jurisdiction d. all of these are judicial doctrines that limit effective tax planning ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:44 PM 25. Taxpayers are rewarded more for finding ways to save taxes than for earning an equal amount in the marketplace. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 26. Under a proportional tax rate system, the tax rate is constant. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 27. Any business-related expenses that are incurred in connection with the determination of a tax are deductible. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 12 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/17/2017 10:33 AM 28. With respect to tax planning activities, the decision maker must compare the after-tax benefits with the pretax costs. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:45 PM 29. The effective average tax rate can be found by dividing the total tax liability by the economic income. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 30. Tax planning analyses should be based on the average tax rates that the individual will pay or save by adopting a particular course of action. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 31. Spreading income among related taxpayers is one of the goals of tax planning behavior. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 12 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 32. When tax rates are constant, delaying income recognition or accelerating deductions can be beneficial. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 33. Taxpayers can use the step-transaction doctrine to obtain various tax advantages. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 34. The first requirement for effective tax planning is awareness on the part of decision makers. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:46 PM 35. The judicial doctrine "business purpose" can decrease the taxpayer’s ability to employ effective planning techniques. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 12 HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:47 PM 36. Whenever a series of transactions results in significant tax savings, the IRS may attempt to apply the concept of substance over form by collapsing several transactions into one. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 37. With regard to employers, generally, salary payments to employees are deductible but fringe benefit payments are not. a. True b. False ANSWER: False RATIONALE: FEEDBACK: Generally, both salary payments to employees and fringe benefits payments for employees are deductible by employers.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 38. The "Child Tax Credit" was created to prevent parents from sheltering income by putting accounts in the names of their lower-taxed children. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:31 PM 39. Investment expenses can offset ordinary income. a. True b. False ANSWER: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 12 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 40. The progressive nature of the tax system tends to increase the advantage of income splitting. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 41. Taxpayers can always minimize their tax liability simply by moving income and assets out of one jurisdiction to another. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 42. Tax planning has been said to offer an opportunity for the most psychologically and financially rewarding work in tax practice. What is it about tax planning that would lead one to this conclusion?

ANSWER: For most practitioners, tax planning represents the “glamour” end of the practice because properly accomplished tax planning (1) forces the client to identify broad financial goals and general means by which to accomplish them, thereby engaging the practitioner in more activities than otherwise might be the case; (2) allows the tax professional to show a higher degree of creativity than in any other part of the practice; and, (3) provides the practitioner the greatest degree of control over the prescribed transactions and their tax consequences, especially in open-fact situations.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:49 PM 43. What is a statutory tax trap? Give an example.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 12 ANSWER:

Statutory tax traps are rules designed by Congress to prevent certain techniques of tax avoidance. For example, Section 482 of the Internal Revenue Code gives the IRS the power to reallocate both income and deductions among related companies to reflect “true taxable income.” Under that section, the IRS may make an allocation of income from one foreign subsidiary to another foreign subsidiary of a U.S. multinational corporation to reflect the market value of services provided by one subsidiary to the other. The IRS will make this allocation if the subsidiary providing the services does not charge market value for those services.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM 44. Harrison is subject to a 40 percent overall marginal tax rate. Is he better off if he receives a tax-free fringe benefit of $4,000 than if he receives an equivalent raise in his salary? Why or why not?

ANSWER: Harrison would be better off if he receives a tax-free fringe benefit of $4,000 instead of an equivalent raise in his salary.

Value of compensation received Tax on employee’s compensation After-tax increase in employee’s wealth

Salary raise $4,000 1,600 $2,400

Fringe benefit $4,000 $4,000

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:55 PM 45. Identify the five goals of tax planning behavior and give an example of each.

ANSWER: The five main goals of tax planning are: • Avoiding recognition of taxable income, such as choosing to receive a tax-free fringe benefit rather than an increase in a taxable salary.

• Changing the timing of recognition of income, gains, deduction, losses, and credits. For example, a cash method taxpayer can postpone recognition of income by waiting to bill clients until next year.

• Changing tax jurisdictions. A multistate company could relocate its warehouse and distribution center to a jurisdiction with a lower corporate income tax rate.

• Changing the character of income. A taxpayer can invest in a non-dividend-paying stock which will generate capital gains upon sale instead of a corporate bond, where the interest is taxed currently as ordinary income.

• Spreading income among related taxpayers. Taxpayers can use appropriate trusts to shift pretax income to their aging parents who are in a lower tax bracket.

POINTS: DIFFICULTY:

1 Challenging

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 12 QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 1:56 PM 46. A corporate taxpayer, who is subject to a marginal state and federal tax rate of 30 percent, is considering two mutually exclusive alternatives. Alternative A is to hire a public accounting firm at a cost of $5,000 to undertake research on a tax avoidance plan. If the plan is successful, it will save the corporation $4,900 in federal income taxes. The probability of success for the plan is 75 percent. Alternative B is to hire a marketing firm at a cost of $4,500 to develop a new marketing strategy. If it is successful, the new marketing strategy would generate new revenues of $5,500. The probability of such success is 80 percent.

Which alternative should the corporation choose?

ANSWER: Before-tax cost Tax Reduction (30%) After-tax cost

Alternative A Alternative B $5,000 $4,500 -1,500 -1,350 $3,500 $3,150

Possible pretax payoff Probability of success Expected pretax payoff Tax on expected payoff (30%) Expected after-tax payoff

$4,900 × 75% $3,675 0 $3,675

$5,500 × 80% $4,400 1,320 $3,080

Excess of after-tax payoff over after-tax cost

$ 175

$ (70)

Even though Alternative B offers a higher pretax payoff, a lower before-tax cost, and a higher probability of success, Alternative A should be accepted.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 2:04 PM 47. a) Michael formed a new corporation by investing $200,000 cash. Following the advice of his tax consultant, Michael designated $120,000 to be used for the purchase of corporate stock and $80,000 as a loan to the corporation. What tax advantage does this arrangement have over structuring the entire investment as a purchase of stock? Explain. b) Dorothy has $30,000 to invest and is considering a corporate bond that pays 7 percent annual interest or a nondividend-paying stock that is expected to appreciate by 7 percent each year. Given that both investments are of similar risk, and the long-term capital gains tax rate is lower than the ordinary income tax rate, which option should Dorothy choose? Why? c) Gabriel is the sole shareholder of a management-consulting corporation. In addition, he has invested in passive rental activities that generate $20,000 per year in passive losses. According to the Code, such losses from passive activities cannot be applied as deductions to offset other types of taxable income. Advise Gabriel as to how he can salvage the $20,000 deduction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 12 ANSWER:

a) Michael formed a new corporation by investing $200,000 cash. Following the advice of his tax consultant, Michael designated $120,000 to be used for the purchase of corporate stock and $80,000 as a loan to the corporation. In this way, if Michael wants to receive large amounts of cash back from the corporation in the future, the entity simply will repay part or all of the loan principal to him, tax free, rather than making a large (taxable and nondeductible) dividend payment. Michael also can direct the corporation to pay interest on the loan; such payments are deductible by the corporation.

Of course, both interest and dividends are taxable to Michael when he receives them. b) Dorothy has $30,000 to invest and is considering a corporate bond that pays 7 percent annual interest or a non-dividend-paying stock that is expected to appreciate by 7 percent each year. Interest on corporate bonds is taxed as ordinary income at ordinary tax rates, which are higher than the longterm capital gains tax rate. If risk is similar for both investments, it is better to choose the investment that results in less tax liability. Capital gains on investments in non-dividend-paying stock are taxed only when the stock is sold, whereas interest on investment in corporate bonds is taxed on a yearly basis. In the given case, Dorothy should choose to invest in non-dividend-paying stock that appreciates by 7 percent each year, as it would result in lower tax liability.

c) Gabriel is the sole shareholder of a management-consulting corporation. In addition, he has invested in passive rental activities that generate $20,000 per year in passive losses. According to the Code, such losses from passive activities cannot be applied as deductions to offset other types of taxable income. Accordingly, Gabriel cannot reduce current taxable income by the $20,000 passive loss from his rental activities. However, as the dominant shareholder of his corporation, Gabriel may be in a position to salvage the $20,000 deduction. If he reduces his salary from the corporation by $20,000 and instead takes from the corporation a $20,000 properly structured lease payment for the use of property that he owns which the corporation uses for business purposes (such as office equipment or automobiles), he may be able to create $20,000 in passive income from rental activities, against which the passive loss can be offset.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:39 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/3/2017 2:10 PM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 13 1. The Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is appointed by the: a. President of the United States b. Secretary of the Treasury c. Senate d. Congress ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 2. The IRS: a. facilitates the processing of tax returns b. enforces the internal revenue laws of the United States c. is a bureau within the U.S. Department of Finance d. all of these are correct ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 9:45 AM 3. The highest ranking legal adviser of the IRS is the: a. Attorney General b. Chief Attorney c. District Attorney d. Chief Counsel ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 4. To whom does the Chief Counsel of the Internal Revenue Service report? a. Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service b. Secretary of the Treasury c. Regional Council in National Office d. Attorney General Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 13 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 9:48 AM 5. The National Taxpayer Advocate: a. represents the IRS in Tax Court cases b. administers a taxpayer-intervention system c. assists the IRS in preparing proposed legislation, treaties, regulations, and executive orders d. prepares IRS rulings and other written determinations ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 9:49 AM 6. The Taxpayer Assistance Order (TAO) is issued by the: a. Secretary of Treasury b. Chief Counsel c. National Taxpayer Advocate d. Commissioner of IRS ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 7. The IRS Oversight Board: a. has the authority to affect tax policy b. has the authority to affect the processing of individual tax cases c. can intervene in IRS personnel or procurement matters d. can review and approve the IRS annual budget request ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 13 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 9:50 AM 8. A Form 911 is filed by the taxpayer as a request for which of the following? a. National Research Program b. Appeals Conference c. Tax Court Hearing d. Taxpayer Advocate Service Assistance ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 9:52 AM 9. Signed into law in 1996, it guarantees taxpayers various rights to representation before the IRS. What is it called? a. the Constitution b. the Sixteenth Amendment c. the Taxpayer Bill of Rights d. the Taxpayer Advocate ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 9:54 AM 10. In selecting returns for examination, the primary goal of the IRS is to review only those returns that: a. belong to taxpayers who were found guilty previously b. will result in a satisfactory increase in the tax liability c. have been filed for the first time d. contain mathematical/clerical errors ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 9:55 AM 11. The procedure used to match the information recorded on a return with corresponding data received from third parties is referred to as the: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 13 a. Information Document Reconciliation Program b. Information Document Review Program c. Information Document Check Program d. none of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 9:56 AM 12. In case of underpayment of taxes, if the deficiency is not paid in a timely fashion, interest is imposed on the unpaid amount for a period that begins on the date of: a. filing the return and ends on the date of payment or the last working day of the respective year, whichever is later b. filing the return and ends on the date of payment c. the notice and demand and ends on the date of payment d. the notice and demand and ends on the date when the taxpayer receives the notice ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 9:59 AM 13. If a return is identified as including an unallowable item, the IRS: a. computes the seemingly necessary adjustment in taxes and notifies the taxpayer by mail b. sends a formal notice of deficiency to the taxpayer c. considers the contact that it makes with a taxpayer under this circumstance to be an examination d. cancels the return and asks the taxpayer to file his return again ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:01 AM 14. What is the formula that assigns numeric weights to certain (undisclosed by the IRS) return items, generating a composite score for the return? a. selection of returns formula b. unallowable items formula Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 13 c. discriminant function formula (DIF) d. mathematical errors formula ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:10 AM 15. The program that is designed to furnish the IRS with statistics concerning the type and number of errors that are made on a representative sample of individual income tax returns is the: a. Unallowable Items Program b. Mathematical/clerical Error Program c. National Research Program d. Discriminant Function Program ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:11 AM 16. An office examination is scheduled when a selected return for examination: a. belongs to a taxpayer who previously was found guilty of manipulating a return b. belongs to a taxpayer who resides near the IRS local office c. requires a mere verification of record-keeping d. involves one or more issues that will require some analysis and the exercise of the IRS personnel’s judgment ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:13 AM 17. Which of the following examinations involves complex issues that require more advanced knowledge of the internal revenue laws and accounting skills? a. correspondence examination b. field examination c. office examination d. arithmetical error examination ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 13 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:14 AM 18. A written revenue agent’s report (RAR) is prepared by the IRS agent and is given to the taxpayer: a. before the commencement of the examination b. upon conclusion of the examination c. during the examination d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:16 AM 19. When a taxpayer does not agree with the IRS agent’s proposed adjustments a: a. 30-day letter is issued b. RAR is issued c. 10-day notice is issued d. 21-day notice is issued ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 20. A statutory notice of deficiency is also known as a: a. 30-day letter b. 10-day letter c. 90-day letter d. 21-day letter ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 13 DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 21. How much time from the date of issue of a 30-day letter does a taxpayer have to request a conference with an appeals officer? a. 30 days b. 90 days c. 10 days d. 21 days ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:20 AM 22. Your client has just received an IRS summons to appear for an interview. The following statements are CORRECT concerning this interview EXCEPT: a. Provided your client gives prior notice to the IRS, the taxpayer may record the interview. b. The IRS may record the interview but must provide a transcript of the recording to the taxpayer if he requests a copy and pays for the duplication charges. c. Notes may not be taken by either the IRS agent or the taxpayer during the interview. d. The IRS investigator must explain various taxpayer rights to your client before commencing the interview.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:23 AM 23. If a taxpayer and the IRS cannot agree on the proposed adjustments after an appeals conference, the regional director of appeals will issue a: a. 30-day letter b. 90-day letter c. 21-day letter d. 10-day letter ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 13 24. The Tax Court will review a taxpayer’s case, provided that he or she files a petition with the court within: a. 10 days of the date of his or her statutory notice of deficiency b. 60 days of the date of his or her statutory notice of deficiency c. 30 days of the date of his or her statutory notice of deficiency d. 90 days of the date of his or her statutory notice of deficiency ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 25. Some of the factors believed to be perused in an economic-reality audit include the which of the following? a. significant increases in interest, dividend, and other investment income b. significant decreases in mortgage and other reportable interest paid c. significant variance in self-employment or farming income during the period relative to industry norms d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:26 AM 26. A “DIF” score is a type of: a. fraud definition used by the IRS b. composite score that rates returns for potentially higher tax liability c. negligent penalty score d. score used for information purposes in collateral agreements ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:29 AM 27. A taxpayer’s return is classified for audit after receiving a high DIF score and being manually screened by an IRS classifier. Which of the following statements best describes whether the taxpayer will be contacted by an auditor or revenue agent? a. The taxpayer will be contacted since a high DIF score always will mean some type of audit. b. The taxpayer will be contacted because only the National Office has the power to decide that after screening, the return need not be audited.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 13 c. The taxpayer will not necessarily be contacted since after the Service Center review, it may be decided that an audit is unwarranted because the return will be manually inspected for audit determination. d. The taxpayer will not necessarily be contacted by an auditor or revenue agent since after the return is screened by the Service Center, it then is randomly selected for audit.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:30 AM 28. Which of the following issues would most typically NOT be handled as a correspondence examination? a. mathematical errors b. clearly defined unallowable deductions c. errors detected through matching of Forms 1099 and W-2 d. questions concerning gambling income ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:32 AM 29. Which of the following is NOT a factor in favor of the Protest/Appeals Process? a. An appeals officer can consider the hazards of litigation. b. The litigation path remains a possibility even if an appeal is pursued. c. The conclusion of the dispute, whether for or against the taxpayer, is expedited. d. The appeals process allows a further delay in the payment of the disputed tax.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:33 AM 30. The IRS is responsible for administering and enforcing the internal revenue laws of the United States. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 13 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 31. The IRS was established by Congress on July 1, 1862, to meet the fiscal needs of the Civil War. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/18/2017 9:30 AM 32. The IRS Oversight Board is made up of only IRS officials. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 33. The Chief Counsel is appointed by the President and reports to the Commissioner of the IRS. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 34. The Tax Exempt and Government Entities (TEGE) Division of the IRS comprises three business divisions: employee plans, exempt organizations, and governmental entities. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 13 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:36 AM 35. The IRS has increased the number of tax return processing centers with the increase in electronic filing of returns. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 36. A taxpayer may be represented before the IRS only by attorneys. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 37. In absence of an administrative summons, a taxpayer cannot be required to accompany the representative to an interview. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 38. The IRS examines each and every return critically in order to generate additional revenue for the Treasury. a. True b. False ANSWER: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 13 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 39. The number of routine math errors has increased sharply due to increase in electronic filing. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 40. The IRS treats an adjustment in tax resulting from an unallowable item identified in a return as a correction of a mathematical or clerical error. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:38 AM 41. Generally, the IRS selects returns for examination through the use of mathematical models, including correlations and discriminant functions. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 42. Economic-reality factors are considered by the IRS in selection of returns for audit only where it has some other evidence that the taxpayer has over reported taxable income for the year. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 13 b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:40 AM 43. In cases where an IRS examiner questions only one or two items on a selected return, an examination is typically conducted by mail, called a correspondence examination. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:41 AM 44. A field examination is usually limited to an examination of corporations and individual business returns. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 45. A field audit by the IRS is always conducted at the taxpayer’s premises. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 46. A RAR contains a brief explanation of the proposed adjustments and lists the balance due or the overpayment.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 13 a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:43 AM 47. A taxpayer’s appeal must be in written form if the total proposed additional tax and penalties exceed $2,500. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 48. The objective of the Appeals Office is to resolve tax controversies without litigation on a basis that is fair and impartial to both the government and the taxpayer. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 49. The Appeals Office has the exclusive and final authority to settle cases that originate in any district irrespective of its jurisdiction. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 13 50. Individual taxpayers have less than a 1 percent chance of being audited. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:44 AM 51. Form 911 is a Request for Taxpayer Advocate Assistance. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 52. A power of attorney is necessary when a qualified representative goes to the IRS to represent a taxpayer. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:45 AM 53. There is a general common law privilege of confidentiality for non-criminal tax matters that exists between a taxpayer and his or her tax practitioner. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:47 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 13 54. The National Research Program (NRP) provides statistics that are used in the development and update of the DIF formulas. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 55. What are the major duties of the IRS Oversight Board?

ANSWER: The major duties of the IRS Oversight Board are as follows: • Review and approve IRS mission, strategic plans, and annual planning documents.

• Review IRS operational functions, including modernization, outsourcing, and training efforts.

• Recommend to the President candidates for Commissioner.

• Review the process of selecting, evaluating, and compensating senior IRS executives.

• Review and approve the IRS annual budget request.

• Ensure the proper treatment of taxpayers.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:48 AM 56. Under various provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, what are some of the various rights guaranteed to taxpayers?

ANSWER: Answers will vary, but may include the following:     

Representation before the IRS Recording an audit proceeding IRS explanation of its position Notice sent to both spouses on an audited joint return Confidentiality between taxpayer and CPA

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 2:02 PM 57. What are the functions performed by the mathematical/clerical error program?

ANSWER: The mathematical/clerical error program is one of a number of special programs that are conducted

by IRS computers. This program checks every return for mathematical errors, recomputes the tax due Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

Chapter 13 after properly applying the numbers that are included in the return, and summarily assesses any additional tax that is due or allows refunds or credits based on (previously) miscomputed deductions or credits. A summary assessment may be made concerning any deficiency that results from a mathematical or clerical error. When a mathematical or clerical error is identified by the service center, the IRS mails the taxpayer a corrected tax computation and requests that he or she pay the additional tax within 10 days after the date of the notice, or 21 days if the tax underpayment is less than $100,000. If the deficiency is paid within this period, no interest is charged on the underpayment. If the deficiency is not paid in a timely fashion, however, interest is imposed on the unpaid amount for a period that begins on the date of the notice and demand and ends on the date of payment.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:56 AM 58. “If a taxpayer cannot resolve his or her dispute with the IRS administratively, he or she may seek judicial relief.”

Explain how a taxpayer can seek relief through the judicial system.

ANSWER: If a taxpayer cannot resolve his or her dispute with the IRS administratively, he or she may seek judicial relief. The taxpayer can choose from among the U.S. Tax Court, the pertinent district court, and the U.S. Court of Federal Claims to initiate the lawsuit against the government. The Tax Court will review the taxpayer’s case provided that he or she files a petition with the court within 90 days of the date of his or her statutory notice of deficiency. The district courts and the Court of Federal Claims cannot hear the taxpayer’s case unless he or she is suing for a refund. Consequently, the taxpayer first must pay the disputed tax, and then file an (unsuccessful) claim for refund to obtain a judicial review in either of these latter two forums.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 10:58 AM 59. What are the “pros” and “cons” of filing a protest to an IRS Audit?

ANSWER: The advantages to filing a protest are as follows: (1) The filing of a protest allows for another review of the issue by an independent Appeals Officer.

(2) There is no reason to retain an attorney when filing a protest. Anyone authorized to practice before the IRS may represent the taxpayer.

(3) The filing of a protest will delay the resolution of the issue.

(4) The matter at issue can still be taken to U. S. Tax Court, the District Court, or Court of Federal Claims.

The disadvantages would be as follows: (1) The interest and penalties continue to run if a protest is not filed.

(2) Professional assistance is usually required if a protest is not filed.

(3) Should a protest not be filed, new issues can be discovered.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

Chapter 13 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:01 AM 60. Explain how the discriminant function system works.

ANSWER: Computer and manual methods are used to select returns for examination. Computer programs select certain returns for examination, based on the potential that exists for changes in the tax treatment of certain items on the return. Generally, this is done through the use of mathematical models, including correlations and discriminant functions.

Once a return has been processed through the IRS automated computer program, each return is rated by computer for its audit potential by means of a mathematical model, the discriminant function formula (DIF). This formula assigns numeric weights to certain (undisclosed by the IRS) return items, generating a composite score for the return. In this regard, the higher the DIF score, the greater the potential for additional tax payments upon audit. Statistics provided by the Commissioner show a high correlation between DIF scores and such tax modifications, but the specifics of the formula are not disclosed.

When the computer selects a return that has a high probability for an adjustment, as indicated by a high DIF score, an employee at the service center manually inspects the return to confirm its audit potential. If an acceptable explanation for the DIF score cannot be found after this manual examination of the return and its attachments, including explanatory data that the computer did not consider, the return is forwarded to the Examination Division at the appropriate local IRS office.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:03 AM 61. Enumerate how the IRS conducts a field examination.

ANSWER: Examinations that present complex issues that require more advanced knowledge of the internal revenue laws and accounting skills usually are conducted on the taxpayer’s premises. A field examination is more comprehensive than a correspondence or office audit, and it usually is limited to an examination of corporation and individual business returns. In a field examination, the revenue agent reviews completely the entire financial operations of the taxpayer, including the business history of the taxpayer; the nature, amount, and location of taxpayer assets; the nature of the business operations; the extant accounting methods and system of internal control; and other financial attributes of the entity.

While an office audit ordinarily is limited to the items that are specified in the audit notification letter, a field examination may be open-ended. The agent is free to pursue any unusual items that are recorded in the tax return(s) or the records of the taxpayer (i.e., journals, ledgers, and worksheets) and to investigate other areas of which he or she may be suspicious.

The IRS prefers to conduct the field audit on the taxpayer’s premises because the taxpayer’s books and records may be more accessible and the agent is better able to observe the taxpayer’s business facilities and the scope of its operations. However, it is sometimes possible to have the audit Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

Chapter 13 conducted at the office of the taxpayer’s representative instead. Only one such inspection of taxpayer books and records may be made for a tax year. The Code includes a broad set of restrictions regarding access to the taxpayer’s physical office by the IRS. Taxpayers refusing to admit IRS personnel are subject to a $500 fine.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:08 AM 62. What are the "dos and don’ts" in negotiating with a government auditor?

ANSWER: Most practitioners develop over time a list of "dos and don’ts" in negotiating with a government auditor. In the very best case, one will have dealt with the same auditor many times and will have become familiar with the nuances of that particular auditor’s mode of operation. Whether or not this is the case, the following guidelines, dictated as much by common courtesy and decorum as by ethics and hardcore negotiating techniques, are likely to be useful.

• Do conduct yourself courteously and professionally, showing that you have prepared yourself for the audit • Do review the strengths and weaknesses of your position before the agent arrives • Do cooperate with the auditor and promptly respond to all requests • Do establish internal timetables and responsibilities for completing the audit • Do provide the auditor with adequate work accommodations • Don’t impede the audit process • Don’t allow the auditor free access to and through the taxpayer’s building • Don’t let the agent browse through taxpayer information • Don’t volunteer comments or information not requested by the agent • Don’t attempt to bully or intimidate the auditor • Do assign one person to be the primary on-premises contact with the auditor—he or she cannot interview taxpayer employees on a random basis • Do verify the auditor’s credentials before providing any information • Do request that all communications be in writing • Do keep track of time spent (by taxpayer, practitioner, and auditor) on the audit • Do meet at least daily with the auditor to review issues • Do agree to disagree on major irreconcilable issues • Do conduct a concluding conference to discuss audit recommendations • Do obtain copies of all government work papers affecting the potential assessment • Do request clarification on the rest of the appeals process POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:11 AM 63. Why would a taxpayer choose to go to District Court or the Court of Federal Claims and not to U.S. Tax Court?

ANSWER: Since the District Court and the Court of Federal Claims are refund actions, the tax must be paid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

Chapter 13 before initiating the action. This would mean that all interest and penalties are not accruing during the litigation. Another reason for filing in District Court is the availability of a jury of one’s peers.

When filing an action in U. S. Tax Court, there is no option for a jury.

The final reason for going to the Court of Federal Claims is that of an appellate route. The U. S. Tax Court and District Court of Appeals limit their cases to a geographic appellate circuit while the Court of Federal Claims appeals its actions to the Federal Circuit Court of Appeals. The different circuits may have different precedent on similar tax issues.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:13 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

Chapter 14 1. Penalties that are based on a percentage of the delinquent tax are referred to as: a. assessable penalties b. ad valorem penalties c. criminal penalties d. nominal penalties ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 2. William, a taxpayer, timely mailed his tax return. However, it was returned for insufficient postage. IRS imposed a penalty. Can William claim waiver of penalty? a. Yes, William can claim waiver of penalty since it is his first tax return. b. Yes, William can claim waiver since the failure to file tax return is due to a reasonable cause. c. No, William cannot claim waiver since it is a case of willful neglect. d. No, William cannot claim waiver of penalty as he is a delinquent taxpayer.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:33 AM 3. If a taxpayer fails to file her return due to willful neglect, the minimum penalty is: a. 25 percent or 5 months cumulative penalty b. lesser of $205 or the full amount of taxes that are required to be shown on the return c. 15 percent monthly penalty d. lesser of $135 or the full amount of taxes that are required to be shown on the return ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:34 AM 4. Which of the following would lead to imposition of civil penalties? a. violation of civil protocols b. violation of tax laws as a result of negligence c. violation of tax statutes due to reasonable cause Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

Chapter 14 d. violation of social rules and norms ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:36 AM 5. Noel, a calendar-year taxpayer, filed his 2016 income tax return on October 20, 2017, paying an amount due of $2,000.

On April 1, 2017, he had obtained a six- month extension of time in which to file his return. However, he could not assert a reasonable cause for failing to file the return by October 15, 2017 (the extended due date), nor did he show any reasonable cause for failing to pay the tax that was due on April 15, 2017. Noel's failure to file was not fraudulent. The penalty for failure-to-pay tax is: a. $35 b. $10 c. $70 d. $40 ANSWER: c RATIONALE: FEEDBACK: Underpayment $2,000 Penalty (%) x 0.5% Penalty per month outstanding $10 Months (or fractions thereof) for which required payment was not made 7 Failure-to-pay penalty $70 POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:37 AM 6. When the accuracy-related penalty applies, interest on the penalty accrues from the: a. date on which the assessment is made b. date on which the penalty was imposed or December 31, whichever is earlier c. date on which the penalty was imposed d. due date of the return ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:38 AM 7. A "large corporation" as defined in the Code is one which had a taxable income of: a. $10 million or more in any of the ten immediately preceding taxable years b. $2 million or more in any of the two immediately preceding taxable years Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

Chapter 14 c. $5 million or more in any of the five immediately preceding taxable years d. $1 million or more in any of the three immediately preceding taxable years ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:40 AM 8. The burden of proof in a fraud case is on the: a. taxpayer b. tax court c. IRS d. tax practitioner ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:40 AM 9. The standard for conviction in a criminal case is establishment of: a. guilt with some reasonable doubt b. guilt beyond reasonable doubt c. any guilt even though highly doubtful d. criminal intent even though not implemented ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 10. For § 6502, requests for equitable relief may be filed within: a. 3 years b. 10 years c. 7 years d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

Chapter 14 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:43 AM 11. In which of the following cases does a taxpayer hold the right to refuse to answer inquiries that are made by the IRS in a criminal setting? a. The taxpayer would suffer a monetary loss by answering a criminal inquiry. b. The nature of the crime is not severe. c. The taxpayer is confident that a conviction will be obtained. d. The taxpayer would suffer a loss of some constitutional right by answering a criminal inquiry.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:46 AM 12. A tax return preparer (TRP) is: a. a CPA as required by the IRS b. not subject to any kind of penalty as he/she prepares returns on behalf of taxpayers c. any person who prepares tax returns gratuitously d. any person who prepares tax returns for compensation ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:47 AM 13. The maximum annual penalty that a TRP could be assessed is: a. $5,000 b. $15,000 c. $25,000 d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:48 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

Chapter 14 14. An individual who is convicted of willfully aiding or assisting in the preparation of a false return is subject to which of the following penalties? a. imprisonment up to 2 years and/or fine that cannot exceed $10,000 b. imprisonment up to 5 years and/or fine that cannot exceed $50,000 c. imprisonment up to 10 years and/or fine that cannot exceed $15,000 d. imprisonment up to 3 years and/or fine that cannot exceed $100,000 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:50 AM 15. A tax return preparer may disclose information obtained from the taxpayer without being subject to civil and criminal penalty if such disclosure is: a. for other than the specific purpose of preparing a tax return b. pursuant to fulfillment of his own financial goals c. pursuant to any provisions of the code, or to a court order d. required for the growth of his profession ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:50 AM 16. When a taxpayer is subject to both underpayment and overpayment computations for the same time period, which of the following rates of interest applies to the net amount payable to or receivable from the government? a. 4% b. 6% c. 0% d. 5% ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:51 AM 17. Samuels, a calendar-year taxpayer, filed his 2014 federal income tax return on October 1, 2017. His return showed an overpayment of $1,200, for which Samuels requested a full refund. The IRS refunds the amount without any interest.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

Chapter 14 Which of the following could be the date of refund by the IRS? a. November 17, 2017 b. December, 29 2017 c. November, 12 2017 d. December, 12 2017 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:55 AM 18. The statute of limitations refers to a: a. set of provisions that limits a tax return preparer’s rights b. specific period of time within which returns must be filed c. set of provisions that limits a taxpayer’s rights d. specific period of time within which all taxes must be assessed and collected, and all refund claims must be made ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:57 AM 19. After the assessment has been made, the taxes assessed must be collected within: a. 2 years b. 10 years c. 5 years d. 8 years ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 20. The number of days the IRS is allowed in which it may refund an overpayment without incurring interest is: a. 15 days b. 20 days c. 35 days Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

Chapter 14 d. 45 days ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:19 AM 21. For purposes of calculating the interest rate on overpayments and underpayments, the federal short-term interest rate is rounded to the nearest: a. one-tenth percent b. one percent c. tenth percent d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:21 AM 22. Interest imposed by the IRS is compounded: a. annually b. quarterly c. daily d. monthly ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:21 AM 23. The civil fraud penalty is: a. 5% b. 20% c. 25% d. 75% ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

Chapter 14 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 24. To avoid the penalty, the ___________ must meet the burden of proof that the failure to file was the result of reasonable cause. a. IRS b. TRP c. taxpayer d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:23 AM 25. Assessable penalties are subject to review by the Tax Court. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 26. A fraudulent failure-to-file tax return is subject to a 25 percent monthly penalty. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:37 PM 27. A failure-to-pay penalty is imposed when the taxpayer fails to pay either a tax shown on his or her return or an assessed deficiency within 10 days of an IRS notice or demand. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

Chapter 14 ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:02 PM 28. If a taxpayer is convicted of criminal fraud, he or she can contest a civil fraud determination. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 29. The penalty for failure to make payment of quarterly estimated income taxes is computed without any daily compounding and is not deductible. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 30. The Employee Withholding Allowance Certificate is required to be given by the employee to the employer. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/18/2017 2:33 PM 31. The penalty for a willful failure to pay to the government a tax withheld from an employee's paycheck is one hundred percent of the unpaid tax. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

Chapter 14 b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 32. Criminal and civil penalties are mutually exclusive. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 33. Tax return preparers are subject to criminal prosecution for willful misconduct. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:04 PM 34. The Code provides for payment of interest on underpayments and overpayments of tax at an adjustable rate compounded annually. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:05 PM 35. Assessable penalties typically are expressed as a flat dollar amount and are usually imposed on third parties, such as tax return preparers.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 14 a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:12 PM 36. Willful attempt to evade or defeat a tax (i.e., tax evasion) is a felony offense that is punishable by a fine not to exceed $300,000 ($500,000 for corporations), reimbursement of the government’s cost of prosecution, and/or imprisonment for a period not to exceed 5 years. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:13 PM 37. An individual should make a claim for refund or credit in the Form 1040X. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 38. One example of reasonable cause that the Internal Revenue Manual describes would include a timely mailed return sent to the wrong IRS address. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

Chapter 14 DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:25 AM 39. Generally, an overpayment can be refunded or credited to the person who was subject to the original tax. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM 40. If a taxpayer understates gross income by 25 percent, the IRS has a 6-year statute of limitations on assessment. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:15 PM 41. Failure to file as a result of a taxpayer not having the sufficient funds to pay the tax liability is an example of reasonable cause. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 11:26 AM 42. A taxpayer can avoid the failure-to-file penalty if an extension of the return’s due date is granted by the IRS. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

Chapter 14 DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/18/2017 2:39 PM 43. The accuracy-related penalty amounts to 20 percent of the portion of the tax underpayment. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/18/2017 2:40 PM 44. Underpayment is defined in § 6664 as the correct amount of tax, less the sum of the amount of tax reported by the taxpayer on the return, plus any amount previously assessed or collected, less the amount of rebates made. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 4/18/2017 2:41 PM 45. “In case of both civil and criminal frauds, the burden of proof is on the IRS.” Explain.

ANSWER: The burden of proof in criminal and civil fraud cases is on the IRS—it must show a fraudulent intent by the taxpayer. This usually entails more than mere negligence, but a plan to defraud the government, often including a series of actions over time to evade the tax. In a criminal fraud case, the IRS must prove "beyond a shadow of any reasonable doubt" that the taxpayer’s actions were fraudulent. In a civil fraud case, there must be "clear and convincing evidence" that the taxpayer committed fraud. Ordinarily, the evidence that indicates that a taxpayer’s conduct was fraudulent is circumstantial. Thus, the court must infer the taxpayer’s state of mind from the evidence.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:17 PM 46. List some of the possible defenses that a taxpayer may use against a charge of criminal tax offense.

ANSWER: With respect to criminal tax cases, taxpayers have had some success in presenting one or more of the following defenses—that is, to establish some doubt in the minds of the court or the jury.

• Unreported income would have been fully offset by unreported deductions • Unreported income was in reality a gift or some other excludible receipt Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

Chapter 14 • The taxpayer was ignorant or confused as to the applicable law -- one cannot intend to violate the tax law if he or she does not know what the law is • The taxpayer relied on the erroneous advice of a competent tax adviser • The taxpayer's mental or emotional abilities were such that he or she could not have formed and executed a plan to evade tax • The statute of limitations had expired • The taxpayer enters a plea bargain and accepts conviction on a lesser offense POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:21 PM 47. Cite two instances that would lead to imposition of criminal penalties on tax return preparers.

ANSWER: Criminal penalties would be imposed on a tax return preparer if he/she: • aids or assists in the preparation or presentation of a false return, affidavit, claim, or other document, or • discloses or uses information for other than return preparation purposes.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:22 PM 48. What are the requirements to be satisfied for the issue of an injunction by the IRS against a TRP who is guilty of misconduct to prohibit him or her from engaging in such misconduct or from practicing as a return preparer?

ANSWER: The IRS may seek an injunction against a TRP who is guilty of certain misconduct to prohibit him or her from engaging in such misconduct or from practicing as a return preparer. Before such an injunction can be issued, however, the preparer must have: • violated a preparer penalty or a criminal provision of the Code, • misrepresented his or her eligibility to practice before the IRS, • guaranteed the payment of any tax refund or the allowance of a credit, or • engaged in other fraudulent or deceptive conduct that substantially interferes with the administration of the tax laws.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:23 PM 49. What is the procedure for claiming a refund or credit for overpayment of tax?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

Chapter 14 ANSWER:

A taxpayer must file a timely and valid claim at the service center for the district in which the tax was paid to receive a refund or credit for an overpayment of tax. The claim should be made by individuals on Form 1040X, Individual Amended Income Tax Return, and by corporations on Form 1120X, Corporation Amended Income Tax Return.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:24 PM 50. Could a taxpayer make such a small amount of income that a tax return not be filed and still have an unlimited statute of limitations on assessment?

ANSWER: Yes, a taxpayer who innocently fails to file a tax return is subject to an unlimited period of assessment for the tax [§6501(c)(3)].

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate QUESTION TYPE: Subjective Short Answer HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:26 PM 51. How do the courts define reasonable cause? List the examples of reasonable cause.

ANSWER: No statutory or administrative definition exists for the term “reasonable cause.” However, some courts define it to include such action as would prompt an ordinary, intelligent person to act in the same manner as did the taxpayer under similar circumstances. One of the most commonly encountered examples of reasonable cause is the reliance on the advice of competent tax counsel.

However, a recent Tax Court decision held that a corporation was liable for employment tax penalties for failure to file its employment taxes on time even though the company had relied on a CPA to file the returns. Other examples of reasonable cause that the Internal Revenue Manual describes include the following: • A timely mailed return that is returned for insufficient postage • Death or serious illness of the taxpayer or his or her immediate family • Destruction of the taxpayer’s residence, place of business, or records by fire or other casualty • Proper forms were not furnished by the IRS • Erroneous information obtained from IRS personnel • A timely mailed return sent to the wrong IRS address • An unavoidable absence by the taxpayer • An unavoidable inability to obtain records necessary to compute the tax • Some other inability to obtain assistance from IRS personnel POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:27 PM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

Chapter 14 52. Give an example of what it means for failure to make deposits of taxes. Describe the penalties involved.

ANSWER: The IRC requires employers to collect and withhold income and Social Security taxes from their employees. Amounts that are withheld are considered to be held in a special trust fund for the United States, and they must be deposited in a government depository on or before certain dates prescribed by the statutes and regulations. An employer that does not have either the inclination or sufficient funds to meet its deposit obligations may be tempted to postpone the making of these deposits, that is, to “borrow” from the government the cash provided by employees.

Consequently, the IRC imposes heavy civil and criminal penalties on those who are responsible for the failure to make a timely deposit of the withheld funds. A responsible party may be an officer or board member of a corporation rather than the corporation itself, even for charities and other exempt entities. Although officers of a corporation are routinely asserted to be “responsible persons” for the trust fund penalty, under IRC § 6672, persons who are neither corporate officers nor employees can also be responsible for collecting and paying over trust fund taxes. A responsible person could be a creditor/lender, a trustee/fiduciary, or even an attorney.

If an employer fails to deposit on a timely basis taxes that were withheld from employees, a penalty equal to a percentage of the underpayment is imposed. This rate varies from 2 to 15 percent, depending on when the failure is corrected. The penalty may be avoided in situations in which the taxpayer can show that his or her actions were the result of reasonable cause and not willful neglect.

If any person who is required to collect, truthfully account for, and remit employment taxes willfully fails to do so, a penalty equal to 100 percent of the tax is imposed. Therefore, when a corporate employer willfully does not pay to the government employment taxes that it withheld from an employee, the IRS effectively may collect the tax from those who are responsible for the corporate actions, such as the corporate directors, president, or treasurer.

In addition to the civil penalties that have been discussed, criminal penalties may be imposed in an aggravated case of nonpayment.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Challenging QUESTION TYPE: Essay HAS VARIABLES: False DATE CREATED: 3/30/2017 11:40 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/4/2017 12:34 PM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16